DE202023101056U1 - Diamond chip for a mobile NV center quantum computer with a cryostat - Google Patents

Abstract

Substrate (D), in particular a diamond chip, for a quantum computer (QC),
wherein the substrate (D) comprises paramagnetic centers and/or NV centers and/or color centers and/or quantum dots (NV) and
wherein the substrate (D) comprises nuclear spins of nuclear nuclei of nuclear quantum dots (Cl) and wherein nuclear spins of nuclear nuclei of nuclear quantum dots (Cl) with an electronic spin of a paramagnetic center and/or an NV center and/or a color center and/or a Quantum dot (NV) of the diamond chip or the substrate (D) are coupled and
wherein the substrate (D) has a coplanar waveguide (CWG) with a characteristic impedance on its surface and
wherein the waveguide (CWG) has at least one line (LTG, LTG1, LTG2) and at least two ground planes (GND, GND1, GND2) and
wherein the at least one line (LTG, LTG1, LTG2) is placed between the first ground plane (GND, GND1) and the second ground plane (GND, GnD2) and
wherein the line (LTG, LTG1) has a first spacing in the form of a first gap width (SBa, SB1) from the first ground plane (GND, GND1) and
wherein the line (LTG, LTG2) has a second spacing in the form of a second gap width (SBb, SB3) from the second ground plane (GND, GND2).
characterized by
that the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots (NV) with the nuclear spins of nuclear atomic nuclei of nuclear quantum dots (Cl) coupled to them are in the slot between the at least one line (LTG, LTG1, LTG2) and the first ground plane (GND, GND1) and/or
that the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots (NV) with the nuclear spins of nuclear atomic nuclei of nuclear quantum dots (Cl) coupled to them are in the slot between the at least one line (LTG, LTG1, LTG2) and the second ground plane (GND, GND2) and
that the at least one line (LTG, LTG1, LTG2) and the at least two ground planes (GND, GND1, GND2) are at a distance (d _min ) from the edge of the substrate (D) on all sides, and
that this distance (d _min ) is greater than 1 μm and/or greater than 2 μm and/or greater than 5 μm and/or greater than 10 μm and/or greater than 20 μm and/or greater than 50 μm and/or greater than 100 μm and/or greater than 200µm and/or greater than.

Description

field of invention

The invention is directed to a quantum computer QC in a mobile device comprising first quantum bits QUB and/or second quantum bits CQUB and first resources (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, MW/RF- AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) and/or second means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS , XT, YT, KV, mWA, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) to manipulate the Quantum states of quantum bits of the quantum bits (QUB, CQUB) and third means (e.g. D, XT, YT, KV, OS, DBS, STM, CM1, PD, V, WFG, CIF, µC) for reading out one or more quantum states of one or more Quantum bits of quantum bits (QUB, CQB). The quantum computer QC includes a relocatable cooling device KV and can be relocated with all of its sub-devices. For its operation, the quantum computer QC requires only electrical energy from a power supply PWR or a deployable power supply or a deployable energy reserve BENG of the quantum computer QC and data inputs.

General introduction

From the DE 10 2020 008 157 B3 a quantum computer based on NV centers is known. From the DE 10 2022 109 592 A1 a quantum computer monitoring device for such a quantum computer is known. From the DE 10 2022 112 269 A1 a mobile quantum computer is known. From the DE 10 2022 118 617.2 a special construction and connection technology for diamond-based quantum computers is known.

However, these papers do not disclose an optimal gating of weakly coupled nuclear spins by the NV centers and an optimal gating of strongly coupled nuclear spins by the NV centers by means of a suitable substrate D. The temperature and magnetic field control in these papers is only insufficient to the quantum dots NV and the nuclear quantum dots Cl coupled. The cooling device KV listed in these documents is suboptimal. The driving device is complex. This increases the weight of the devices. The reason lies in the structuring of the substrate D. The installation of the permanent magnet PM is unfavorable.

Task

The proposal is therefore based on the task of specifying a solution for controlling the quantum bits and nuclear quantum bits of a quantum computer based on NV centers.

This object is solved by an independent claim. Further refinements are the subject of dependent claims.

solution of the task

The technical solution presented in this document relates to a quantum computer QC, a control device μC and a substrate D with first electronic quantum bits QUB and with second nuclear quantum bits CQUB. In the sense of the document presented here, the first electronic quantum bits QUB typically comprise quantum dots NV. The quantum dots preferably include paramagnetic centers. The second nuclear quantum bits CQUB typically include nuclear quantum dots CI. Furthermore, the quantum computer QC has first resources (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx , MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, μC) for influencing the first electronic quantum bits QUB and/or the quantum dots NV of the first electronic quantum bits QUB. Typically, the quantum computer QC has second means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz , MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) for influencing the first electronic quantum bits QUB and/or the quantum dots NV of the first electronic quantum bits QUB and for influencing the second nuclear quantum bits CQUB and their core quantum dots CI using the first electronic quantum bits CQUB on. The first means can include the second means or the second means can include the first means. Typically, the second means can be used as the first means by the quantum computer QC. In addition, the quantum computer QC preferably includes third means (e.g. D, XT, YT, KV, OS, DBS, STM, CM1, PD, V, WFG, CIF, μC) for detecting the Quantum state of the first electronic quantum bits QUB and/or the quantum dots NV of the quantum bits QUB. Typically, the first electronic quantum bits QUB and/or their quantum dots NV comprise device parts with an electronic spin. Typically, the second nuclear quantum bits CQUB and/or their nuclear quantum dots CI comprise device parts with a nuclear spin. When the invention was being worked out, it was recognized that the electronic spin of the first electronic quantum bits CQUB and/or the quantum dots NV typically rotates with the quantum computer QC when the quantum computer QC rotates, and thus with the rotation of the crystal structure of the substrate D. When the invention was being worked out, it was also recognized that the nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bits CQUB and/or the nuclear quantum dots CI of the nuclear quantum bits CQUB essentially does not rotate with the quantum computer QC when the quantum computer QC rotates. Here, "substantially" meant that the influence of the rotation of the quantum computer QC on the electronic quantum bits QUB is greater than the influence of the rotation of the quantum computer QC on the nuclear quantum bits CQUB, so the technical effect of influencing the nuclear quantum bits CQUB by the rotation of the Quantum computer QC can usually be neglected when evaluating the end result compared to the technical effect of influencing the electronic quantum bits QUB through the rotation of the quantum computer QC. When developing the invention, it was recognized that this effect can lead to interference in a mobile room-temperature quantum computer QC based on paramagnetic centers, for example based on NV centers and/or SiV centers in diamond, and when using nuclear quantum bits (second nuclear quantum bits CQUB) in the form of isotopes with a nuclear spin.

When the invention was being worked out, it was recognized that this effect can be used in reverse for a measuring method for realizing a gyrometer.

The mobile and deployable quantum computer QC with room temperature operability presented in this document can thus have a direction of movement and/or an axis of rotation for a rotational movement. According to the proposal, the quantum computer QC presented in this document is set up to be subjected to accelerations perpendicular to its direction of movement and/or rotational accelerations about the axis of rotation. This is of particular importance in order to be able to realize a mobile quantum computer QC. The control device μC of the quantum computer QC is typically set up to execute a quantum computer program, which is preferably stored in a memory (RAM, NVM) of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC. Typically, the quantum computer program includes quantum op-codes and normal op-codes. In the sense of the document presented here, normal OP codes are OP codes of a classic computer in Von Neumann or Harvard architecture, which is based on Boolean logic.

quantum assembler

A suitable microcode programming of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC is required for the operation of a quantum computer QC. In the following sections and in the already published patent literature, various methods and method steps are described which serve to manipulate various components and in particular electronic quantum bits QUB and their quantum dots NV and/or nuclear quantum bits CQUB and their core quantum dots CI of the quantum computer QC in a predetermined manner. Each of these quantum operations and conventional operations can be symbolized by an operator code, the quantum OP code. For the purposes of the document presented here, a quantum op-code is a code which, when executed by the control device µC of the quantum computer QC, the quantum computer QC manipulates and/or reads a quantum state of at least one of its electronic quantum bits QUB or one of its nuclear quantum bits CQUB.

For example, it is conceivable that the quantum computer QC has a programmable logic. Such programmable logic can be an FPGA or the like, for example.

The quantum computer QC preferably comprises an FPGA. The FPGA preferably includes one or more device parts of the control device μC. Optionally, a programmable logic can also be a device part of the control device μC. The FPGA preferably receives configuration data via an external data bus EXTDB, which influence the manipulation of the electronic quantum bits QUB and/or the nuclear quantum bits CQUB and/or the reading of the electronic quantum bits QUB and/or the nuclear quantum bits CQUB during normal operation of the quantum computer QC. This is particularly advantageous because the range of functions of a quantum computer in the unstable new quantum computing market is unclear. At the same time, some parts of the device are extremely expensive. This results in the technical requirement for the subsequent adaptability of existing quantum computers QC to new scientific and technical findings and to new customer requirements from new, currently unknown market requirements.

The use of a proFPGA Xilinx Virtex UltraScale+ XCVU13P FPGA board for the realization of the digital parts of the quantum computer QC is particularly favorable. The Xilinx Virtex UltraScale+ XCVU13P FPGA is especially designed for driving the first first resources (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy , MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) of the quantum computer QC and for controlling the second means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) of the quantum computer QC. The FPGA preferably also includes the digital circuit parts of the first means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx , MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) and the second means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, MW/RF-AWFG, PM , PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) in whole or in part.

The FPGA preferably also includes the digital circuit parts of the third means D, XT, YT, KV, OS, DBS, STM, CM1, PD, V, WFG, CIF, μC).

Mnemonic

Bedeutung des Quanten-OP-Code

MFMW

Ermittlung der gemeinsame Elektron-Elektron Mikrowellenfrequenz (f_MW) für ein einzelnes elektronisches Quantenbit QUB und/oder einen einzelnen elektronischen Quantenpunkt NV

MFMWEE

Ermittlung der gemeinsame Elektron1-Elektron2-Mikrowellenfrequenz (f_MW) für die Kopplung zweier elektronischer Quantenbits (QUB1, QUB2) und/oder für die Kopplung zweier elektronischer Quantenpunkte (NV1, NV2).

MFMWCE

Ermittlung der Kern-Elektron Mikrowellenfrequenz (f_MWCE) für die Kopplung eines elektronischen Quantenbits QUB und eines nuklearen Quantenbits CQUB in einem eines Kern-Elektron-Quantenregisters beispielsweise umfassen einen elektronischen Quantenpunkt NV und einen Kernquantenpunkt CI.

MFRWCC

Ermittlung der Kern-Kern Radiowellenfrequenz (f_RWCC) eines Kern-Kern-Quantenregisters aus zwei nuklearen Quantenbits (CQUB1 und CQUB2) typischerweise umfassend einen ersten Kernquantenpunkt CI1 und einen zweiten Kernquantenpunkt CI2.

MFRWCC

Ermittlung der Elektron-Kern Radiowellenfrequenz (f_RWEC) für die Kopplung für die Kopplung eines elektronischen Quantenbits QUB und eines nuklearen Quantenbits CQUB in einem eines Elektron- Kern-Quantenregisters beispielsweise umfassen einen elektronischen Quantenpunkt NV und einen Kernquantenpunkt CI.

RESQB

Zurücksetzen eines oder mehrerer elektronischer Quantenbits QUB und/oder eines oder mehrerer Quantenpunkte NV dieser Quantenbits QUB.

RESQBR

Zurücksetzen eines oder mehrerer elektronischer Quantenbits QUB und/oder eines oder mehrerer Quantenpunkte NV dieser Quantenbits QUB durch Relaxation.

RESQRCE

Zurücksetzen eines oder mehrerer Kern-Elektron-Quantenregister umfassend ein elektronisches Quantenbit QUB und ein nukleares Quantenbit CQUB in einem Kern- Elektron-Quantenregister beispielsweise umfassend einen elektronischen Quantenpunkt NV und einen Kernquantenpunkt CI.

MQBP

Manipulation eines elektronischen Quantenbits QUB und/oder eines Quantenpunkts NV eines elektronischen Quantenbits QUB (CROT Operation).

MCBP

Manipulation eines nuklearen Quantenbits CQUB und/oder eines Kernquantenpunkts CI eines nuklearen Quantenbits CQUB (CROT Operation).

SMQB

Selektive Manipulation eines elektronischen Quantenbits QUB und/oder eines Quantenpunkts NV eines elektronischen Quantenbits QUB innerhalb eines Quantenregisters aus mehreren elektronischen Quantenbits (QUB1, QUB1) und/oder innerhalb eines Quantenregisters aus mehreren Quantenpunkten (NV1, NV2) (CROT Operation).

KQBQB

Kopplung eines ersten elektronischen Quantenbits QUB1 mit einem zweiten elektronischen Quantenbit QUB2 und/oder Kopplung eines ersten Quantenpunkts NV1 eines ersten elektronischen Quantenbits QUB1 mit einem zweiten Quantenpunkt NV2 eines zweiten elektronischen Quantenbits QUB2

KQBCB

Kopplung ersten elektronischen Quantenbits QUB1 mit einem nuklearen Quantenbit CQUB und/oder Kopplung eines Quantenpunkts NV eines ersten elektronischen Quantenbits QUB1 mit einem Kernquantenpunkt CI eines nuklearen Quantenbit CQUB.

CNQBCBA

CNOT Verknüpfung eines ersten elektronischen Quantenbits QUB mit einem nuklearen Quantenbit CQUB und/oder CNOT Verknüpfung eines Quantenpunkts NV mit einem Kernquantenpunkt CI

CNQBCBB

CNOT Verknüpfung eines ersten elektronischen Quantenbits QUB mit einem mit einem nuklearen Quantenbit CQUB und/oder CNOT Verknüpfung eines Quantenunkts NV mit einem mit einem Kernquantenpunkt CI.

CNQBCBC

CNOT-Verknüpfung eines elektronischen Quantenbits QUB mit einem nuklearen Quantenbit CQUB und/oder CNOT-Verknüpfung eines Quantenpunkts NV mit einem Kernquantenpunkt CI.

VQB

Selektive Bewertung eines elektronischen Quantenbits QUB1 innerhalb eines Quantenregisters (QUREG) mit mindestens zwei elektronischen Quantenbits (QUB1, QUB2) und/oder selektive Bewertung eines Quantenpunkts NV1 innerhalb eines Quantenregisters (QUREG) mit mindestens zwei Quantenpunkten (NV1, NV2).

SCNQB

Selektive CNOT-Operation zur Manipulation des Quantenzustands eines Quantenbits QUB1 innerhalb eines Quantenregisters aus mehreren elektronischen Quantenbits (QUB1, QUB2) und/oder selektive CNOT-Operation zur Manipulation des Quantenzustands eines Quantenpunkts NV1 innerhalb eines Quantenregisters aus mehreren Quantenpunkten (NV1, NV2).

The document presented here therefore proposes providing at least the following exemplary micro-codes as quantum op-codes:

mnemonic

Meaning of Quantum OP Code

MFMW

Determination of the common electron-electron microwave frequency (f _MW ) for a single electronic quantum bit QUB and/or a single electronic quantum dot NV

MFMWEE

Determination of the common electron1-electron2 microwave frequency (f _MW ) for the coupling of two electronic quantum bits (QUB1, QUB2) and/or for the coupling of two electronic quantum dots (NV1, NV2).

MFMWCE

Determination of the nuclear-electron microwave frequency (f _MWCE ) for the coupling of an electronic quantum bit QUB and a nuclear quantum bit CQUB in one of a nuclear-electron quantum register, for example, comprise an electronic quantum dot NV and a nuclear quantum dot CI.

MFRWCC

Determining the core-core radio wave frequency (f _RWCC ) of a core-core quantum register from two nuclear quantum bits (CQUB1 and CQUB2) typically comprising a first nuclear quantum point CI1 and a second nuclear quantum point CI2.

MFRWCC

Determination of the electron-nucleus radio wave frequency (f _RWEC ) for the coupling for the coupling of an electronic quantum bit QUB and a nuclear quantum bit CQUB in one of an electron-nucleus quantum register, for example, comprise an electronic quantum dot NV and a nuclear quantum dot CI.

RESQB

Resetting one or more electronic quantum bits QUB and/or one or more quantum dots NV of these quantum bits QUB.

RESQBR

Resetting one or more electronic quantum bits QUB and/or one or more quantum dots NV of these quantum bits QUB by relaxation.

RESQRCE

Resetting one or more core-electron quantum registers comprising an electronic quantum bit QUB and a nuclear quantum bit CQUB in a core-electron quantum register, for example comprising an electronic quantum dot NV and a nuclear quantum dot CI.

MQBP

Manipulation of an electronic quantum bit QUB and/or a quantum dot NV of an electronic quantum bit QUB (CROT operation).

MCBP

Manipulation of a nuclear quantum bit CQUB and/or a nuclear quantum point CI of a nuclear quantum bit CQUB (CROT operation).

SMQB

Selective manipulation of an electronic quantum bit QUB and/or a quantum dot NV of an electronic quantum bit QUB within a quantum register made up of several electronic quantum bits (QUB1, QUB1) and/or within a quantum register made up of several quantum dots (NV1, NV2) (CROT operation).

KQBQB

Coupling a first electronic quantum bit QUB1 to a second electronic quantum bit QUB2 and/or coupling a first quantum dot NV1 of a first electronic quantum bit QUB1 to a second quantum dot NV2 of a second electronic quantum bit QUB2

KQBCB

Coupling the first electronic quantum bit QUB1 with a nuclear quantum bit CQUB and/or coupling a quantum dot NV of a first electronic quantum bit QUB1 with a nuclear quantum dot CI of a nuclear quantum bit CQUB.

CNQBCBA

CNOT linking a first electronic quantum bit QUB to a nuclear quantum bit CQUB and/or CNOT linking a quantum dot NV to a nuclear quantum dot CI

CNQBCBB

CNOT linking a first electronic quantum bit QUB with a nuclear quantum bit CQUB and/or CNOT linking a quantum dot NV with a nuclear quantum dot CI.

CNQBCBC

CNOT linkage of an electronic quantum bit QUB with a nuclear quantum bit CQUB and/or CNOT linkage of a quantum dot NV with a nuclear quantum dot CI.

VQB

Selective evaluation of an electronic quantum bit QUB1 within a quantum register (QUREG) with at least two electronic quantum bits (QUB1, QUB2) and/or selective evaluation of a quantum dot NV1 within a quantum register (QUREG) with at least two quantum dots (NV1, NV2).

SCNQB

Selective CNOT operation to manipulate the quantum state of a quantum bit QUB1 within a quantum register of multiple electronic quantum bits (QUB1, QUB2) and/or selective CNOT operation to manipulate the quantum state of a quantum dot NV1 within a quantum register of multiple quantum dots (NV1, NV2).

It is conceivable to provide further operations through possible variants and/or combinations. more on that later. Furthermore, it makes sense to use the usual assembler instructions of usual von Neumann computers and/or computers with Harvard architecture such as jumps, branches, conditional jumps, program counter manipulations, move operations, addition operations, shift operations (left and right), inversion, bit manipulations , calling subroutines, stack operations, stack pointer operations, etc.

It also makes sense to also hard-code these MNEMONICS and certain frequently used sequences of the MNEMONICS in the FPGA and to provide separate mnemonics for them.

The corresponding signal sequences are preferably stored as program parts of the quantum computer program and/or a quantum computer operating system in a preferably non-volatile program memory NVM of the control device μC, for example within the FPGA. Alternatively, at the start of operation of the quantum computer QC, the quantum computer QC can load the corresponding signal sequences and program parts of the quantum computer program and/or a quantum computer operating system via an external data bus EXTDB or from a storage medium into a memory (RAM, NVM) of the quantum computer QC. A quantum computer BIOS is preferably stored in the non-volatile memory NVM of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC, which allows the control device µC to load a quantum computer operating system from a storage medium and/or via an external data bus EXTDB and ultimately to load a quantum computer program from a Storage medium and / or allows an external data bus EXTDB and their execution.

The memory or memories (RAM, NVM) of the control device μC then include a table of the resonant frequencies of the electronic quantum bits QUB and the associated quantum dots NV and the nuclear quantum bits CQUB and the associated nuclear quantum dots CI and their couplings as well as the associated Rabi frequencies. This data allows the control device μC within of the FPGA, the first electronic quantum bits QUB and their quantum dots NV, the second nuclear quantum bits CQUB and their nuclear quantum dots CI, the pairs of two and possibly more first electronic quantum bits QUB and their quantum dots NV, the pairs of first electronic quantum bit QUB with associated quantum dot NV and to address and manipulate the second nuclear quantum bit CQUB with the associated nuclear quantum dot CI and, if necessary, the more complex structures selectively and in a targeted manner.

A program, a Q assembler, translates a human-readable text form control code into binary code sequences, which are executed by the control device µC if necessary, whereby the control device µC of the quantum computer QC then converts the quantum information of the first electronic Quantum bits QUB and their quantum dots NV, the second nuclear quantum bits CQUB and their nuclear quantum dots CI, the pairs of two and possibly more first electronic quantum bits (QUB1, QUB2) and the associated quantum dots (NV1, NV2), the pairs of first electronic quantum bits QUB with associated quantum dot NV and second nuclear quantum bit CQUB with associated nuclear quantum dot CI and possibly the more complex structures to address and manipulate selectively and specifically. With the help of this quantum assembly language, it is then possible to develop more complex programs for the quantum computer QC in order to operate the devices and provide a simple interface for software development. The control device μC of the quantum computer QC executes the binary microcode of the quantum computer program in its memory (NVM, RAM). Microcode in the sense of the proposed project is the connection between a given binary code - the quantum assembler code - which the control device µC receives from an external monitoring computer ZSE via the external data bus EXTDB on one side, and the concrete sequence of signals and the corresponding signal forms for the first means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy , MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) and for the second means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) and for the third remedies (e.g. D, XT, YT, KV, OS, DBS, STM, CM1, PD, V , WFG, CIF, µC). In this sense, the control unit function of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC is comparable to the microcode programming of a conventional processor. The control device μC preferably has the quantum computer program stored at least partially in its memory (RAM, ROM) at the time of execution. The quantum computer program preferably includes sequences of quantum assembly code in binary form, which is located in a memory (RAM, ROM) of the control device μC. The control device μC executes the binary quantum assembler code, which is located in a memory (RAM, ROM) of the control device μC, preferably as a sequence of binary numbers, and preferably generates the signals on the vertical lines and horizontal lines with the aid of further means (CBA, HD1, HD2, HD3, VD1, VS1, HS1, HS2, HS3, LEDDR, LED, CBB) (see also 3 ) depending on these preferred binary codes. This enables the development of quantum computing software on the hardware described here.

quantum computer system

An external monitoring computer ZSE can address a large number of preferably identically constructed quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) via a conventional external data bus EXTDB. The external conventional monitoring computer ZSE then forms a quantum computer system QUSYS with the multitude of quantum computers (QC1 to QC16). The quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) of the quantum computer system QUSYS are preferably constructed as described here below. The structure of the quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) of a quantum computer system QUSYS described here has the advantage that it is very compact and very inexpensive. The quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) of the quantum computer system QUSYS can be operated at room temperature, for example when using diamond as the material of the substrates D or the epitaxial layers DEPI and NV centers as quantum dots NV of the first electronic quantum bits QUB. The quantum computer system QUSYS preferably uses a very large number of quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) for the quantum computer system QUSYS. Preferably, all or at least groups of quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) of the quantum computer system QUSYS have the same structure in order to ensure comparability of the quantum calculation results within such a group of quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) of the quantum computer system QUSYS. For example, like the quantum computer QC, you can der 1 and 3 be constructed. Groups of quantum computers of the quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) of the quantum computer system QUSYS or all quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) of the quantum computer system QUSYS preferably perform the same operations within such a group of quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) of the quantum computer system QUSYS essentially at the same time in parallel out of. Since the realizations of the second nuclear quantum bits CQUB with their nuclear quantum dots CI and the electronic quantum bits QUB with their quantum dots NV can differ in detail among the quantum computers (QC1 to QC16), minor differences can exist. It is important that the quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) within a group of quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) of the quantum computer system QUSYS behave in a functionally equivalent manner to one another. Nevertheless, not all quantum computers of the quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) will come to the same results when performing quantum operations, since quantum computers QC only calculate certain results with a certain probability. Here the large number of quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) of the quantum computer system QUSYS (see also 4 ) be exploited. Since all quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) of the quantum computer system QUSYS preferably work in the same way, at least temporarily, as proposed and preferably in parallel, the quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) will calculate the correct results most frequently and incorrect values will calculate erroneous values less frequently. The external surveillance computer, in 4 the central control device ZSE of the quantum computer system QUSYS uses the data line to query the results of a longer sequence of quantum operations carried out in the same way by all quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) from all relevant quantum computers (QC1 to QC16). The external surveillance computer, in 4 the central control device ZSE, evaluates all results according to the frequency of calculation by the quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) of the quantum computer system QUSYS. Using a statistical method, the external monitoring computer of the QUSYS quantum computer system calculates the most probable result from the results of the quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) and selects this as the valid intermediate result. After that, the external monitoring computer, in 4 the central control device ZSE, the quantum computer system QUSYS sends this valid intermediate result to all quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) and causes them to first reset their respective first electronic quantum bits QUB with their quantum dots NV and their respective second nuclear quantum bits CQUB with their nuclear quantum dots CI and then the Adjust Bloch vectors to match the intermediate result. After that, the quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) then carry out the next longer sequence of quantum operations until there is a second intermediate result again and then the next error correction loop through the external monitoring computer, in 4 the central control device ZSE, of the quantum computer system QUSYS is carried out.

Such a quantum computer system QUSYS is characterized by the fact that it has a conventional external monitoring computer, in 4 the central control device ZSE, of the quantum computer system QUSYS, which communicates with the quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) of the quantum computer system QUSYS via one or more preferably conventional data buses EXTDB. The data buses EXTDB can be conventional data transmission links of any type. The number of quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) in the quantum computer system QUSYS is preferably greater than 5, better greater than 10, better greater than 20, better greater than 50, better greater than 100, better greater than 200, better greater than 500, better greater than 100, better greater than 200, better than 500, better than 1000, better than 2000, better than 5000, better than 10000, better than 20000, better than 50000, better than 100000, better greater than 200000, better greater than 50000, better greater than 1000000. The rule here is that the resolution of the error correction becomes better the more quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) are part of the quantum computer system QUSYS. Each quantum computer (QC1 to QC16) preferably includes a control device μC, which is connected to the external monitoring computer, in 4 the central control device ZSE, the quantum computer system QUSYS communicate via the one data bus EXTDB or the several, preferably conventional data buses EXTDB. Preferably, each quantum computer of the quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) comprises means suitable for the states of its first electronic quantum bits NV and/or its second nuclear quantum bits CI and/or the pairs of first electronic quantum bits NV and/or the pairs of first electronic To manipulate quantum bits NV and second nuclear quantum bits CI and, if necessary, to control them. Furthermore, the quantum computers of these quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) each preferably have means (LD, LEDDRV) for generating pump radiation LB with a pump radiation wavelength λ _pmp . (See also section ZPL table) If necessary, this generation of the pump radiation LB can also take place centrally for one or more or all quantum computers (QC1 to QC16) of the quantum computer system QUSYS. In the latter case, the associated light source LD then deviates from 4 controlled by the external monitoring computer of the quantum computer system QUSYS. In 4 corresponds to the external monitoring computer of the quantum computer system QUSYS of the central control device ZSE.

So that a proposed quantum computer QC can execute the commands of the quantum computer program, the quantum computer QC preferably includes said control device μC. While should the control device μC can be suitable and set up, for example, to receive commands and/or codes and/or code sequences via said data bus EXTDB. The control device μC then preferably carries out at least one of the following quantum operations by the quantum computer QC as a function of these received commands and/or received codes and/or received code sequences: MFMW, MFMWEE, MFMWCE, MFRWCC, FRWCC, RESQB, RESQBR, RESQRCE, MQBP, MCBP, SMQB, KQBQB, KQBCB, CNQBCBA, CNQBCBB, CNQBCBC, VQB, SCNQB. To do this, said control device µC generates and modulates, depending on the command received, the appropriate control signals on the m vertical lines (LV, LV1 to LVm) (where m is a positive integer), the n horizontal lines (LH, LH1 to LHn) (where n as an integer positive number) and the associated shielding lines and for controlling the one light source LD or the multiple light sources LD. In addition, the control device μC may detect photocurrents I _Ph and, if necessary, control an extraction voltage V _ext for an electronic readout.

• In einem ersten Schritt wird eine erste Datei, im Folgenden Source-Code genannt, bereitgestellt. Bevorzugt besteht der Source-Code aus Symbolen, die in einer geordneten Reihenfolge im Source-Code angeordnet sind und durch einem Menschen lesbar sind. Den grundlegenden Operationen, die die Steuervorrichtung µC ausführen kann und die im Folgenden Quantenassemblerbefehle genannt werden, sind dabei vorbestimmte Zeichenketten zugeordnet. Zu diesen Quantenassemblerbefehle gehören bevorzugt zumindest einige, besser alle der bereits erwähnten Quantenoperationen des Quantencomputers QC, also insbesondere die Quantenoperationen MFMW, MFMWEE, MFMWCE, MFRWCC, FRWCC, RESQB, RESQBR, RESQRCE, MQBP, MCBP, SMQB, KQBQB, KQBCB, CNQBCBA, CNQBCBB, CNQBCBC, VQB, SCNQB. Bevorzugt gehören zu den Quantenassemblerbefehlen aber auch solche Assemblerbefehle, wie sie von konventionellen Computern her bekannt sind.

This results in a suitable method for operating a quantum computer QC, as presented in the document presented here:

• In a first step, a first file, referred to below as source code, is provided. Preferably, the source code consists of symbols arranged in an ordered sequence in the source code and human readable. In this case, predetermined character strings are assigned to the basic operations which the control device μC can execute and which are referred to below as quantum assembler commands. These quantum assembler instructions preferably include at least some, better all of the already mentioned quantum operations of the quantum computer QC, i.e. in particular the quantum operations MFMW, MFMWEE, MFMWCE, MFRWCC, FRWCC, RESQB, RESQBR, RESQRCE, MQBP, MCBP, SMQB, KQBQB, KQBCB, CNQBCBA, CNQBCBB, CNQBCBC, VQB, SCNQB. However, the quantum assembler commands preferably also include such assembler commands as are known from conventional computers.

Such quantum assembly instructions can be, for example, those of a 6502 processor and/or ARM processor, which can be easily implemented in the FPGA, for example as a control device µC: TYPE MNEMONIC COMMAND MEANING load commands LDA Load Accumulator Charge accumulator load commands LDX Load X register Load X register load commands LDY Load Y register Load Y register save commands STA Store Accumulator Save accumulator save commands STX STore X register Save X register save commands STY STore Y register Save Y register transfer commands TAX Transfer Accumulator to X Copy accumulator to X transfer commands TAY Transfer Accumulator to Y Copy accumulator to Y transfer commands TXA Transfer X to Accumulator Copy X to Accumulator transfer commands TYA Transfer Y to Accumulator Copy Y to Accumulator transfer commands TSX Transfer stack pointer to X Copy stack pointer to X transfer commands TXS Transfer X to Stack Pointer Copy X to Stackpointer logical operations AND other Logical "And" logical operations ORA OR accumulator Logical "or" logical operations EOR Exclusive OR Logical "Either/Or" (XOR) Arithmetic Operations ADC ADd with Carry Add with carry Arithmetic Operations SBC Subtract with carry Subtract with carry Arithmetic Operations INC INcrement Increment memory cell Arithmetic Operations DEC DECrement Decrement memory cell Arithmetic Operations INX INcrement X Increment X register Arithmetic Operations INY INcrement Y Increment Y register Arithmetic Operations DEX DEcrement X Rethink X-register Arithmetic Operations DEY ENcrement Y Rethink Y-register Bitwise shifting ASL Arithmetical Shift Left Bitwise left shift Bitwise shifting LSR Logical Shift Right Bitwise shift right Bitwise shifting ROL Rotate Left Bitwise rotate left Bitwise shifting ROR Rotate Right Bitwise rotate right ROR comparison operations CMP Compare Compare with accumulator comparison operations CPX Compare X Compare with X comparison operations CPY Compare Y Compare with Y comparison operations BIT BIT test BIT test with accumulator jump commands (required) JMP JuMP Unconditional jump jump commands (required) JSR Jump to SubRoutine subprogram call Jump commands subprogram (unconditional) RTS Return from Subroutine return from jump commands (required) RTI Return from interrupt Return from interrupt jump instructions (conditional) BCC Branch on Carry Clear Branch with carry flag clear jump instructions (conditional) BCS Branch on carry set Branch if the carry flag is set jump instructions (conditional) BEQ Branch on EQual Branch with zero flag set jump instructions (conditional) ESD Branch on Not Equal Branch with zero flag clear jump instructions (conditional) BPL Branch on PLus Branch with negative flag clear jump instructions (conditional) BMI Branch on Minus Branch with the negative flag set jump instructions (conditional) BVC Branch on Overflow Clear Branch with overflow flag clear jump instructions (conditional) BVS Branch on Overflow Set Branch with the overflow flag set flag command SEC SEt Carry Set carry flag flag command CLC Clear Carry Clear carry flag flag command MAY BE SEt interrupt Set interrupt flag flag command CLI Clear Interrupt Clear interrupt flag flag command CLV CLEAR OVERFLOW Clear overflow flag flag command sed SEt Decimal Set decimal flag flag command CLD Clear Decimal Clear decimal flag Stack Commands PHA Push Accumulator Put accumulator contents on stack Stack Commands PLA pull accumulator Get accumulator value from stack Stack Commands PHP Push Processor status Put status register on stack Stack Commands PLP PuLl Processor status Get status register from stack Special Orders NOP No operation No surgery Special Orders BRK BReaK software interrupt

However, this list is just one example of possible quantum assembly instructions. Each mnemonic is assigned a specific, unambiguous value, called OP code below, which encodes the relevant operation for the control device μC. Each quantum operation, in particular the quantum operations corresponding to the mnemonics MFMW, MFMWEE, MFMWCE, MFRWCC, FRWCC, RESQB, RESQBR, RESQRCE, MQBP, MCBP, SMQB, KQBQB, KQBCB, CNQBCBA, CNQBCBB, CNQBCBC, VQB, SCNQB, are typical such specific, unambiguous numerical value, i.e. OP-codes, specifically here quantum OP-codes, are assigned. If the control device μC finds such a predetermined numerical value when executing the program, the control device μC carries out the relevant operation in accordance with the OP code. Does the found value use a quantum op code to encode a quantum operation to manipulate and/or read the quantum state of a first electronic quantum bit QUB and/or the quantum state of a quantum dot NV of a quantum bit QUB and/or to manipulate and/or read the quantum state of a second nuclear quantum bits CQUB and/or the quantum state of a nuclear quantum dot CI of a second nuclear quantum bit CQUB, the control device μC carries out the quantum operation assigned to this quantum OP code, the mnemonic of which is assigned to the relevant quantum OP code. The control device µC manipulates the quantum state of a first electronic quantum bit QUB and/or the quantum state of a quantum dot NV of a quantum bit QUB and/or manipulates the quantum state of a second nuclear quantum bit CQUB and/or the quantum state of a nuclear quantum dot CI of a second nuclear quantum bit CQUB and/or reads reads the quantum state of a first electronic quantum bit QUB and/or the quantum state of a quantum dot NV of a quantum bit QUB and/or reads the quantum state of a second nuclear quantum bit CQUB and/or the quantum state of a nuclear quantum dot CI of a second nuclear quantum bit CQUB.

In addition to the mnemonics of the possible operations and quantum operations, the source code preferably also includes data in the form of symbol chains. In a second step, a data processing system translates the source code into a second file, referred to below as a binary file. The binary file contains an ordered sequence of values. In this case, some of these values preferably correspond to OP codes and quantum OP codes of the relevant mnemonics of the source code. The binary file may also include data that was encoded as character strings in the source code. If necessary, the source code also includes control commands for controlling the execution of this second step by the data processing system.

In a third step, the binary file is transferred to a memory (RAM, NVM) of the control device μC by means of a data connection, which typically includes the external data bus EXTDB of the quantum computer QC, and/or a data medium or another storage medium.

In a fourth step, a reset circuit or a monitoring device or the like causes the control device (µC) to start executing the OP codes and quantum OP codes at a predetermined point in the memory. The OP codes and quantum -Op codes can be associated with data on which the execution of the OP codes and/or quantum op codes depends.In the case of quantum OP codes, such data associated with a quantum OP code can, for example, parameters mentioned above for quantum OP-code.

Each quantum op-code thus preferably symbolizes a manipulation and/or reading of the quantum state of at least one first electronic quantum bit NV and/or the quantum state of a second nuclear quantum bit CI, which the control device µC carries out when executing the quantum op-code with the aid of the first means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) and/or the second means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) and/or the third means (e.g. D, XT, YT, KV, OS, DBS, STM, CM1, PD, V, WFG, CIF, µC). When developing the invention, it was recognized that the accelerations and rotational accelerations and rotations have an influence on the arrangement comprising the first electronic quantum bits QUB and their quantum dots NV and the second nuclear quantum bits CQUB and their nuclear quantum dots CI, which compensates in the case of a mobile quantum computer QC should be and on the other hand can also be used as a measuring device of a sensor system. The main finding of the document presented here is that it is advantageous to use two different quantum objects for two different types of quantum bits - here electronic quantum bits QUB with quantum dots NV and nuclear quantum bits CQUB with nuclear quantum dots CI. It is recognized to be advantageous if the first type of quantum bits is influenced by two different types of quantum bits of accelerations and/or rotational accelerations and/or rotations and if the second type of quantum bits is not influenced by accelerations and/or rotational accelerations and/or rotations becomes.

In the present case, the first type of quantum bits is the type of electronic quantum bits QB with their quantum dots NV. In the present case, the second type of quantum bits is the type of nuclear quantum bits CQUB with their nuclear quantum dots CI.

In the present case, the first type of quantum bits is preferably of the electronic quantum bits QB type with their quantum dots NV in the form of paramagnetic centers, preferably in diamond and more preferably in the form of NV centers in diamond. In the present case, the second type of quantum bits is preferably of the nuclear quantum bits type CQUB with their nuclear quantum dots CI in the form of isotopes with a magnetic moment in a substrate D substantially preferably comprising isotopes without a magnetic moment. In the present case, the second type of quantum bits is particularly preferably the type of nuclear quantum bits CQUB with their nuclear quantum dots CI in the form of ¹³ C and/or ¹⁴ N and/or ¹⁵ N isotopes with a magnetic moment in a substrate D, the diamond includes. In this case, the diamond of the substrate D, preferably in the region of the quantum bits QUB and/or the core quantum bits CQUB, essentially comprises ¹² C isotopes without a magnetic moment.

This enables these accelerations and/or rotational accelerations and/or rotations to be detected and compensated for, and is new compared to the prior art.

In one form of the proposal, the quantum computer QC has at least two first electronic quantum bits (QUB1, QUB2) with respective quantum dots (NV1, NV2), the first first electronic quantum bit QUB1 with its first quantum dot NV1 with the second first electronic quantum bit QUB2 with its second quantum dot NV2 can be coupled and/or entangled. This enables the first electronic quantum bits QUB1, QUB2 to be scaled to form larger quantum registers QUREG.

In one form of the proposal, the quantum computer QC has at least two first electronic quantum bits (QUB1, QUB2) with respective quantum dots (NV1, NV2), the first first electronic quantum bit QUB1 with its first quantum dot NV1 with the second first electronic quantum bit QUB2 with its second quantum dot NV2 can be coupled and/or entangled directly by means of dipole-dipole coupling. This enables scaling of the first electronic quantum bits QUB1, QUB2 to larger quantum registers QUREG and operation of the quantum computer QC at room temperature.

In one embodiment of the proposal, the quantum computer QC has at least a first electronic quantum bit QUB with a quantum dot NV and a second nuclear quantum bit CQUB with a nuclear quantum dot CI. The first electronic quantum bit QUB or the quantum dot NV of the first electronic quantum bit QUB can be coupled and/or entangled with the second nuclear quantum bit CQUB and/or the nuclear quantum dot CI of the second nuclear quantum bit CQUB. This enables the nuclear spins to be used as second nuclear quantum bits CBUB with a significantly longer T2 time.

In one form of the proposal, the quantum computer QC has at least two first electronic quantum bits (QUB1, QUB2) with respective quantum dots (NV1, NV2) and at least two second nuclear quantum bits (CQUB1, CQUB2). The first electronic quantum bit QUB1 and/or its quantum dot NV1 can preferably be coupled and/or entangled with the first second nuclear quantum bit CQUB1 and/or its nuclear quantum dot CI1. The second first electronic quantum bit QUB2 and/or its quantum dot NV2 can preferably be coupled and/or entangled with the second second nuclear quantum bit CQUB2 and/or its nuclear quantum dot CI2. The first first electronic quantum bit QUB1 and/or its quantum dot NV1 can preferably be coupled and/or interlaced with the second first quantum bit QUB2 and/or its quantum dot NV. This makes the quantum computer QC scalable with regard to the number of first electronic quantum bits QUB and the associated quantum dots NV and thus the number of second nuclear quantum bits CQUB and the associated nuclear quantum dots CI. The quantum computer QC can then couple or entangle second nuclear quantum bits CQUB and their nuclear quantum dots CI that are remote from one another via the chains of first electronic quantum bits QUB and their quantum dots NV.

Preferably, the first electronic quantum bits QUB comprise paramagnetic centers and/or NV centers in diamond and/or SiV centers and/or TR12 centers and/or L1 centers and/or PbV centers and/or GeV centers in diamond as Quantum Dots NV. NV centers in diamond are particularly preferred as quantum dots NV of first electronic quantum bits QUB.

One or more second nuclear quantum bits CQUB preferably comprise nuclear spins of ¹³ C isotopes and/or ¹⁴ N isotopes and/or ¹⁵ N isotopes and/or other isotopes with a nuclear spin as nuclear quantum dots CI of second nuclear quantum bits CQUB.

The proposed quantum computer QC is preferably set up to determine the coupling frequencies and/or coupling phase positions of the electromagnetic radiation for manipulating pairs of coupleable two first electronic quantum bits QUB1, QUB2 and their quantum dots NV1, NV2 among one another and to store them as coupling fundamental frequencies and/or coupling phase positions to be used . When manipulating these respective pairs of coupleable two first electronic quantum bits QUB1, QUB2 and their quantum dots NV1, NV2, the quantum computer QC preferably uses electromagnetic radiation of the coupling fundamental frequency of the relevant pair of coupleable two first electronic quantum bits QUB1, QUB2 and their quantum dots NV1, NV2 . In this case, the electromagnetic radiation of the coupling fundamental frequency of the relevant pair of coupleable two first electronic quantum bits QUB1, QUB2 and their quantum dots NV1, NV2 preferably has the coupling fundamental phase position in addition to the coupling fundamental frequency or a phase position that depends on the coupling fundamental phase position.

The proposed quantum computer QC is preferably set up to determine the coupling frequencies and/or coupling phase angles of the electromagnetic radiation for manipulating coupleable pairs each consisting of a first electronic quantum bit QUB and its quantum dot NV and a second quantum bit CQUB and its nuclear quantum dot CI and as the coupling fundamental frequencies to be used and/or store coupling basic phase positions. When manipulating these respective coupleable pairs, each consisting of a first electronic quantum bit QUB and its quantum dot NV and a second quantum bit CQUB and its nuclear quantum dot CI, the quantum computer QC preferably uses electromagnetic radiation of the coupling fundamental frequency of the respective coupleable pairs of a first electronic quantum bit QUB and its Quantum dot NV and a second quantum bit CQUB and its core quantum dot CI. In this case, the electromagnetic radiation of the coupling fundamental frequency of the relevant coupleable pairs, each consisting of a first electronic quantum bit QUB and its quantum dot NV and a second quantum bit CQUB and its nuclear quantum dot CI, preferably has the coupling fundamental phase position in addition to the coupling fundamental frequency or a phase position that depends on the coupling fundamental phase position.

The proposed quantum computer QC is preferably set up to determine the coupling frequencies and/or coupling phase angles of the electromagnetic radiation for manipulating pairs of coupleable two second nuclear quantum bits (CQUB1, CQUB2) and/or their respective nuclear quantum dots (CI1, CI2) with one another and as to store coupling fundamental frequencies and/or coupling fundamental phase angles that are to be used. When manipulating these respective pairs of coupleable two second nuclear quantum bits (CQUB1, CQUB2) and/or their respective nuclear quantum dots (CII, CI2), the quantum computer QC preferably uses electromagnetic radiation of the coupling fundamental frequency of the respective pairs of coupleable two second nuclear ones Quantum bits (CQUB1, CQUB2) and/or their respective core quantum dots (CI1, CI2). In this case, the electromagnetic radiation of the coupling fundamental frequency of the respective pairs of coupleable two second nuclear quantum bits (CQUB1, CQUB2) and/or their respective nuclear quantum dots (CI1, CI2) preferably has the coupling fundamental phase position in addition to the coupling fundamental frequency or a phase position that depends on the coupling fundamental phase position .

The quantum computer QC preferably comprises one or more rotation sensors RTS for detecting rotation values and/or rotational acceleration values for rotations about one axis, or one or more rotation sensors RTS for detecting rotation values and/or rotational acceleration values for rotations about two axes, or one or more rotation sensors RTS for the acquisition of rotation values and/or rotational acceleration values for rotations about three axes. The rotation sensor RTS of the quantum computer QC preferably detects the current orientation of the quantum computer QC in the form of one or more measured orientation values. The rotation sensor RTS of the quantum computer QC preferably records the current rotation speed of the quantum computer QC in the form of one or more rotation values. The rotation sensor RTS of the quantum computer QC preferably records the current rotation acceleration of the quantum computer QC in the form of one or more rotation acceleration values.

The quantum computer QC preferably has device parts that determine alignment measurement values and/or rotation values and/or rotational acceleration values and/or acceleration values for the quantum computer QC and/or allow such a determination.

• • Ausrichtungsmesswerte für Drehungen um eine Achse und/oder um zwei Achsen (AX1, AX2) und/oder drei Achsen und/oder
• • Rotationswerte für Drehungen um eine Achse und/oder um zwei Achsen (AX1, AX2) und/oder drei Achsen und/oder
• • Rotationsbeschleunigungswerte für Drehungen um eine Achse und/oder um zwei Achsen (AX1, AX2) und/oder drei Achsen Rotationsbeschleunigungswerte und/oder
• • Beschleunigungswerte für einen translatorischen Freiheitsgrad und/oder zwei translatorische Freiheitsgrade und/oder drei translatorische Freiheitsgrade

für den Quantencomputer QC bestimmen und/oder eine solche Bestimmung zulassen.The quantum computer QC preferably has device parts that

• • Orientation readings for rotations about one axis and/or two axes (AX1, AX2) and/or three axes and/or
• • Rotation values for rotations around one axis and/or around two axes (AX1, AX2) and/or three axes and/or
• • Rotational acceleration values for rotations about one axis and/or around two axes (AX1, AX2) and/or three axes rotational acceleration values and/or
• • Acceleration values for one translational degree of freedom and/or two translational degrees of freedom and/or three translational degrees of freedom

for the quantum computer QC and/or allow such a determination.

• • aus bekannten Ausrichtungsmesswerten und/oder
• • aus bekannten Rotationswerten und/oder
• • aus bekannten Rotationsbeschleunigungswerten und/oder
• • aus bekannten Beschleunigungswerten und/oder
• • aus bekannten Geschwindigkeitswerten und/oder
• • aus bekannten Ortskoordinaten und/oder
• • aus Karteninformationen einer elektronischen Karte und/oder
• • aus Routen-Informationen über die zukünftige Route eines Fahrzeugs, dessen Teil der Quantencomputer QC ist,

für den Quantencomputer QC

• • zukünftige Ausrichtungsmesswerte und/oder
• • zukünftige Rotationswerte und/oder
• • zukünftige Rotationsbeschleunigungswerte und/oder
• • zukünftige Beschleunigungswerte und/oder
• • zukünftige Geschwindigkeitswerte und/oder
• • zukünftige Ortskoordinaten.

During its quantum computer operation, the quantum computer QC therefore preferably has alignment measurement values and/or rotation values and/or rotational acceleration values and/or acceleration values for the quantum computer QC and/or measurement values that allow these values to be determined. The quantum computer preferably determines QC during its quantum computer operation

• • from known alignment measurements and/or
• • from known rotation values and/or
• • from known rotational acceleration values and/or
• • from known acceleration values and/or
• • from known speed values and/or
• • from known location coordinates and/or
• • from card information of an electronic card and/or
• • from route information about the future route of a vehicle, which is part of the quantum computer QC,

for the quantum computer QC

• • future alignment readings and/or
• • future rotation values and/or
• • future rotational acceleration values and/or
• • future acceleration values and/or
• • future speed values and/or
• • future location coordinates.

• • der zukünftigen Ausrichtungsmesswerte und/oder
• • der zukünftigen Rotationswerte und/oder
• • der zukünftigen Rotationsbeschleunigungswerte und/oder
• • der zukünftigen Beschleunigungswerte und/oder
• • der zukünftigen Geschwindigkeitswerte und/oder
• • der zukünftigen Ortskoordinaten und/oder
• • von Kopplungsgrundfrequenzen und/oder
• • Kopplungsgrundphasenlagen

zukünftige Kopplungsgrundfrequenzen und/oder zukünftige Kopplungsgrundphasenlagen für einen zukünftigen Zeitpunkt.The quantum computer preferably determines QC by means of

• • the future alignment readings and/or
• • the future rotation values and/or
• • the future rotational acceleration values and/or
• • the future acceleration values and/or
• • the future speed values and/or
• • the future location coordinates and/or
• • of coupling fundamental frequencies and/or
• • Coupling fundamental phase positions

future coupling fundamental frequencies and/or future coupling fundamental phase positions for a future point in time.

The quantum computer QC preferably uses these future coupling fundamental frequencies and/or future coupling fundamental phase positions at the future point in time as coupling fundamental frequencies and/or coupling fundamental phase positions.

The quantum computer QC is preferably set up to determine the coupling frequencies and coupling phase positions to be used between the pairs of coupleable two electronic quantum bits (QUB1 QUB2) depending on the measured alignment values and/or the rotation values and/or the rotational acceleration values and/or the acceleration values. and/or to determine their quantum dots (NV1, NV2) among themselves from the coupling fundamental frequencies and/or coupling fundamental phase positions to be used for these pairs of coupleable two electronic quantum bits (QUB1 QUB2) and/or their quantum dots (NV1, NV2). This enables the operation of a mobile quantum computer QC based on paramagnetic centers as quantum dots NV of electronic quantum bits QUB and based on nuclear quantum bits CQUB and their nuclear quantum bits CI.

The quantum computer QC is preferably set up to determine the coupling frequencies to be used between the pairs that can be coupled, each consisting of a first electronic quantum bit QUB and/or its To determine quantum dot NV and a second nuclear quantum bit CQUB and/or its nuclear quantum dot CI from the coupling fundamental frequencies and coupling fundamental phase positions to be used. This enables the operation of a mobile quantum computer QC based on paramagnetic centers as quantum dots NV of electronic quantum bits QUB and based on nuclear quantum bits CQUB and their nuclear quantum bits CI.

The quantum computer QC is preferably set up to determine the coupling frequencies to be used between the pairs as a function of the alignment measurement values and/or the rotation values and/or the rotational acceleration values and/or the acceleration values and/or speed values and/or location coordinates of the quantum computer QC to determine coupleable two second nuclear quantum bits CI with each other from the coupling fundamental frequencies to be used.

The quantum computer QC is preferably set up to, when manipulating the first electronic quantum bits QUB and/or their quantum dots NV and/or second nuclear quantum bits CQUB and/or their core quantum bit CI by means of the first means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS , XT, YT, KV, mWA, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) and/or the second means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, MW/RF- AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) to use the coupling frequencies thus determined to be used.

In a further embodiment, the proposed quantum computer QC is set up to determine the coupling frequencies and/or coupling phase angles preferably between pairs of coupleable two first electronic quantum bits (QUB1, QUB2) and/or their quantum dots (NV1, NV2) with one another at a first point in time and store them as coupling fundamental frequencies and/or coupling fundamental phase positions. In this further embodiment, the proposed quantum computer QC is preferably set up to combine the coupling frequencies and/or coupling phase angles between pairs that can be coupled, each consisting of a first electronic quantum bit QUB and/or its quantum dot NV and a second nuclear quantum bit CQUB and/or its nuclear quantum dot CI to determine the first point in time and to store it as coupling fundamental frequencies and/or coupling fundamental phase positions. In this further embodiment, the proposed quantum computer QC is preferably set up to determine the coupling frequencies and/or coupling basic phase positions between pairs of coupleable two second nuclear quantum bits (CQUB1, CQUB2) and/or their nuclear quantum points (CI1, CI2) with one another at the first point in time and store them as coupling fundamental frequencies and/or coupling fundamental phase positions. In this further embodiment, the proposed quantum computer QC is preferably set up to compare the coupling frequencies and/or coupling phase angles between pairs of coupleable two first electronic quantum bits (QUB1, QUB2) and/or their quantum dots (NV1, NV2) among themselves at a second point in time after the to determine the first point in time and to use them as coupling frequencies and/or coupling phase angles, if necessary to store them. In this further form, the proposed quantum computer QC is preferably set up to calculate the coupling frequencies and/or coupling phase angles between pairs that can be coupled, each consisting of a first quantum bit QUB and its quantum dot NV and a second quantum bit CQUB and/or its core quantum dot CI at a second point in time after the to determine the first point in time and to use them as coupling frequencies and/or coupling phase angles, if necessary to store them. In this further embodiment, the proposed quantum computer QC is preferably set up to compare the coupling frequencies and/or coupling phase angles between pairs of coupleable two second nuclear quantum bits (CQUB1, CQUB2) and/or their nuclear quantum dots (CI1, CI2) with one another at a second point in time after the to determine the first point in time and to use them as coupling frequencies and/or coupling phase angles, if necessary to store them. In this further embodiment, the proposed quantum computer QC is preferably set up to determine the current alignment of the quantum computer QC in the form of one or more alignment measured values and/or in the form of one or more coupling fundamental frequencies and/or coupling fundamental phase positions and one or more coupling frequencies and/or coupling phase positions several rotation values and/or in the form of one or more rotational acceleration values and/or in the form of one or more acceleration values. This allows the quantum computer QC to be used as a gyroscope.

In another embodiment, the quantum computer QC or parts of the quantum computer QC or an arrangement of first electronic quantum bits QUB and/or their quantum dots NV and/or second nuclear quantum bits CQUB and/or their core quantum dots CI and/or an arrangement of paramagnetic Centers of the quantum computer QC rotatable about one axis or rotatable about two axes (AX1, AX2) or rotatable about three axes.

In a further form of the quantum computer QC, the quantum computer QC has one or more energy couplings (EK1, EK2). An energy coupling of the energy couplings (EK1, EK2) is preferably set up to the quantum computer QC or parts of the quantum computer QC or the arrangement of first electronic quantum bits QUB and/or their quantum dots NV and/or second nuclear quantum bits CQUB and/or their To supply nuclear quantum dots CI and / or the array of paramagnetic centers of the quantum computer QC with electrical or electromagnetic energy and / or radiation energy. For the purposes of this document, the radiation energy of the pump radiation LB is electromagnetic energy, in particular for supplying the quantum dots NV of the quantum dots NV with energy. In one of these forms of the quantum computer QC, the energy supply is preferably set up to ensure that the quantum computer QC or parts of the quantum computer QC or the arrangement of first electronic quantum bits QUB and/or quantum dots NV and/or second nuclear quantum bits CQUB and /or the energy supply (LDV, TS, BENG, SRG, BENG2, SRG2, LD, LDRV) does not have to rotate with the core quantum dots CI and/or the arrangement of paramagnetic centers of the quantum computer QC around an axis (AX1, AX2). The energy coupling (EK1, EK2) is preferably set up to transfer the energy from the energy supply supply (LDV, TS, BENG, SRG, BENG2, SRG2, LD, LDRV) to the quantum computer QC so that a rotation of the quantum computer QC or parts of the quantum computer QC or the arrangement of first electronic quantum bits QUB and / or their Quantum dots NV and/or second nuclear quantum bits CQUB and/or their nuclear quantum dots CI and/or paramagnetic centers of the quantum computer QC relative to the energy supply (LDV, TS, BENG, SRG, BENG2, SRG2, LD, LDRV) at any angle possible is.

In a further embodiment of the quantum computer QC, the energy coupling (EK1, EK2) includes, for example, electrically conductive slip rings and sliding contacts for this energy transfer. In a further embodiment of the quantum computer QC, the energy coupling (EK1, EK2) is preferably set up to divide the energy of the energy supply (LDV, TS, BENG, SRG, BENG2, SRG2, LD, LDRV) by means of inductive coupling to the quantum computer QC of the quantum computer QC or to the arrangement of first electronic quantum bits QUB and/or of their quantum dots NV and/or of second nuclear quantum bits CQUB and/or of their nuclear quantum dots CI and/or of paramagnetic centers of the quantum computer QC. In a further form of the quantum computer QC, the energy coupling (EK1, EK2) is preferably set up to transfer the energy from the energy supply (LDV, TS, BENG, SRG, BENG2, SRG2, LD, LDRV) to the Quantum computer QC or parts of the quantum computer QC or the arrangement of first electronic quantum bits QUB and/or their quantum dots NV and/or second nuclear quantum bits CQUB and/or their nuclear quantum dots CI and/or paramagnetic centers of the quantum computer QC . In the sense of the document presented here, irradiation of first electronic quantum bits QUB and/or their quantum dots NV and/or the arrangement of second nuclear quantum bits CQUB and/or their nuclear quantum dots CI and/or the arrangement of paramagnetic centers of the quantum computer QC with a Pump radiation LB supplies energy to the arrangement of first electronic quantum bits QUB and/or their quantum dots NV and/or second nuclear quantum bits CQUB and/or their nuclear quantum dots CI and/or paramagnetic centers of the quantum computer QC.

In a further embodiment of the quantum computer QC, the quantum computer QC is rotatably mounted about one axis or two axes (AX1, AX2) or three axes by means of a cardanic suspension KAH. In this form, the quantum computer QC preferably comprises one or more gyros KR or is mechanically connected to these gyros KR, so that the alignment of the quantum computer QC by rotations of the gimbal KAH about this one axis or these two axes (AX1, AX2, AX3) or these three axes is not changed.

In a further embodiment of the quantum computer QC, one or more gyroscopes KR have a drive. The one gyroscope KR or the plurality of gyros KR and the drive of the one gyroscope KR or the drives of the gyroscopes KR in the sense of the document presented here are preferably part of the quantum computer QC.

When drafting the document presented here, it was recognized that the use of a quantum computer QC as described above as a gyrometer is conceivable. The document presented here thus describes a gyrometer that includes a quantum computer QC. Such a gyrometer based on a quantum computer QC is characterized by a special sensitivity. To determine the gyrometer measurement values of the gyrometer, the quantum computer QC of the gyrometer preferably determines one or more orientation measurement values and/or one or more rotation values and/or one or more rotational acceleration values and/or one or more acceleration values and/or one or more speed values and/or one or several location coordinates of the quantum computer QC.

The quantum computer QC is preferably set up to determine the current alignment of the quantum computer QC in the form of one or more alignment measured values and/or in the form of one or more temporal to determine derivatives of the nth order of measured alignment values and/or in the form of one or more integrals over time of the nth order of measured alignment values and/or in the form of filtered values of measured alignment values.

The quantum computer QC is preferably set up, by determining one or more coupling fundamental frequencies and/or coupling fundamental phase positions and by determining one or more Coupling frequencies and/or coupling phase positions the current rotational speed of the quantum computer QC in the form of one or more rotation values and/or in the form of one or more nth-order time derivatives of rotation values and/or in the form of one or more nth-order time integrals of rotation values and /or to be determined in the form of filtered values of rotation values.

The quantum computer QC is preferably set up to determine the current rotational acceleration of the quantum computer QC in the form of one or more rotational acceleration values and/or in the form of one or more time values by determining one or more basic coupling frequencies and/or basic coupling phase positions and by determining one or more coupling frequencies and/or coupling phase positions to determine derivatives of the nth order of rotational acceleration values and/or in the form of one or more time integrals of the nth order of rotational acceleration values and/or in the form of filtered values of rotational acceleration values.

The quantum computer QC is preferably set up to determine the current acceleration of the quantum computer QC in the form of one or more acceleration values and/or in the form of one or more time values by determining one or more basic coupling frequencies and/or basic coupling phase positions and by determining one or more coupling frequencies and/or coupling phase positions to determine derivatives of the nth order of acceleration values and/or in the form of one or more time integrals of the nth order of acceleration values and/or in the form of filtered values of acceleration values.

The quantum computer QC is preferably set up to determine the current speed of the quantum computer QC in the form of one or more speed values and/or in the form of one or more time values by determining one or more basic coupling frequencies and/or basic coupling phase positions and by determining one or more coupling frequencies and/or coupling phase positions derivatives of the nth order of speed values and/or in the form of one or more time integrals of the nth order of speed values and/or in the form of filtered values of speed values.

The quantum computer QC is preferably set up to determine the current spatial coordinates of the quantum computer QC in the form of one or more spatial coordinate values and/or in the form of one or more temporal values by determining one or more basic coupling frequencies and/or basic coupling phase positions and by determining one or more coupling frequencies and/or coupling phase positions to determine derivatives of the nth order of spatial coordinate values and/or in the form of one or more time integrals of the nth order of spatial coordinate values and/or in the form of filtered values of spatial coordinate values.

The quantum computer QC is preferably set up to determine measured values of physical parameters, in particular such as perspective, angular velocity, angular acceleration, gravitational acceleration, acceleration, speed and/or location coordinates, by executing quantum op-codes.

Gate control of NV centers and nuclear spins coupled to them

As used in the document disclosed herein, the NV center means the electron configuration of the NV center. The nuclear spin of the nitrogen atom of the NV center is named separately.

Definition of the term gate

• Gatter im Sinne des hier vorgelegten Dokuments sind Methoden in Form von Prozessschrittfolgen, die zur Manipulation auslesbarer Zustände mit dem Ziel dienen, vollständige Turingmaschinen aus zeitlich sequentiellen oder parallelen Abfolgen dieser Gatter aufzubauen zu können. Eine TuringMaschine im Sinne des hier vorgelegten Dokuments ist somit eine Abfolge von solchen Gattern, die ein Quantencomputer ausführt und womit der Quantencomputer den Zustand von Quantenbits und/oder nuklearen Quantenbits des Quantencomputers manipuliert und/oder ausließt.

The document presented here defines the term "gate" as used in the document presented here as follows:

• Gates in the sense of the document presented here are methods in the form of process step sequences that are used to manipulate readable states with the aim of being able to build complete Turing machines from temporally sequential or parallel sequences of these gates. A Turing machine in the sense of the document presented here is therefore a sequence of such gates that a quantum computer executes and with which the quantum computer manipulates and/or omits the state of quantum bits and/or nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer.

1. 1. Clifford Gatter (Paul: X,Y,Z),
2. 2. H Phasengatter S (T) und
3. 3. das 2 Quantenbitgatter CNOT.

Such a complete Turing machine based on such a quantum computer in the sense of the document presented here allows the solution of all calculations according to the Turing-Church conjecture bare tasks. Classic computers are Turing complete. According to the Gottesman-Knill theorem, a quantum computer Turing is complete if the following unitary gates can be realized:

1. 1. Clifford Gatter (Paul: X,Y,Z),
2. 2. H phase gate S (T) and
3. 3. the 2 quantum bit gate CNOT.

A Clifford gate is a group of gates V (let V be an element of the set of Clifford gates) with the property U=WVW ⁺ with U and W also being elements of the set of Clifford gates.

In quantum computing and quantum information theory, the Clifford gates are the elements of the Clifford group, a set of mathematical transformations that normalize the n-quantum bit Pauli group, i.e. H. Map tensor products of Pauli matrices to tensor products of Pauli matrices by conjugation. The term was introduced by Daniel Gottesman and is named after the mathematician William Kingdon Clifford.[1] Quantum circuits consisting only of Clifford gates can be efficiently simulated with a classical computer due to the Gottesman-Knill theorem.

The Clifford gates (Paul: X,Y,Z) are redundant. For example, X=HZH ⁺ .

1. a) Das X Gatter stellt eine Spieglung mit einer positiven Abbildungsdeterminante dar. Der NV-Zentren basierende Quantencomputer kann kein X-Gatter realisieren. Das X-Gatter ist eine der Pauli-Matrizen, die den Spin um 180° spiegelt. (im Folgenden als Quantenbit-Flip bezeichnet) Allerdings kann der Quantencomputer ein iX-Gatter realisieren. D.h. bei jeder Gatteroperation kommt eine Phasenverschiebung von 90° hinzu (komplexer Faktor i) Bei einem NV-Zentrum führt der Quantencomputer das X-Gatter dadurch aus, dass er ein Mikrowellensignal mit der Resonanzenergie (Resonanzfrequenz) einer definierten zeitlichen Länge und Amplitude (Rabi-Frequenz=γ_NV B mit γ_NV als gyromagnetische Moment des NV-Zentrums und B die magnetische Komponente der elektromagnetischen Welle, die senkrecht zu der Richtung des Elektronenspins der Elektronenkonfiguration des NV-Zentrums wirkt) Ein solcher π-Puls hat dann die zeitliche Länge 1/(2γ_NV B) (Das entspricht 180°).
2. b) Rotationen besitzen immer eine negative Determinante. Die Rotationen erzeugen also eine zusätzliche allgemeine Phase, die aber keine Bedeutung besitzt, weil sie nicht messbar sind. Allerdings muss während der Rechnung diese Phase berücksichtigt werden, da sich die Phasen addieren können. Das CROT-Gatter ist eine unitäre Matrize, die den Spin um einen Winkel θ u eine Achsenfläche im vierdimensionalen Raum der Bloch-Kugel dreht. (im Folgenden als Quantenbit-Rotation oder einfach nur CROT bezeichnet) Auch hier kommt bei jeder Gatteroperation eine Phasenverschiebung hinzu. Bei einem NV-Zentrum führt der Quantencomputer das CROT-Gatter dadurch aus, dass er ein Mikrowellensignal mit der Resonanzenergie (Resonanzfrequenz) einer definierten zeitlichen Länge und Amplitude (γ_NV B mit γ_NV als gyromagnetische Moment des NV-Zentrums und B die magnetische Komponente der elektromagnetischen Welle, die senkrecht zu der Richtung des Elektronenspins der Elektronenkonfiguration des NV-Zentrums wirkt) Ein solcher θ-Puls hat dann die zeitliche Länge 1/(2γ_NV B) (θ/180°). Wird die Phase der Mikrowellenansteuerung (bei Kernspins der Radiofrequenzansteuerung) um 90° verschoben, so wechselt die CROT-Ansteuerung, wenn sie zuvor eine Drehung um die X-Achse bewirkte, zu einer Ansteuerung, die eine Drehung um die Y-Achse bewirkt. Die Mikrowellenphasenlage der Mikrowellenansteuerung bestimmt also die Drehachse einer CROT-Operation. Bei nuklearen Spins bestimmt die Radiowellenphasenlage die Drehachse einer CROT-Operation für den nuklearen Spin.

So you can do without a Clifford gate (Paul: X,Y,Z). The prior art also designates these three gates 1 to 3 as universal gates. The quantum computer can emulate these elementary gates using operations that induce spin rotations. However, the following should be noted here:

1. a) The X gate represents a reflection with a positive mapping determinant. The quantum computer based on NV centers cannot realize an X gate. The X gate is one of the Pauli matrices that mirrors the spin by 180°. (hereinafter referred to as quantum bit flip) However, the quantum computer can realize an iX gate. Ie with each gate operation there is an additional phase shift of 90° (complex factor i) In the case of a NV center, the quantum computer executes the X gate by generating a microwave signal with the resonance energy (resonance frequency) of a defined time length and amplitude (Rabi Frequency=γ _NV B with γ _NV as the gyromagnetic moment of the NV center and B the magnetic component of the electromagnetic wave acting perpendicular to the direction of the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center) Such a π-pulse then has the temporal length 1 /(2γ _NV B) (This corresponds to 180°).
2. b) Rotations always have a negative determinant. The rotations therefore create an additional general phase, which is of no importance because they are not measurable. However, this phase must be taken into account during the calculation, since the phases can add up. The CROT gate is a unitary matrix that rotates the spin by an angle θ u an axis plane in the four-dimensional space of the Bloch sphere. (hereinafter referred to as quantum bit rotation or just CROT) Here too, a phase shift is added to every gate operation. Given an NV center, the quantum computer executes the CROT gate by generating a microwave signal with the resonance energy (resonance frequency) of a defined temporal length and amplitude (γ _NV B with γ _NV as the gyromagnetic moment of the NV center and B the magnetic component of the electromagnetic wave acting perpendicularly to the direction of the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center) Such a θ pulse then has the temporal length 1/(2γ _NV B) (θ/180°). If the phase of the microwave drive (in the case of nuclear spins, the radio frequency drive) is shifted by 90°, the CROT drive, if it previously caused a rotation about the X-axis, changes to a drive that causes a rotation about the Y-axis. The microwave phase angle of the microwave control therefore determines the axis of rotation of a CROT operation. For nuclear spins, the radio wave phasing determines the spin axis of a nuclear spin CROT operation.

A rotation of 180° in the x-axis is therefore not an X but an iX gate! Exactly, a CROT does not result as a CNOT but as a CiNOT. To define a CNOT, an additional Z(π/2) (Clifford gate (Paul,Z) with time length π/2) must be inserted before or after the execution of the CROT instruction and act on the conditional partner quantum bit. The conditional partner quantum bit of an NV center can be a nuclear spin in the vicinity of the NV center or another NV center in the vicinity of the NV center.

For example, an exemplary system of explanation may include a first NV center and a second NV center and a third NV center, where the first NV center and the third NV center can in turn couple to respective nuclear spins that are assigned to exactly one of these two exemplary NV centers. The first NV center and the second NV center and the third NV center are arranged as a linear chain, where the first NV center can and cannot couple to the third NV center only via the second NV center as ancilla bitt can connect directly. If the quantum state of the second NV center is brought into the state m=0 by a quantum operation, then this quantum operation decouples the first NV center from the third NV center. If the quantum state of the second NV center is brought into the state m=+1 or m=-1 by another quantum operation, then quantum operations can couple the first NV center with the third NV center.

A CROT operation about the Z axis can be realized by a -π/2 rotation about the Y axis and then an X gate and then a +π/2 rotation about the Y axis.

Initially, only the Z-axis is fixed by the flux density of the magnetic field. With the first CROT operation, the quantum computer arbitrarily sets the X-axis for the NV center. Although this reference can be freely selected, it must be maintained during a quantum calculation (phase stability).

In addition to executing these gates, the quantum computer must put its quantum bits and its nuclear quantum bits into a defined initial state at the beginning of a calculation and after executing all operations the quantum computer must set its relevant quantum bits and/or its relevant nuclear quantum bits. If all three conditions are met, this quantum computer can perform any calculations and is then considered Turing-complete.

The goal of every universal quantum computer is therefore to achieve the universal gates, as well as the conditions for initializing and reading out the quantum bits and nuclear quantum bits with high quality.

Basics:

The Hamiltonian for NV centers

The Hamiltonian for NV centers as quantum bits is: $$\text{H}=\text{D}*{\text{<figure-callout id="2" label="m" filenames="DE202023101056U1\_0024.png,DE202023101056U1\_0026.png" state="{{state}}">m</figure-callout>}}^2+={\mathrm{g}}_{\text{NV}}*\text{m}*\text{B}$$

D

für die Nullfeldaufspaltung,

γNV

für das gryromagnetisches Verhältnis des NV-Zentrums,

m

für die Quantenzahl,

B

für eine externes, auf das NV-Zentrum einwirkendes Magnetfeld in NV-Achse.

Ist sich das externe auf das NV-Zentrum einwirkende Magnetfeld nicht in Richtung der NV-Achse ausgerichtet, so ist typischerweise m keine gute Quantenzahl aufgrund von Interband-Mixing.stand here

D

for the zero field splitting,

γNV

for the gryromagnetic ratio of the NV center,

m

for the quantum number,

B

for an external magnetic field in the NV axis acting on the NV center.

Typically, when the external magnetic field acting on the NV center is not aligned with the NV axis, m is not a good quantum number due to interband mixing.

The Hamiltonian for atomic nuclei as nuclear quantum bits

The Hamiltonian for atomic nuclei as nuclear quantum bits includes a Zeeman component and possibly a quadrupole component (eg ¹⁴ N). The Hamiltonian for atomic nuclei as nuclear quantum bits is: $$\text{H}=\mathrm{g}*\text{I}*\text{B}+\text{Q}*{\text{I}}^2+{\text{H}}_{\text{NV}-\text{core}},$$

γ

für das gyromagnetisches Verhältnis,

I

für die magnetische Quantenzahl,

B

für das externe, auf den nuklearen Spin einwirkende Magnetfeld,

Q

Für den Quadrupol Anteil unabhängig von B

HNV_Kern

Bestimmt die Kopplungsstärke zwischen Kern und NV durch Hyperfein-WW. Der Hyperfeinterm kann in einen parallelen Anteil und senkrechten Anteil gespalten werden. Für die Verschiebung ist nur der parallele Term wichtig.

stand here

g

for the gyromagnetic ratio,

I

for the magnetic quantum number,

B

for the external magnetic field acting on the nuclear spin,

Q

For the quadrupole part independent of B

HNV_Kern

Determines the coupling strength between nucleus and NV by hyperfine WW. The hyperfine term can be split into a parallel part and a perpendicular part. Only the parallel term is important for the shift.

For better differentiation, the document presented here designates atomic nuclei whose magnetic quantum number in the document presented here as I.

To the magnetic quantum number m of the negatively charged NV center

The magnetic quantum number m of the negatively charged NV center can assume the three values -1, 0, +1. For m=0, the NV center does not generate a magnetic field! State NV ₀ has only a single state.

The document presented here names the typical value of the gyromagnetic ratio γ _NV = 28.130 MHz/mT. The document presented here names D=2.87 GHz as a typical value for the zero-field splitting.

Magnetic quantum number I of the nuclei:

The NV centers are embedded in a diamond crystal comprised essentially of carbon atoms in the form of essentially ¹² C isotopes with no spin and no magnetic moment. A few atoms in the diamond lattice of the diamond crystal are preferably ¹³ C isotopes. ¹³ C isotopes have spins -1/2 and +1/2, respectively. The ¹³ C isotopes typically have no quadrupole moment. For m=0, the Zeeman component due to the external magnetic field is therefore negligible compared to the hyperfine interaction for ¹³ C atomic nuclei, which are strongly coupled to the NV center, and a low external magnetic field. For the purposes of the present document, a small external magnetic field is a magnetic field with a magnetic flux density at the location of the nuclear quantum bit in question, than at the location of the nuclear spin in question, less than 100mT. Since the nucleus of a quantum bit has only a dipole part, the nucleus of the nuclear quantum bit typically does not interact with its associated NV center when the NV center is in a state in which it has the quantum number m=0 .

The document presented here names γ _13C =10.7 kHz/mT as a typical value for the gyromagnetic ratio of an atomic nucleus of a ¹³ C isotope, which the quantum computer uses as a nuclear quantum bit.

The document presented here names Q=0 as a typical value for the quadrupole component Q independently of B of a ¹³ C isotope, which the quantum computer uses as a nuclear quantum bit.

The transition of the states eg m=0 to m=1 is described by the Rabi frequency Ω. The following applies: $$\mathrm{\Omega }=\mathrm{g}*{\text{<figure-callout id="0" label="B" filenames="DE202023101056U1\_0011.png,DE202023101056U1\_0022.png" state="{{state}}">B</figure-callout>}}_0$$

Here, B ₀ is the magnetic component of the electromagnetic HF wave (RF) radiated into the respective quantum bit of the quantum computer with the resonant frequency that results from the splitting of the states. This field is a vector field. The quantum computer has to adapt the direction of the field when generating the HF wave to the orientation of the conductor track. The quantum computer typically uses RF (radio frequency) to control the respective nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei ( ¹³ C isotopes). The quantum computer preferably uses MW (microwaves) to control the respective NV centers.

• 126 MHz (J-Position direkt neben dem Stickstoff), 13,8 MHz (A-Position), 13,2 MHz (B-Position), 6.5 MHz (D-Position), 4,2 MHz (E-Position, F-Position), 2,6 MHz (G-Position, H-Position), 0.8 MHz (schwach gekoppelt)

The strength of the hyperfine interaction depends on the lattice position of the nuclear spins relative to the nitrogen atom (N) and the vacancy (V) within the diamond lattice. The document presented here names the following exemplary values for the radio frequency of the electromagnetic radiation for coupling the NV center with the nuclear spin of the associated coupled nucleus, which the quantum computer uses as a nuclear quantum bit, for strongly coupled nuclei, depending on the lattice position (see 18 ):

• 126MHz (J position next to the nitrogen), 13.8MHz (A position), 13.2MHz (B position), 6.5MHz (D position), 4.2MHz (E position, F -position), 2.6MHz (G-position, H-position), 0.8MHz (weakly coupled)

The document presented here expressly points out that the quantum computer later has to add or subtract the Zeeman splitting depending on the orientation of the ¹³ C isotopes relative to the NV center. The document presented here therefore proposes determining the values for the Zeemann splitting in an initialization phase of the quantum computer and storing these values and/or the sums or difference values in a memory of the control device (µC) of the quantum computer (QC) and for the operation of the quantum computer (QC). In the course of developing the technical teaching presented here, it was determined that the Zeeman splitting in a magnetic field with a magnetic flux density of 50mT at the location of the pair of NV center and nuclear spin is typically around 0.5 MHz.

In addition to the already mentioned ¹³ C-carbon isotopes, whose nuclear spins the quantum computer can use as nuclear quantum bits by means of the quantum bits based on NV centers, the quantum computer can also use the nuclear spins of the nitrogen atoms of the NV centers as nuclear quantum bits.

In addition to the dipole part, the ¹⁴ N nitrogen isotope also has a quadrupole part and interacts with the electron spin of the electron configuration of the associated NV center even in the m=0 state of this NV center.

The document presented here specifies γ _14N =3.07 kHz/mT as a typical value for the gyromagnetic ratio of an atomic nucleus of a ¹⁴ N nitrogen isotope, which the quantum computer uses as a nuclear quantum bit.

The document presented here names Q = 4945 kHz as a typical value for the quadrupole component Q independently of B of a ¹⁴ N nitrogen isotope, which the quantum computer uses as a nuclear quantum bit

19 shows the energy splitting shift by hyperfine WW hf Zeeman, nZ and quadrupole Q.
Q= quadrupole part
hf= hyperfine interaction
nZ=nuclear Zeeman fission

The document presented here explicitly points out that there is typically no hyperfine interaction for the state of the NV center with the quantum number m=0.

coupling

The document presented here distinguishes between atomic nuclei that are strongly coupled to the assigned NV center via their nuclear spin and atomic nuclei that are weakly coupled to the NV center via their nuclear spin.

Atomic nuclei that are strongly coupled to the associated NV center are defined by a greater coupling strength (in MHz*h) compared to the line width of the resonance line of the NV center when going from m=0 to m=1 (in MHz*h). h is Planck's constant.

The classification of the coupling strength therefore always refers to the minimum line width of the resonance line of the respective NV center. While the coupling strength between the nuclear spin of the nucleus and the electron spin of the NV center depends on the position of the nuclear spin of the nucleus relative to the NV center and the distance of the nuclear spin of the nucleus to the NV center in the crystal lattice of diamond crystal and is not changeable is, the line width of the resonance line between two defined states, depending on the amplitude, duration of action, shape, etc. can be increased. The minimum achievable linewidth (lifetime of the state) is influenced by the crystal properties, the temperature of the crystal and the magnetic spins around the NV center and the associated nuclear spins of the nuclear quantum bits, as well as by generally external and internal alternating magnetic fields.

Essentially, in a small or moderate magnetic field (<300-500 mT depending on the coupling strength), the hyperfine interaction of the NV center affects (hyperfine-WW > line width) the coupling strength of strongly coupled nuclear spins of atomic nuclei. The gates executed by the quantum computer are therefore directly dependent on the spin state of the NV centers coupled to the nuclear. This area is also known as the freezing zone. Since nuclear spin nuclear spin quantum bit Flips that can lead to a decoherence that almost completely suppresses NV centers with m=+1, m=-1 (energy shift between the spins). The nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei used as nuclear quantum bits are frozen for a state of their associated NV center with m=0. For such an NV center state with m=0, a sufficiently strong external magnetic field can prevent these nuclear spin quantum bit flips.

The direct coupling between the nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei is small. The direct coupling between the nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei is small compared to the coupling between the NV center assigned to the respective atomic nucleus and the spin of this atomic nucleus. The direct coupling between the nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei therefore takes place on long time scales from the µs range to the ms range. When developing the technical teaching of the document presented here, it was recognized that the influence of the direct coupling between the nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei can generally be neglected.

For nuclear spins of such weakly coupled atomic nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits that are weakly coupled to the respective NV center, the splitting by the hyperfine interaction is negligible compared to the effect of the external magnetic field. The weakly coupled atomic nuclei behave in exactly the opposite way than the strongly coupled atomic nuclei.

The document proposed here thus proposes a quantum computer comprising NV centers in diamond as quantum bits and
nuclear spins strongly bound to NV centers of atomic nuclei strongly coupled to these NV centers as nuclear quantum bits, which the document presented here hereinafter referred to as strong nuclear quantum bits, and
nuclear spins weakly bound to NV centers of atomic nuclei weakly coupled to these NV centers as nuclear quantum bits, which the document presented here hereinafter referred to as weak nuclear quantum bits.

The resonance energy for the coupling of these weakly coupled nuclear spins of these atomic nuclei weakly coupled to the respective NV center is therefore only weakly dependent on the respective spin state of the electron configuration of the NV center weakly coupled with this nuclear spin.

initialization

The NV centers are initialized using a laser pulse as pump radiation with a defined duration and intensity. This length of time depends on the coupling of the laser light from the laser and thus on the depth of the NV centers in the substrate measured from the surface of the diamond crystal. In addition, the focusing conditions influence the intensity of the laser pump radiation at the location of the respective NV center. Since the NV center forms a dipole, the polarization angle is another determining factor. The NV center (made up of a nitrogen atom N- and a vacancy V) defines an NV center axis. In developing the technical teaching of this document, linearly polarized light was used as pump radiation for the NV centers. Both the linear polarization of the incident light should preferably be perpendicular to the NV center axis. Addressing with circularly polarized light is also possible when the pointing vector of the light is parallel to the axis of the NV center. In this case, two spins can be performed at the same time. The fluorescence radiation possibly emitted by the NV center typically has a linear polarization with a polarization direction perpendicular to the NV center axis. The microwave radiation for manipulating the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center is preferably linearly polarized, with the polarization direction here also preferably being perpendicular to the NV center axis. As before, manipulation can be performed with circularly polarized electromagnetic waves (microwave) whose pointing vector is parallel to the NV center axis. In this case, the excitation from m=-1 to m=0 can be distinguished from the excitation from m=0 to m=+1. This can be achieved via a cross-bar structure over the relevant NV center with suitably phase-shifted modulated currents.

If the position and orientation of the nuclear spin relative to the NV center are suitable, a pair consisting of an NV center and a nuclear spin can be manipulated with circularly polarized electromagnetic waves (radio waves) whose pointing vector is parallel to the NV center axis. In this case, the excitation from m=-1 to m=0 can be distinguished from the excitation from m=0 to m=+1. This can be done via a cross-bar structure over the relevant NV center with suitably phase-shifted modu flow can be achieved. Nuclei with spin I=1/2 or I=-1/2 can be manipulated with linearly polarized electromagnetic waves. In the case of circularly polarized electromagnetic waves, the nucleus with spin I=1/2 or I=-1/2 only reacts to the corresponding linearly polarized part.

Improved coupling and decoupling of the light can take place, for example, using μ lenses or pillars. The quantum computer preferably has optical functional elements such as lenses, mirrors, diaphragms, photonic crystals, optical functional elements of the diffractive and / or digital optics, Bragg filters, filters, optical waveguides, wave couplers, circulators, directional couplers, matching layers, etc., which improve the coupling and/or decoupling.

The resonance line width of the state of the respective NV center is influenced by the radiated power. In order to achieve an optimal line width, experience has shown that the power should not exceed 10 µWatt. A laser pulse duration of 3-10 µs has proven to be optimal for the initialization of the NV centers in the exemplary structure used in the development of the technical teachers in experimental tests.

1. a) SWOP des Quantenzustands des NV-Zentrums mit dem Quantenzustand des nuklearen Spins eines nuklearen Quantenbits unter Hartmann-Hahn Bedingungen (Erklärung folgt),
2. b) CROT auf den Quantenzustand des NV-Zentrums des Quantenbits, CROT auf das den Quantenzustand des nuklearen Kerns des Atomkerns des nuklearen Quantenbits und Laserpulse zur Re-Initialisierung des Quantenzustand der Elektronenkonfiguration des NV-Zentrums (Einseitiger SWOP)
3. c) Quantenbit-Flips im ESLAC (excited-state level anti-crossing) und GSLAC (ground-state level anticrossing) (Hyperpolarisation) (Erklärung folgt).

The quantum computer can initialize the nuclear spins of the respective atomic nuclei used as nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer in very different ways. According to the technical teaching of the document presented here, the following exemplary methods currently appear to be the most promising:

1. a) SWOP of the quantum state of the NV center with the quantum state of the nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit under Hartmann-Hahn conditions (explanation follows),
2. b) CROT on the quantum state of the NV center of the quantum bit, CROT on the quantum state of the nuclear nucleus of the atomic nucleus of the nuclear quantum bit and laser pulses to re-initialize the quantum state of the electron configuration of the NV center (one-sided SWOP)
3. c) Quantum bit flips in ESLAC (excited-state level anti-crossing) and GSLAC (ground-state level anti-crossing) (hyperpolarization) (explanation follows).

In the first method a) in a SWOP of the quantum state of the NV center with the quantum state of the nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit under Hartmann-Hahn conditions, the quantum computer transmits the information of the quantum state of the NV center under a Hartmann-Hahn (HH) condition the quantum state of the nuclear spin of the respective nucleus in question. Here, the quantum computer sets the NV center through a Clifford gate (Paul: Y) as a (π/2) pulse and subsequent Clifford gate (Paul: X). This causes the orientation of the spin of the NV center electron to rotate at a Rabi (spinlock) frequency. The Rabi frequency is tuned by adjusting the magnetic field so that the Rabi frequency is in resonance with the Lamor frequency of the nuclear spin of the atomic nucleus, allowing a defined spin-spin SWAP (spin exchange) to take place. The transition of the spin-spin swap is again characterized by a time constant as a coupling constant. This makes a partial spin-spin swap controllable. (e.g. 50% spin exchange).

This method is particularly effective for coupling between NV centers and nuclear spins weakly coupled to them.

Thus, the document presented here proposes a quantum computer comprising NV centers as quantum bits and comprising strongly coupled nuclear spins strongly coupled to NV centers of quantum bits as strongly coupled nuclear quantum bits and weakly coupled nuclear spins weakly coupled to NV centers of quantum bits as comprises weakly coupled nuclear quantum bits, wherein the quantum computer is arranged to couple an NV center of a quantum bit with a weakly coupled nuclear spin as a weakly coupled nuclear quantum bit by using a Clifford gate (Paul: Y) as (π/2 ) pulse and by adjusting the magnetic field and/or by adjusting the amplitude of the microwave radiation of the Y-Clifford gate essentially matches the Rabi frequency of the electron spin to the Lamor frequency of the nuclear spin, where essentially means that this means a Spin-spin exchange enabled. The document presented here proposes determining the necessary precision in the respective construction of the respective quantum computer as part of a rework.

The quantum computer then reinitializes the NV center with a laser pulse from the pump radiation of the light source (laser). This method is suitable for nuclear spins of weakly coupled nuclei that are weakly coupled to the NV center.

The second method b) is used to initialize strongly coupled to the NV center nuclear spins of atomic nuclei of nuclear quantum bits: The quantum computer performs a CNOT on the NV center depending on the quantum state of the strongly coupled nuclear spins of the strongly coupled atomic nucleus of the nuclear quantum bit. Should the quantum state of the strongly coupled nuclear spin of the strongly coupled nucleus of the nuclear quantum bit be in the wrong quantum state, the transition will take place. Unless the quantum state of the strongly coupled nuclear spin of the strongly coupled nucleus of the nuclear quantum bit is in the wrong quantum state, the transition will not occur. Should the quantum state of the strong-coupled nuclear spin of the strong-coupled nucleus of the nuclear quantum bit be in the wrong quantum state, the CNOT can take place on the nuclear spin of the strong-coupled nucleus of the nuclear quantum bit, and the quantum computer rotate the stak-coupled nuclear spin of the strong-coupled nucleus of the nuclear quantum bit nuclear quantum bits via manipulation by the NV center of the quantum bit. The quantum computer then initializes the NV center with a laser pulse.

In the third method c), the quantum computer performs spin flips in the "exciting state anti level crossing" (ESLAC). The quantum computer sets a magnetic flux density at which the quantum states with m=0 and m=-1 are energetically degenerate in the excited state of the NV center. However, the nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits cancel this degeneracy and spin-spin flips can then take place between the nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer and the spin of the respective electron configuration of the respective NV center. These spin flips result in polarization of the nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits that couple to this NV center. Depending on the magnetic field, this polarization can be positive (spin-up) or negative (spin-down). Unfortunately, this type of initialization is currently only possible with strongly coupled cores.

In order to achieve polarization, the quantum computer must optimally align the magnetic flux density of the magnetic field with the axis of the respective NV center (z-axis). Various methods are available for this. The simplest is that the quantum computer maximizes the light intensity of the NV center by changing the orientation of the flux density of the magnetic field, with the quantum computer keeping the magnitude of the flux density constant. The quantum computer preferably determines the orientation of the magnetic flux density using the resonance line of the NV transition, for example from the quantum state m=0 to m=1 of the electron configuration of the NV center. The quantum computer can achieve this with Ramsey sequences.

reading

The quantum computer reads through the quantum states of an NV center and the nuclear spins associated with that NV center using the NV center. The quantum computer distinguishes whether the NV center is in the m=0 or m=+-1 quantum state.

If the NV center is in the m=-1 or m=+1 quantum state, the quantum computer can excite the NV center using a laser pulse from the light source as pump radiation source with pump radiation wavelength λ _pmp . However, the excited state of the NV center can now decay in two ways: In 70% of the cases and with a lifetime of about 10 ns, the excited state of the NV center in the m-1 ground state is de-excited by emission of a photon. In this case, the laser as a light source as a pump radiation source with pump radiation wavelength λ _pmp immediately re-excites the quantum state of the NV center. With a probability of 30%, the NV center then performs a forbidden interband transition from the triplet S=1 to the singlet S=0 state. This quantum state is metastable and with a lifetime of about 100-300ns it is an order of magnitude longer stable than the direct decay to the ground state. After this time, the quantum state of the NV center decays back into the triplet state (m=0). This transition of the quantum state of the NV center takes place non-radiatively.

For the m=0 state, this transition to the singlet is suppressed, the NV center falls back to the ground state at m=0 by emitting a photon with the wavelength 636-700 nm and is continuously re-excited by the laser.

Since the metastable state lasts about one order of magnitude longer than the radiative transition, it is possible to distinguish between m=0 and m=-1,+1 due to the different number of photons per laser pulse. The contrast observable by the quantum computer results from the ratio of the two different lifetimes and corresponds to a factor of 10-30 for the first 300-500 ns. The quantum computer can determine approx. 0.8 photons per laser pulse - under ideal conditions - for the quantum state m=0 of the NV center. The number of photons for m=-1 or m=+1 under these conditions is < 0.1 photons per laser pulse. The quantum computer therefore preferably repeats each measurement of a quantum state of an NV center approximately 1000-5000 times in order to achieve the necessary number of results for a reliable statistical evaluation and for a reliable determination of a quantum state. The quantum computer determines the optimal laser power when the laser pulses are emitted by the light source (pump radiation source) in an initialization phase, preferably by determining a saturation curve and extracting this optimal laser power.

There are different ways to increase the contrast. A first method is based on the possibility of using the nuclear spin of the ¹⁴ N-nitrogen nucleus of the NV center (this is then no longer available as a quantum bit). In the ESLAC, a flip occurs between the nuclear spin of the ¹⁴ N-nitrogen nucleus of the NV center and the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center. This flip results in a quantum state conversion of the electron configuration of the NV center from the m=-1 quantum state to the m=0 quantum state or from the m=0 quantum state to the m=+1 quantum state. If the nuclear spin of the ¹⁴ N-nitrogen atom of the NV center is in the I=-1 state, 2 flips are needed to transform the nuclear spin of the ¹⁴ N-nitrogen atom of the NV center into the stable I=+1 state . If the ¹⁴ N is integrated as ancillary quantum bit, this integration increases the dark phase of the NV center by a factor of 3 and thus also increases the contrast between the quantum states of the electron configuration of the NV center with m=0 compared to m=-1 by that Triple per laser pulse.

In the second step, the quantum computer reads out the quantum states of the nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits via an upstream primitive CROT gate for the NV center depending on the respective nuclear states, see below.

The quantum computer preferably carries out a quantum computer calculation several times for error correction. In this case, the quantum computer should execute the CROT alternately in a stochastic order, or at least in a newly defined order for each new quantum computer calculation, in order to increase fidelity. The quantum computer preferably checks all quantum states of strongly coupled spins of atomic nuclei of strongly coupled nuclear quantum bits by means of a corresponding CROT operation of the NV center. The quantum computer preferably controls several frequencies at the same time. The corresponding signals can be calculated by Fourier transformation of several signals from the time domain to the frequency domain, subsequent summation in the frequency domain to form one, sum signal and inverse transformation to the time domain and then generated accordingly at the location of the NV center. The quantum computer therefore needs 2 ³ =8 CROT gates to read out the nuclear quantum states of 3 nuclear spins of 3 atomic nuclei of three nuclear quantum bits in order to check combinations of quantum states. If the nuclei are in one of these 2 ³ combinations of quantum states of these three quantum bits, then the NV transition of the NV center occurs and can be detected as such.

Gates for NV core systems with strongly coupled cores:

Systems with nuclear spins of atomic nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer that are strongly coupled to the electron configuration of an NV center, the gate operations of the coupled nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits are always dependent on the quantum state of the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center and vice versa.

In contrast, the operations of the strongly coupled nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits are not necessarily dependent on the state of other strongly coupled nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits.

1. a) CROT_K der Kerne in Abhängigkeit vom NV.
2. b) CROT_NV des NV-Zentrum abhängig von allen Quantenzuständen aller stark gekoppelter nuklearer Spins der Atomkerne stark gekoppelter nuklearer Quantenbits.

The resulting primitive gates are therefore always conditional rotations:

1. a) CROT _K of the nuclei as a function of the NV.
2. b) CROT _NV of NV center dependent on all quantum states of all strongly coupled nuclear spins of atomic nuclei of strongly coupled nuclear quantum bits.

If the axis of the NV-center (NV-axis) defines the z-axis, the rotations can be done via the x-axis and y-axis. A rotation in y is characterized by a phase shift of 90° compared to x rotations. As described above, the phase position is defined by the first gate

(The position of the coordinate system is symmetrical about the z-axis and therefore arbitrary.)

A rotation about the z-axis is achieved by a combination of 3 rotations CROT _{_z} (θ) = CROT _{_Y} (-π/2) CROT _{_X} (θ) CROT _{_Y} (π/2) as already described above.

• Dies soll an den folgenden Beispielen dargestellt werden:
  • Annahme: Magnetfeld B in z-Richtung mit B=51 mT (ESLAC). Es sollen sich zwei ¹³C-Atomkerne auf dem 3. Gitterplatz (13.8 MHz) und 5. Gitterplatz (4.2 MHz) relativ zum NV-Zentrum befinden. Außerdem kann die Elektronenkonfiguration des NV-Zentrums mit einem ¹⁴N- Stickstoffkern Kern des NV-zentrums koppeln.

With the two primitive gates, the quantum computer can now generate all universal gates:

• This is to be illustrated using the following examples:
  • Assumption: magnetic field B in z-direction with B=51 mT (ESLAC). There should be two ¹³ C atomic nuclei on the 3rd lattice site (13.8 MHz) and 5th lattice site (4.2 MHz) relative to the NV center. In addition, the electron configuration of the NV center can couple with a ¹⁴ N-nitrogen nucleus nucleus of the NV center.

The quantum computer uses the spin state of the electron configuration of the NV center for m=0 and m=-1. The quantum computer uses the nuclear quantum states of the ¹⁴ N-nitrogen atom of the NV center with nuclear quantum states I=0 and I=+1 as a nuclear quantum bit. The quantum computer uses the nuclear quantum states of the ¹³ C isotope in the vicinity of the NV center with nuclear quantum states I=-1/2 and +1/2 as further nuclear quantum bits. The quantum computer carries out the initialization of the spin state of the electron configuration of the NV center and the nuclear quantum states of the nuclear spins of the nuclear quantum bits by the laser pulse of the pump radiation source LD with pump radiation wavelength λ _pmp .

The following gate operations result from rotation through an angle θ in the Bloch sphere. θ is defined by the amplitude and the length of the RF or MW field (and thus the Rabi frequency). The conductive path and polarization direction as well as the magnetic field are set up optimally. In the ESLAC, the ¹⁴ N-nitrogen atom is polarized as a nuclear quantum bit on I=+1 and the ¹³ C-carbon isotopes are polarized as a nuclear quantum bit on I=+1/2.

Typical periods of Rabi oscillation for 200mV input and 40dB gain are as follows: NV 300ns ^13C _{_1} with 13.8MHz 13us ^13C _{_2} at 4.2MHz 70us ^14N at 2.94MHz 40us

• Für die nuklearen Quantenbits für das zugeordnete NV-Zentrum im m=-1 Quantenzustand ergeben sich folgen RF Puls Frequenzen:

  13C_1

  CROT mit 13.3 MHz (π=7us)

  13C_2

  CROT mit 4.7 MHz (π=35us)

  14N

  CROT mit 2.94 MHz (π=20us)

From these values and the basics mentioned above, the following primitive gates result:

• The following RF pulse frequencies result for the nuclear quantum bits for the assigned NV center in the m=-1 quantum state:

  13C_1

  CROT with 13.3MHz (π=7us)

  13C_2

  CROT with 4.7MHz (π=35us)

  14N

  CROT with 2.94MHz (π=20us)

14N

CROT mit 5.1 MHz (π=20us).

13C

Zustand kann nicht verändert werden.

The following RF pulse frequencies result for the nuclear quantum bits for the assigned NV center in the m=0 quantum state:

14N

CROT with 5.1MHz (π=20us).

13C

Status cannot be changed.

For the NV center, 8 resonance energies are to be considered according to the combination for the spin states of the coupled nuclear spins of the nuclear quantum bits. The resulting frequencies for the MW pulse are necessary to determine the quantum state of the electron configuration of the NV center from m=0 to m=-1. The Rabi frequency is independent of the nuclear states and the pulse lengths are identical for all nuclear spin states of the coupled nuclear quantum bits. The states given here correspond to core states for ¹³ C _{_1} , ¹³ C _{_2} , ¹⁴ N.

The following table gives exemplary CROT frequencies (MHz) for different nuclear spin states, as determined in the development of the technical teaching of this disclosure: 000> 1400.0MHz 001> 1397.06MHz 010> 1404.7MHz 011> 1401.76MHz 100> 1413.2MHz 101> 1410.26MHz 110>. 1417.9MHz 111>. 1414.96MHz

Since the line width of the resonance of the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center is smaller (about 0.5 MHz) than the frequency spacing of the resonances, all transitions can be carried out without crossover. If you use very large amplitudes, i.e. short pulses, this leads to a strong broadening of the resonance line (by up to 6 MHz).

With this pulsing, the transitions 000> 001> 010> and 011> can be changed simultaneously at a frequency of 1402 MHz. The resonance lines for 100>, 101>110 and 111> can also be driven with a pulse of frequency 1414 MHz of this width. Crosstalk can be reduced by optimal pulse control.

• Für das Quantenbit des NV-Zentrums (Single Gate):

  iX (θ) (bzw. iX)

  wird durch die Summe aller CROT() bzw. durch zwei starke -Pulse mit beispielsweise 1402 und1414 MHz gebildet. Die Länge definiert dabei den Drehwinkel bei gleicher Amplitude.

  iY (θ) (bzw. iY)

  wie X nur die Pulse versetzt mit einer 90° Phase.

  iZ (θ)

  gegeben durch Y(-π/2) X(θ) Y(π/2)

  H

  (Hadamard) ist geben durch Y(π/2) Z(π)

  S

  (Phasendrehung um π/4) ist gegeben durch Z(π/4)

• 2 Quantenbit Gate:

  CiNOT(NV, Kern)

  Die Teilsumme der jeweilige Drehungen des nicht abhängigen Quantenbits (4x CROT um die gleiche Achse mit der passenden Frequenz)

  CCiNOT(NV, Kern)

  Die jeweilige Teilsumme der nicht abhängigen Quantenbits (2xCROT)

  CCCiNOT(NV, Kern)

  ein CROT für 000>

  CNOT(NV, Kern)

  Z(π/2) CiNOT(NV, Kern)

The universal gates can now be represented as a combination of the primitive gates:

• For the NV center (single gate) quantum bit:

  iX (θ) (or iX)

  is formed by the sum of all CROT() or by two strong pulses with e.g. 1402 and 1414 MHz. The length defines the angle of rotation with the same amplitude.

  iY (θ) (or iY)

  like X only the pulses offset with a 90° phase.

  iZ (θ)

  given by Y(-π/2) X(θ) Y(π/2)

  H

  (Hadamard) is given by Y(π/2) Z(π)

  S

  (phase rotation by π/4) is given by Z(π/4)

• 2 quantum bit gate:

  CiNOT(NV, Core)

  The partial sum of the respective rotations of the non-dependent quantum bit (4x CROT around the same axis with the appropriate frequency)

  CCiNOT(NV, Core)

  The respective partial sum of the non-dependent quantum bits (2xCROT)

  CCCiNOT(NV, core)

  a CROT for 000>

  CNOT(NV, Kernel)

  Z(π/2) CiNOT(NV, Kernel)

The following gates result for the core quantum bits

iX

CROT für m=-1 des NV-Zentrums

single gate:

iX

CROT for m=-1 of the NV center

iX

CROT,X_NV, CROT, X_NV für m=-1 des NV-Zentrums

iY

X mit einer 90° Phasenverschiebung der Radiowelle für m=-1 des NV-Zentrums

iZ (θ)

gegeben durch Y(-π/2) X(θ) Y(π/2) für m=-1 des NV-Zentrums

H

(Hadamard) ist geben durch Y(π/2) Z(π) für m=-1 des NV-Zentrums

S

(Phasendrehung um π/4) ist gegeben durch Z(π/4) für m=-1 des NV-Zentrums

If m is not known:

iX

CROT,X_NV, CROT, X_NV for m=-1 of the NV center

iY

X with a 90° phase shift of the radio wave for m=-1 of the NV center

iZ (θ)

given by Y(-π/2) X(θ) Y(π/2) for m=-1 of the NV center

H

(Hadamard) is given by Y(π/2) Z(π) for m=-1 of the NV center

S

(phase rotation about π/4) is given by Z(π/4) for m=-1 of the NV center

CiNOT(Kern, NV)

ist ein primitiv Gatter CROT (180°) für m=-1 des NV-Zentrums. Für m=0 wird das Gatter nicht ausgeführt.

CiNOT(Kern_1, Kern_2)

erfolgt immer über das NV-Zentrum. Es handelt sich um einen Hadamard auf den nuklearen Spin des Kern_1, CROT auf das NV-Zentrum 2Pi, Hadamard auf Kern_1

CiNOT (Kern_1,Kern_2).

CiNOT(Kern_1, NV), CiNOT(NV,Kern_2), CiNOT(Kern1, NV) für m=-1

2 quantum bits:

CiNOT(core, NV)

is a primitive gate CROT (180°) for m=-1 of the NV center. For m=0 the gate is not executed.

CiNOT(core_1, core_2)

always takes place via the NV center. It is a Hadamard on the nuclear spin of nucleus_1, CROT on the NV center 2Pi, Hadamard on nucleus_1

CiNOT (core_1,core_2).

CiNOT(Kern_1, NV), CiNOT(NV,Kern_2), CiNOT(Kern1, NV) for m=-1

CiNOT(Kern_1,Kern_2).

CiNOT(Kern_1,NV), CiNOT(NV_Kern_2) CiNOT(Kern_1, NV), iX_NV, CiNOT(Kern_1,NV), CiNOT(NV,Kern_2) CiNOT(Kern_1,NV), iX_NV

SWAP(NV,Kern)

CiNOT(Kern,NV) CiNOT_Y(NV,Kern)Z((π/2) CiNOT(Kern,NV)

Or if the state of the NV is not known:

CiNOT(core_1,core_2).

CiNOT(Kern_1,NV), CiNOT(NV_Kern_2) CiNOT(Kern_1,NV), iX_NV, CiNOT(Kern_1,NV), CiNOT(NV,Kern_2) CiNOT(Kern_1,NV), iX_NV

SWAP(NV,Core)

CiNOT(Core,NV) CiNOT_Y(NV,Core)Z((π/2) CiNOT(Core,NV)

This defines all universal gates.

quantum computer

This writing describes on the basis of in the DE 10 2020 101 784 B3 described technical teaching a quantum computer. 1 shows a simplified schematic of such a quantum computer. The document presented here describes a quantum computer with optical readout. As an alternative or in addition to this, the document presented here describes a quantum computer with electrical readout. The quantum computer presented here is based on quantum dots. Preferably, the quantum dots include paramagnetic centers in a substrate. Preferably the substrate comprises diamond. The paramagnetic centers preferably comprise NV centers and/or SiV centers and/or TR1 centers. The quantum computer presented here preferably has an optical device. According to the technical teaching of the document presented here, the optical device is firstly used preferably for irradiating quantum dots and thus the paramagnetic centers with pump radiation. Secondly, the optical device preferably serves to extract fluorescence radiation from the quantum dots. The optical device is thus preferably used for the extraction of fluorescence radiation from paramagnetic centers. The optical device is thus preferably used for the extraction of fluorescence radiation from NV centers. An optical functional element of the device is therefore preferably a paramagnetic center in a crystal, in particular an NV center in a diamond crystal and/or a SiV center in a diamond crystal and/or a G center in a silicon crystal or a paramagnetic center in a mixed crystal from elements of the fourth main group of the periodic table. In this context, the document presented here refers to the German patent DE 10 2020 101 784 B3 , the technical teaching of which is a full part of this disclosure, insofar as this is permitted by the law of the state in which an international application for the content of the document presented here is nationalized.

Such a quantum computer preferably comprises one or more micro-integrated circuits for generating the radio frequency signals, the microwave signals, the DC voltages and control currents and for controlling the light source (LED), which, as a pump radiation source, generates electromagnetic radiation with a pump radiation wavelength λ _pmp for resetting the quantum dots of the quantum bits of the relocatable quantum computer is used.

The substrate of the quantum computer preferably comprises nuclear quantum dots in addition to these quantum dots, which form nuclear quantum bits. The nuclear quantum dots are preferably nuclear spins from atomic nuclei in the substrate of the quantum computer. These nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei form the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer. The quantum computer can address the nuclear quantum bits via the quantum computer quantum bits. Any is preferred nuclear quantum bit of the quantum computer can be coupled with a quantum bit. The quantum bits of the quantum computer can preferably be coupled to one another at least in groups.

All of these components of the quantum computer, including the said microintegrated circuits, are preferably accommodated on the circuit carrier, which can be designed to be particularly compact as a result.

A substrate D forms the core of the quantum computer QC. The substrate D preferably has one or more quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3. The quantum bits of the quantum computer QC preferably include one or more of these quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3. Their nature is explained in more detail below. In this context, however, the writing presented here expressly also refers to the writing DE 10 2020 007 977 B4 , the content of which is an extensive part of the disclosure content of the document submitted here, insofar as the legal system of the state in which the nationalization takes place permits this in the event of a later nationalization of a later international application.

Furthermore, the relocatable quantum computer QC presented here preferably includes a light source LD, in particular a laser, and an associated light source driver LDRV. In order to be able to influence the quantum state of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 and thus the quantum state of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC, the proposed relocatable quantum computer QC preferably has one or more devices mWA, MW/RF-AWFG for generating an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the Quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 within the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The relocatable quantum computer QC preferably includes a control device μC. The control device μC preferably controls the light source driver LDRV and thus the emission of pump radiation LB with the pump radiation wavelength λ _pmp . The control device μC preferably also controls the one or more devices mWA, MW/RF-AWFG for generating an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The control device μC preferably has a memory, one or more memories RAM, NVM. the control device μC for program commands and data. The proposed quantum computer QC preferably includes a waveform generator WFG for controlling the light source driver LDRV by means of a transmission signal S5. The control device μC preferably also controls the waveform generator WFG. The proposed quantum computer QC preferably also includes an optical system OS for irradiating the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC in the substrate D with the pump radiation LB from the light source LD. Furthermore, the proposed relocatable quantum computer QC preferably comprises an optical and/or electronic quantum state readout device for reading out the current quantum states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. In the case of an optical quantum state readout device, the quantum state readout device preferably comprises a photodetector PD and an amplifier V. In the case of an electrical quantum state readout device, the quantum state readout device preferably comprises contacts for contacting the substrate D and a voltage source for generating an extraction voltage between such contacts of the substrate D and an amplifier V to Amplification of the thus extracted photocurrent of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The amplifier V can include a transimpedance amplifier as an internal amplifier IVV. In that case, the quantum state readout device comprises a device for electronically reading out the states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC are preferably located in the substrate D. The substrate D is preferably doped in the area of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. This doping preferably shifts the Fermi level in the area of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 in such a way that the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC are electrically charged. The substrate D is preferably n-doped in the area of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. This n-doping preferably shifts the Fermi level in the area of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC in such a way that the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC are negatively electrically charged. Typically, the waveform generator WFG generates a light source control signal S5, typically depending on the settings of the control device μC. The light source driver LDRV preferably supplies the light source LD with electrical energy as a function of the light source control signal S5 and, if appropriate, typically as a function of settings in the control device μC. The control device μC typically controls the waveform generator WFG. The light source LD at least temporarily irradiates the quantum dot or the multiple quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with pump radiation LB of the pump radiation wavelength λ _pmp by means of the optical system OS. The one or more quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC emit fluores radiation FL with a fluorescence radiation wavelength λ _fl as a result of irradiation with electromagnetic radiation of the pump radiation wavelength λ _pmp . In the case of the optical readout of the quantum states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC, the photodetector PD detects at least part of the fluorescence radiation FL using the optical system OS. In this case, the photodetector PD converts at least part of the fluorescence radiation FL into a receiver output signal S0. A downstream amplifier V amplifies and, if necessary, filters the receiver output signal S0 to form a received signal S1. In the case of electronic readout of the quantum states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC, the device for electronically reading out the states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC generates the received signal S1. The control device μC controls the one or more devices mWA, MW/RF-AWFG to generate an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3. The control device µC can be used by controlling one or more devices mWA, MW/RF-AWFG to generate an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or by controlling the emission of the light source LD Change states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The control device µC can be used by controlling one or more devices mWA, MW/RF-AWFG to generate an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or by controlling the emission of the light source LD couple states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. For this purpose, the control device μC typically has means for generating a measured value signal S4 with one or more measured values from one or more received signals S1. In this case, the measured value signal S4 depends on quantum states of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. What is special about the quantum computer QC is that, in contrast to the prior art, the relocatable quantum computer QC and/or the mobile device has a relocatable energy supply (LDV, TS, BENG, SRG) for supplying at least some of the sub-devices of the quantum computer QC with energy. The deployable energy supply (LDV, TS, BENG, SRG) preferably has a mobile energy supply (LDV, TS, BENG) and an energy processing device SRG, in particular a voltage converter or a voltage regulator or a current regulator.

The quantum computer QC preferably has not only quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC, but also one or more nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ as nuclear quantum bits. Preferably, the nuclear spins of magnetic moment isotopes form these nuclear quantum dots. The nuclear quantum dots preferably form the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer. In this case, the proposed deployable quantum computer QC preferably also has one or more devices mWA, MW/RF-AWFG for generating an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the nuclear quantum points CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ on. Typically, the one or more devices mWA, MW/RF-AWFG for generating an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ are wholly or at least partially identical to the one or more devices mWA, MW/RF-AWFG for generating an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3, which are then simultaneously one or more devices for generating an electromagnetic wave field am respective location of the nuclear quantum points CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and the nuclear nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC are preferably located in the common substrate D. control device μC controls the one or more devices mWA, MW/RF-AWFG for generating an electromagnetic wave field. The control device μC can then control the one or more devices mWA, MW/RF-AWFG for generating an electromagnetic wave field and/or by controlling the emission of the light source LD. or change quantum states of the nuclear quantum _dots CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 1 , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The control device µC can then, by controlling the one or more devices mWA, MW/RF-AWFG for generating an electromagnetic wave field and/or by controlling the emission of the light source LD, can combine quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with other quantum dots NV1 , NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The control device μC can then, by driving the one or more devices mWA, MW/RF-AWFG for generating an electromagnetic wave field and/or by controlling the emission of the light source LD, quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with core quantum dot th CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 _{1 , CI2 2 ,} CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC couple. The control device μC can then control the one or more devices mWA, MW/RF-AWFG for generating an electromagnetic wave field and/or by controlling the emission of the light source LD nuclear quantum points CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the quantum computer QC nuclear quantum bits with other nuclear quantum points CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the quantum computer nuclear bits Quantum Computer QC. The measured value signal S4 depends on quantum states of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or on states of nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC.

The possibly mobile energy supply (LDV, TS, BENG) of the quantum computer QC supplies the energy processing device SRG with energy, with the energy processing device SRG in turn supplying other device parts of the deployable quantum computer QC with electrical energy.

The possibly mobile energy supply (LDV, TS, BENG) preferably includes a charging device LDV and a disconnecting device TS and an energy reserve BENG. This enables the EMI sensitivity of the deployable quantum computer QC to be improved. (EMC = electromagnetic compatibility). For this purpose, the proposed quantum computer QC preferably has a first operating mode and a second operating mode. In the first operating mode of the deployable quantum computer QC, the separating device TS connects the charging device LDV to the energy reserve BENG, so that the charging device LDV charges the energy reserve BENG with electrical energy from an external power supply PWR in this first operating mode. In the first operating mode, the separating device TS firstly connects the charging device LDV to the energy conditioning device SRG and secondly the charging device LDV supplies the energy conditioning device SRG with electrical energy from the external energy supply PWR. In the second operating mode, firstly the disconnecting device TS preferably separates the charging device LDV from the energy reserve BENG and secondly the disconnecting device TS disconnects the charging device LDV from the energy conditioning device SRG. Thirdly, in the second operating mode, the energy reserve BENG preferably supplies the energy conditioning device SRG with electrical energy.

The quantum computer QC preferably comprises a housing GH and a shield AS. The light source LD and the light source driver LDRV and the substrate D and the devices mWA, MW/RF-AWFG for generating the electromagnetic wave field and the control device µC and the memory RAM, NVM of the control device µC and the optical system OS and possibly the amplifier V and the shield AS are inside the housing GH. This protects these device parts and possibly the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC in the substrate D from disruptive EMC influences. Typically, the shield AS may be part of the housing GH or the housing GH itself. Preferably there are at least parts of the device parts of the energy supply (LDV, TS, BENG, SRG) of the deployable quantum computer QC or such parts of the energy supply (LDV, TS, BENG, SRG) of the deployable quantum computer QC that for a certain time an autonomous energy supply for enable autonomous operation of the relocatable quantum computer QC, located within the common housing GH. The parts preferably have their own shielding AS.

An energy conditioning device SRG and an energy reserve BENG of the energy supply (LDV, TS, BENG, SRG) of the quantum computer QC are preferably located within the shielding AS.

So that the quantum computer QC can also be operated as a mobile quantum computer QC during the relocation, the quantum computer QC preferably includes means for its operation, wherein the relocatable quantum computer QC and all the necessary means for operating this relocatable quantum computer QC can be part of a mobile device. In order for this to be possible, typically these means for operating the quantum computer QC can also be relocated if necessary. For the same reason, these means for operating the quantum computer QC are preferably part of the quantum computer QC. Both the quantum computer QC and these means for operating the quantum computer QC can be part of a mobile device. It is typically irrelevant whether the operation of the quantum computer QC is linked to means and/or commands from outside the quantum computer QC despite the presence of all means for operating the quantum computer QC as part of the quantum computer QC.

As mentioned above, the quantum computer QC is often part of a mobile device, where the mobile device is in particular a smartphone or a portable quantum computer system or a vehicle or a robot or an airplane or a missile or a satellite or a spacecraft or a space station or a floating body or may be a ship, or an underwater vehicle, or an underwater buoy, or a deployable weapon system, or other mobile device.

In a further embodiment, the quantum computer QC preferably includes a positioning device XT, YT. The positioning device XT, YT can preferably position the substrate D in relation to the optical system OS in such a way that the optical system OS interacts with the one or more devices mWA, MW/RF-AWFG for generating an electromagnetic wave field in a first position a first set of quantum dots of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with a first number of quantum dots of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and possibly a second number of nuclear quantum dots of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and secondly, in a second positioning, a second set of quantum dots of Can drive quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with a third number of quantum dots of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and possibly a fourth number of nuclear quantum dots of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The control device μC preferably controls the positioning device XT, YT for the substrate D in such a way that it assumes the first positioning or the second positioning or further positioning. In this way, the quantum computer QC can always be reconfigured depending on its operating temperature during operation and/or during breaks in operation, so that it can always use a maximum of quantum dots of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and core quantum dots of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC.

In a further refinement, the quantum computer QC therefore has a temperature sensor ST, which determines a measured temperature value for the temperature of the substrate D or for the temperature of a partial device of the quantum computer QC that is thermally connected thereto.

This results in a version of the quantum computer QC, with the quantum computer QC being set up and provided for this purpose, with a reduced first number of quantum dots of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC even at room temperature of the substrate D or a temperature measurement value which corresponds to a value greater than 0°C to be able to work. At the same time, however, the quantum computer QC is also set up and provided to be able to work with an increased, third number of quantum dots of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC at a measured temperature value that corresponds to a value less than 0°C. In this way, the quantum computer QC can always be reconfigured depending on its operating temperature during operation and/or during breaks in operation, so that it can always use a maximum of quantum dots of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and core quantum dots of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC.

The document presented here therefore discloses in one form a quantum computer QC, which is set up and provided for this purpose, with a reduced second number of nuclear quantum dots of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC, even at room temperature of the substrate D or a temperature measurement value which has a value greater than 0° C corresponds to being able to work. The quantum computer QC is preferably set up and provided at the same time to be able to work with an increased fourth number of nuclear quantum dots of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC at a temperature measurement value that corresponds to a value less than 0°C. In this way, the quantum computer QC can always be reconfigured depending on its operating temperature during operation and/or during breaks in operation, so that it can always use a maximum of quantum dots of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and core quantum dots of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC.

In a further embodiment, the quantum computer QC has one or more possibly relocatable cooling devices KV, which can be relocated together with the quantum computer QC. One or more of the cooling devices KV are preferably suitable and/or provided for the spin temperature of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or the temperature of the substrate D.

In a further embodiment, one or more such cooling devices KV reduce the temperature of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or the temperature of nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or the temperature of the substrate D to the extent that the quantum computer QC can work with a third number of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC that is increased compared to the reduced first number of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. One or more such cooling devices KV preferably lower the temperature of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or the temperature of nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or the temperature of the substrate D to the extent that the quantum computer QC with a reduced second number of nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with an increased fourth number of nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC can work.

In a further embodiment, one or more of the possibly relocatable cooling devices KV of the quantum computer QC comprise one or more closed loop helium gas cooling systems HeCLCS or one or more possibly relocatable closed loop helium gas cooling systems HeCLCS comprise one or more possibly relocatable cooling devices KV.

In a further embodiment, the quantum computer QC includes a second energy supply BENG2, which may be relocatable and which differs from the first energy supply BENG, which may be relocatable. Preferably, the second energy supply BENG2, which may be relocatable, supplies energy to one or more of the possibly relocatable cooling devices KV and/or one or more of the closed-loop helium gas cooling systems HeCLCS.

In another embodiment, the quantum computer QC and/or the mobile device have a mobile data interface DBIF, in particular a mobile radio data interface and/or a wired data interface.

In a further embodiment, a higher-level computer system, for example a central control device ZSE, can preferably use this data interface DBIF to control the control device μC in such a way that the control device μC of the quantum computer QC uses the quantum computer QC to carry out at least one manipulation of a state of at least one quantum bit of the quantum bits NV1, NV2, NV3 and/or to carry out at least one manipulation of a state of at least one nuclear quantum bit of the nuclear quantum bits CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , C13 ₃ caused. In this case, the higher-level central control unit ZSE preferably controls the control device μC via the mobile data interface DBIF.

Preferably, the first possibly relocatable energy reserve BENG and/or the second possibly relocatable energy reserve BENG2 comprise one or more batteries and/or one or more accumulators or one or more capacitors and/or one or more interconnections of several of these energy stores. The quantum computer QC and/or the mobile device preferably have one or more charging devices LDV. Typically, one or more charging devices LDV are intended and/or provided to store energy at least temporarily in at least some or all of the rechargeable energy stores BENG, BENG2.

In one variant, the first possibly relocatable energy reserve BENG and/or the second possibly relocatable energy reserve BENG2 in the quantum computer QC can comprise one or more energy stores that generate energy from at least one or more fluids by means of chemical and/or electrochemical processes. In this case, preferably the first energy reserve BENG that can be relocated and/or the second energy reserve BENG2 that can be relocated and/or the quantum computer QC preferably have one or more storage tanks for these fluids. One or more of these storage tanks supply one or more energy stores of the quantum computer QC with one or more of these fluids, which are typically used to generate energy. One or more of the energy stores preferably include one or more galvanic cells and/or one or more fuel cells and/or one or more internal combustion engines and/or turbines and the like, each of which is coupled to one or more electrical generators and/or one or multiple thermal energy conversion machines each coupled to one or more electrical generators. One or more of the mobile energy supplies of the quantum computer QC preferably have one or more energy conditioning devices SRG, in particular one or more voltage converters and/or one or more voltage regulators and/or one or more current regulators. One or more of the energy stores preferably supply the energy processing devices SRG with energy. One or more of the energy processing devices SRG preferably in turn supply one or more Device parts of the quantum computer QC, each with electrical energy suitably conditioned and stabilized for the relevant device part.

In a further variant of the quantum computer QC, the first possibly relocatable energy reserve BENG and/or the second possibly relocatable energy reserve BENG2 comprise one or more energy stores which generate energy by means of mechanical processes. Preferably, one or more of these energy stores then comprise one or more generators and/or one or more alternators and/or one or more electric motors that can be operated as a generator. Typically, one or more mobile energy supplies of the quantum computer QC have one or more energy conditioning devices SRG, in particular one or more voltage converters or one or more voltage regulators or one or more current regulators. One or more of the energy stores supply one or more of the energy processing devices SRG with energy. One or more of the energy processing devices SRG then preferably supply one or more other device parts of the quantum computer QC with electrical energy.

In a further variant of the quantum computer QC, the first deployable energy reserve BENG and/or the second deployable energy reserve BENG2 preferably include one or more energy stores that generate energy by converting electromagnetic radiation, in particular light, into electrical energy. For this purpose, one or more of the energy stores preferably include one or more solar cells and/or one or more functionally equivalent devices, such as PN junctions. In this case, one or more of the mobile energy supplies of the quantum computer QC preferably have one or more energy conditioning devices SRG, in particular one or more voltage converters and/or one or more voltage regulators and/or one or more current regulators. One or more of the energy stores of the energy reserve BENG, BENG2 of the quantum computer QC then typically supply one or more of the energy processing devices SRG with energy at least temporarily. One or more energy processing devices SRG then supply electrical energy to one or more other device parts of the quantum computer QC.

In a further variant of the quantum computer QC, the first possibly relocatable energy reserve BENG and/or the second possibly relocatable energy reserve BENG2 comprise one or more energy stores which generate energy by means of nuclear processes. One or more of the mobile energy supplies of the quantum computer QC include one or more energy conditioning devices SRG, in particular one or more voltage converters and/or one or more voltage regulators and/or one or more current regulators. One or more of the energy stores of the energy reserve BENG, BENG2 of the quantum computer QC preferably at least temporarily supply one or more of the energy processing devices SRG with energy. One or more of these energy processing devices SRG then in turn supply one or more device parts of the quantum computer QC with electrical energy.

In a further embodiment, one or more of the energy stores comprise one or more thermonuclear batteries or radionuclide batteries or one or more devices that are functionally equivalent to such a thermonuclear battery.

In a further variant, the substrate D comprises diamond. In that case, one or more of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC in the substrate D are preferably defect centers and/or paramagnetic centers in diamond. One or more of the defect centers in diamond NV centers or ST1 centers or SiV centers or TR12 centers are then very particularly preferred.

Preferably, the relocatable quantum computer QC comprises one or more nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC based on isotopes with a magnetic moment µ. The nuclear quantum points CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC are preferably coupled with quantum points NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC .

The substrate D is preferably at least partially in the area of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and the quantum dots NV1 , NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC isotopically pure. This has the advantage that the magnetic moments of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC do not couple with such parasitic magnetic moments of impurities of the substrate D. For this purpose, the isotopes of the substrate D apart from atoms that have the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI12, CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC form, preferably essentially no nuclear magnetic moment.

In a further embodiment, the quantum computer QC has one or more fans and/or one or more heat exchangers for exchanging heat with the environment and/or one or more heat exchangers for exchanging heat with the ambient air and/or one or more radiant coolers for exchanging heat with the ambient air or the Environment by means of electromagnetic heat radiation.

In a further variant of the deployable quantum computer QC, one or more of the fans and/or one or more of the heat exchangers exchange energy in the form of heat with one or more of the deployable cooling devices KV.

In a further modification, the quantum computer QC has internal shielding AS. The internal shielding AS preferably shields the substrate D with the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and possibly the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC against electromagnetic fields of the control device μC and/or the memory RAM, NVM and/or the energy supply SRG, TS, LDV, BENG, BENG2 and/or the light source driver LDRV and/or the light source LD . In a further modification, the deployable quantum computer QC has internal shielding AS. The internal shielding AS preferably shields the substrate D with the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and possibly the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC against magnetic fields of the control device μC and/or the memory RAM, NVM and/or the energy supply SRG, TS, LDV, BENG, BENG2 and/or the light source driver LDRV and/or the light source LD.

In order to be able to move the relocatable quantum computer QC, the relocatable quantum computer QC is in this case preferably equipped at least temporarily with one or more wheels or a chassis or device parts that are functionally equivalent to these and that can also be driven and/or braked.

In another embodiment, the relocatable quantum computer QC has at least temporarily one or more drive devices. According to the proposal, one or more of the drive devices is a wheel or a ship's propeller or a propeller or a turbine or a rocket engine or a drive wheel or an MHD engine. MHD stands for magnetohydrodynamic.

In configurations of the deployable quantum computer QC that are to be operated in a fluid and moved for deployments, it is expedient if, in certain applications, such a deployable quantum computer QC has aerodynamically and/or hydrodynamically shaped functional elements to reduce and/or control aerodynamic effects and/or hydrodynamic Effects and / or for generating a dynamic lift, in particular wings and / or flaps.

• - die Steuervorrichtung µC und/oder
• - der Speicher RAM, NVM der Steuervorrichtung µC und/oder
• - der Rechnerkern CPU und/oder
• - die Datenschnittstelle DBIF und/oder
• - die interne Datenschnittstelle MDBIF und/oder
• - der Lichtquellentreiber LDRV und/oder
• - der Wellenformgenerator WFG und/oder
• - der Verstärker V und/oder
• - der Fotodetektor PD und/oder
• - die erste Kameraschnittstelle CIF und/oder
• - die zweite Kameraschnittstelle CIF2 und/oder
• - die erste Kamera CM1 und/oder
• - die zweite Kamera CM2 und/oder
• - der Temperatursensor ST und/oder
• - der Mikrowellen- und/oder Radiowellenfrequenzgenerator MW/RF-AWFG zur Erzeugung weitestgehend frei vorgebbarer Wellenformen und/oder
• - die Magnetfeldsensoren MSx, MSy, MSz und /oder
• - die Magnetfeldsteuerungen MFSx, MFSy, MFSz und/oder
• - die erste Energieaufbereitungsvorrichtung SRG und/oder
• - die zweite Energieaufbereitungsvorrichtung SRG2 und/oder
• - die Energiereserve BENG und/oder
• - die zweite Energiereserve BENG2 und/oder
• - die Trennvorrichtung TS und/oder
• - die Ladevorrichtung LDV.

In some special versions of the relocatable quantum computer QC, it makes sense for electronic device parts of the quantum computer QC to be designed, at least in part, in hard-radiation electronics. Such preferably radiation-hard device parts of the quantum computer QC are, for example:

• - The control device μC and/or
• - The memory RAM, NVM of the control device μC and/or
• - the computer core CPU and/or
• - the data interface DBIF and/or
• - the internal data interface MDBIF and/or
• - the light source driver LDRV and/or
• - the waveform generator WFG and/or
• - the amplifier V and/or
• - the photodetector PD and/or
• - the first camera interface CIF and/or
• - the second camera interface CIF2 and/or
• - the first camera CM1 and/or
• - the second camera CM2 and/or
• - the temperature sensor ST and/or
• - The microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG for generating largely freely definable waveforms and/or
• - the magnetic field sensors MSx, MSy, MSz and/or
• - the magnetic field controls MFSx, MFSy, MFSz and/or
• - the first energy conditioning device SRG and/or
• - the second energy conditioning device SRG2 and/or
• - the energy reserve BENG and/or
• - the second energy reserve BENG2 and/or
• - the separator TS and/or
• - the loader LDV.

Radiation-hard in the sense of the document presented here means that these functional elements of the quantum computer QC are intended and/or suitable for use in space and/or in areas of increased ionizing radiation, such as nuclear reactors or the environment of thermonuclear batteries.

In many applications, it is advantageous if the quantum computer QC has a control device μC that executes a neural network model at least at times. The neural network model, which the control device μC typically executes, processes input values and/or the values of input signals. The neural network model, which the control device μC typically executes, outputs output signals and/or output values of output signals. The control device μC then influences states of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or states of nuclear quantum points CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , preferably depending on output signals and/or output values of the neural network model that the control device μC typically executes CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the quantum computer QC nuclear quantum bits. Conversely, the control device μC preferably influences the states of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or states of nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC input signals and/or input values of the neural network model that the control device μC typically executes.

Thus, the document presented here discloses, inter alia, a smartphone and/or a wearable quantum computer system and/or a mobile quantum computer system and/or vehicle and/or robot and/or airplane and/or missile and/or satellite and/or a spacecraft and/or space station and/or float and/or ship and/or underwater vehicle and/or surface float and/or underwater float and/or deployable weapon system and/or warhead and/or surface or underwater vehicle and/or projectile and/or other mobile device and/or moveable Contraption. The document presented here refers to all of these below as “vehicle” for the sake of simplicity. The document presented here thus proposes a vehicle in this very broad sense, comprising a quantum computer QC as previously described. Conversely, the paper presented here proposes a quantum computer as previously described, which is a vehicle in the broad sense previously described.

In a further preferred variant, the quantum computer QC is intended to decrypt the data communication, in particular of the control device μC, via a data interface DBIF and/or encrypt. It is preferably the data interface DBIF of the control device μC.

Such a vehicle preferably comprises sensors and/or measuring devices in the broadest sense, the measured values about the surroundings of the vehicle and/or states of the vehicle and/or states of the vehicle occupants or users of the vehicle and/or states of the vehicle's payload to the Supply control device µC. Under certain circumstances, the control device μC also receives measured values about the surroundings of the vehicle via the data interface DBIF. The quantum computer QC and, if applicable, the control device μC can preferably determine a situation assessment for the overall condition of the vehicle and/or the environment of the vehicle as a function of such measured values. The overall condition of the vehicle within the meaning of the document presented here can include the condition of the surroundings of the vehicle and/or the condition of the vehicle occupants and/or the condition of a payload of the vehicle.

• - ein Radar-Sensor und/oder
• - ein Mikrofon und/oder
• - ein Ultraschalmikrofon und/oder
• - ein Infraschallmikrofon und/oder
• - einen Ultraschalltransducer und/oder
• - einen Infrarotsensor und/oder
• - einen Gassensor und/oder
• - einen Beschleunigungssensor und/oder
• - ein Geschwindigkeitssensor und/oder
• - einen Strahlungsdetektor und/oder
• - ein bildgebendes System und/oder
• - eine Kamera und/oder
• - eine Infrarotkamera und/oder
• - eine Multispektralkamera und/oder
• - ein LIDAR-System und/oder
• - ein Ultraschallmesssystem und/oder
• - ein Dopplerradarsystem und/oder
• - ein Quantenradarsystem und/oder
• - ein Quantensensor und/oder
• - ein Positionssensor und/oder
• - ein Navigationssystem und/oder
• - ein GPS-Sensor (oder eine funktionsäquivalente Vorrichtung) und/oder
• - ein Lagesensor und/oder
• - ein Partikelzähler und/oder
• - ein Detektionssystem für biologische Stoffe, insbesondere für biologische Kampstoffe, und/oder
• - ein Gravimeter und/oder
• - ein Kompass und/oder
• - ein Gyroskop und/oder
• - ein MEMS-Sensor und/oder
• - ein Drucksensor und/oder
• - ein Neigungswinkelsensor und/oder
• - ein Temperatursensor und/oder
• - ein Feuchtesensor und/oder
• - ein Windgeschwindigkeitssensor und/oder
• - ein Wellenfrontsensor und/oder
• - ein mikrofluidisches Messsystem und/oder
• - ein Abstandsmesssystem und/oder
• - ein Längenmesssystem und/oder
• - ein biologischer Sensor zur Detektion biologischer Marker und/oder Viren und/oder Mikroben oder dergleichen und/oder
• - ein Sensorsystem zur Erfassung biologischer Messwerte von Fahrzeuginsassen und/oder zur Erfassung biologischer Messwerte lebender Ladung, insbesondere von Tieren und/oder biologischen Materialien,
• - ein Seat-Occupation-Messystem und/oder
• - ein Spannungssensor und/oder ein Stromsensor und/oder ein Leistungssensor.

In a further form, the document presented here proposes that at least one or more sensors SENS of the vehicle is one of the following sensors SENS supplying measured values or comprises at least one of the following sensors SENS supplying measured values as a subsystem:

• - a radar sensor and/or
• - a microphone and/or
• - an ultrasonic microphone and/or
• - an infrasonic microphone and/or
• - an ultrasound transducer and/or
• - an infrared sensor and/or
• - a gas sensor and/or
• - an acceleration sensor and/or
• - a speed sensor and/or
• - a radiation detector and/or
• - an imaging system and/or
• - a camera and/or
• - an infrared camera and/or
• - a multispectral camera and/or
• - a LIDAR system and/or
• - an ultrasonic measuring system and/or
• - a Doppler radar system and/or
• - a quantum radar system and/or
• - a quantum sensor and/or
• - a position sensor and/or
• - a navigation system and/or
• - a GPS sensor (or a functionally equivalent device) and/or
• - a position sensor and/or
• - a particle counter and/or
• - a detection system for biological substances, in particular for biological warfare agents, and/or
• - a gravimeter and/or
• - a compass and/or
• - a gyroscope and/or
• - a MEMS sensor and/or
• - a pressure sensor and/or
• - an inclination angle sensor and/or
• - a temperature sensor and/or
• - a humidity sensor and/or
• - a wind speed sensor and/or
• - a wavefront sensor and/or
• - a microfluidic measuring system and/or
• - a distance measuring system and/or
• - a length measuring system and/or
• - a biological sensor for detecting biological markers and/or viruses and/or microbes or the like and/or
• - a sensor system for acquiring biological measurements of vehicle occupants and/or for acquiring biological measurements of living cargo, in particular of animals and/or biological materials,
• - a seat occupation measurement system and/or
• - a voltage sensor and/or a current sensor and/or a power sensor.

As a logical further development, the document presented here proposes a vehicle in the broad sense described above, in which the quantum computer QC controls the vehicle and/or device parts of the vehicle and/or influences a control of the vehicle or a device part of the vehicle depending on these measured values .

The document presented here also proposes a variant in which the vehicle has an interior and in which the quantum computer QC influences parameters of the interior of the vehicle and/or a device part in the interior of the vehicle depending on the measured values.

The technical teaching presented here discloses in particular that the vehicle can be a weapon system and/or that the vehicle can include a weapon system that is coupled to the quantum computer QC.

For military applications, the vehicle may include a fire control system. The fire control system can in turn include one or more quantum computers QC and/or be coupled to one or more quantum computers QC. The control of the weapon system by the fire control system preferably depends at least temporarily on the quantum computer QC and its signals. The weapon system is preferably controlled by the fire control system when the fire control system interacts with the quantum computer QC.

The vehicle preferably includes an evaluation device that classifies the intended control of the weapon system with regard to the effects to be expected before the control is carried out and determines a control command class. The evaluation device preferably prevents execution of the control or postpones this execution until it is released by a human user if the control command determined in cooperation with the quantum computer QC falls into a predefined control class.

The vehicle can identify one or more targets with the help of the quantum computer QC, for example.

The vehicle can then use the quantum computer QC, for example, to classify one target or multiple targets, in particular with the aid of a neural network program, which a control computer μC of the quantum computer QC can run, for example.

In the case of a vehicle for military purposes or a weapon system, the vehicle or the weapon system can use the quantum computer QC to determine a chronological order or prioritization of combating multiple targets.

In the case of a vehicle for military purposes or a weapon system, the vehicle or the weapon system can use the quantum computer QC to determine a point in time for attacking a target.

In the case of a vehicle for military purposes or a weapon system, the vehicle or the weapon system can use the quantum computer QC to determine a weapon type and/or ammunition for combating a target.

The document presented here proposes, among other things, a vehicle that uses the quantum computer QC to determine a route for the vehicle.

In the case of a military vehicle or weapon system, the vehicle or weapon system can use the quantum computer QC to determine a route for a weapon or warhead or missile or ammunition or other vehicle.

The document presented here also proposes, among other things, a vehicle in which the control device μC at least temporarily executes a neural network model and in which the neural network model processes input values and/or input signals and outputs output signals and/or output values. As already described above, the control device μC typically influences states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or states of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , typically as a function of output signals and/or output values of the neural network model. CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the quantum computer QC nuclear quantum bits. Typically, in this form, the control device µC influences the states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or states of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC input signals and/or input values of the neural network model.

substrate

As described above, the quantum computer QC is proposed to comprise a substrate D with one or more quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The substrate D preferably comprises diamond as the substrate material. The diamond is preferably isotopically pure or has at least one isotopically pure partial area, which preferably has the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC are preferably paramagnetic centers. In the case when the substrate material of the material of the substrate D comprises diamond, the paramagnetic centers are preferably ST1 centers and/or preferably TR1 centers and/or very particularly preferably NV centers. This means that disturbances emanating from such isotope impurities do not disturb the functionality of the quantum bits, or at most only slightly disturb them. In relation to diamond, this means that the diamond preferably essentially consists of ¹² C isotopes as basic isotopes. Such ¹² C isotopes have no magnetic moment that can interact with the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 1 , _{CI3 2 ,} CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC are preferably also located in the isotopically pure region of the substrate D. When talking about isotopic purity here, the isotopes that serve as the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC are at not taken into account when assessing isotopic purity. At this point, this writing expressly refers to the writing DE 10 2020 125 189 A1 , whose technical teaching for the following international procedures is part of the disclosure of this document by referencing, insofar as this is legally permissible in the relevant application countries. Isotopically pure as used in this disclosure and the DE 10 2020 125 189 A1 A material is when the concentration of isotopes other than the basic isotopes that dominate the material is so low that the technical purpose is achieved to an extent sufficient for the production and sale of products with an economically sufficient production yield. The DE 10 2020 125 189 A1 lists the relevant isotopic ratios of the relevant elements on which the technical teaching disclosed here is based. Since isotopically pure diamonds are extremely expensive, it makes sense if the substrate D comprises a diamond material and, for example, the diamond material comprises an epitaxially at least locally grown isotopically pure layer essentially made of ¹² C isotopes. This can be deposited on the original surface of a silicon wafer used as substrate D or on a diamond surface, for example by means of CVD and other deposition methods. In the following, the term substrate D includes from now on that part of the combination of substrate D and epitaxially grown layer DEPI, in which the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC are manufactured. Typically this is the epitaxial layer DEPI. Essentially means that the total proportion K _1G 'of the C isotopes with a magnetic moment that are part of the substrate D, based on 100% of the C atoms that are part of the substrate D, compared to the tables in DE 10 2020 125 189 A1 specified natural total fraction K _1G to a fraction K _1G 'of the C isotopes with magnetic moment, which are part of the substrate D, based on 100% of the C isotopes, which are part of the substrate D, is reduced. This proportion K _1G 'is preferably less than 50%, better less than 20%, better less than 10%, better less than 5%, better less than 2%, better less than 1%, better less than 0.5% , better less than 0.2%, better less than 0.1% of the natural total fraction K _1G for C isotopes with magnetic moment on the C isotopes of the substrate D in the area of influence of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 _{1 , CI2 2 ,} CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. When determining the proportion K _1G ', those C atoms of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC are not taken into account, since their magnetic moments are intentional and therefore not parasitic.

The use of NV centers and/or ST1 centers and/or TR12 centers or L1 centers as quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC enables the operation of the quantum computer QC at room temperature and thus the ability to relocate the Quantum Computer's QC. The electron spin configuration of such a paramagnetic center serves as a quantum dot of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3. of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The quantum computer QC preferably includes, in addition to such quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 as quantum bits, also nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ as nuclear nuclear quantum bits. Typically, the magnetic moments of isotopes that have non-zero magnetic moments due to a nuclear spin serve as nuclear nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. Such nuclear magnetic moments of the relevant isotopes of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC preferably couple with the electron configuration of the paramagnetic centers of the Quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. In this way, a control device μC of the quantum computer QC can control the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC by manipulating the states of the quantum dots Manipulating NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The control device μC can also read the nuclear quantum states of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC by means of an electrical or optical readout of the Capture quantum states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. _The control _{device μC can also use} chains of _quantum dots _{NV1 ,} NV2, Coupling NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with each other. The nuclear quantum points CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 1 , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , _{CI3 1 ,} CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC thus form nuclear nuclear quantum bits. These nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC are preferably the nuclear spins of isotopes with a magnetic nuclear core moment. At this point, the writing presented here expressly refers to the writing again DE 10 2020 125 189 A1 , whose technical teaching for the following international procedures is part of the disclosure of this document by referencing, insofar as this is legally permissible in the relevant application countries. The nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 1 , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , _{CI3 1 ,} CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits are characterized by very long T2 times. The proposed quantum computer QC preferably uses its quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC to control and entangle the states of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and to read out the nuclear quantum states of the nuclear quantum points CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The quantum states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC can be read out optically and/or electrically. With regard to the electrical readout, this document expressly refers to the document DE 10 2020 125 189 A1 , whose technical teaching for the following international procedures is part of the disclosure of the document presented here by referencing, insofar as this is legally permissible in the relevant application countries. Another advantage of the quantum computer QC proposed here is the relatively simple usability and the better selectivity of the control of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and the good scalability compared to other quantum computers.

As described above, a proposed quantum computer QC typically comprises a substrate D with one or more quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. In addition, the substrate D preferably has one or more nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC are preferably one or more paramagnetic centers that form one or more quantum bits. The nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC are preferably one or more isotopes with a magnetic moment which form one or more nuclear quantum bits. The document presented here expressly refers to the DE 10 2020 125 189 A1 . The nuclear quantum points CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC are therefore preferably the magnetic moments of isolated isotopes in the vicinity the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. Proximity here means that a coupling of the magnetic moments of the isotopes concerned, which form the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC form, with the nearby quantum dot of the nearby quantum bit is possible with the device presented here.

The quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC preferably have a magnetic moment of an electron configuration of the respective quantum dot. The quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC couple to one another preferably by means of this magnetic moment in the sense of the technical teaching of the document presented here. One or more quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC are preferably paramagnetic centers in the substrate D. The Fermi level of the substrate D is preferably set in the region of a paramagnetic center used as a quantum dot in such a way that the paramagnetic center is electrically charged. The electrical charge is preferably negative. In the case of an NV center as the paramagnetic center, the NV center is preferably negatively charged. In the case of an NV center as the paramagnetic center, the NV center is thus preferably an NV ^- center. Preferably, therefore, the NV centers in the substrate D comprise NV ^- centers. A doping of the substrate D in the area of the paramagnetic center preferably ensures that the paramagnetic center is electrically charged in the intended manner. Isotopes without a magnetic moment as doping atoms preferably dope the material of the substrate D in the region of the relevant quantum dot of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. These doping atoms preferably shift the Fermi level in the region of this quantum dot without a magnetic moment. These doping atoms thus preferably shift the Fermi level in the region of the relevant paramagnetic center without a magnetic moment. The substrate D preferably comprises essentially isotopes apart from the isotopes that serve as nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC without a nuclear magnetic moment. Since the atoms of the III. Main group of the periodic table and the V. Main group of the periodic table usually have no stable isotopes without a magnetic moment, therefore the material of the substrate (D) is preferably mixtures and/or compounds of isotopes without a magnetic moment, for example isotopes of VI. Main group - eg ¹² C, ¹⁴ C, ²⁸ Si, ³⁰ Si, ⁷⁰ Ge, ⁷² Ge, ⁷⁴ Ge, ⁷⁶ Ge, ¹¹² Zn, ¹¹⁴ Zn, ¹¹⁶ Zn, ¹¹⁸ Zn, ¹²⁰ Zn, ¹²² Zn, ¹²⁴ Zn and/or the sixth Main Group ¹⁶ O, ¹⁸ O, ³² S, ³⁴ S, ³⁶ S, ⁷⁴ Se, 76 Se, ⁷⁸ Se, ⁸⁰ Se, ⁸² Se, ¹²⁰ Te, ¹²² Te, ¹²⁴ Te, ¹²⁶ Te, ^{128 Te} , ¹³⁰ Te, and /or of main group II ²⁴ Mg ^{, 26} Mg, ⁴⁰ Ca, ⁴² Ca, 44 Ca, 46 Ca, ⁴⁸ Ca, ⁸⁴ Sr, ⁸⁶ Sr, ⁸⁸ Sr ^{, 130} Ba, ¹³² Ba, ¹³⁴ Ba, ¹³⁶ Ba, ¹³⁸ Ba , and/or the II. subgroup ⁴⁶ Ti, ⁴⁸ Ti, ⁵⁰ Ti, ⁹⁰ Zr, ⁹⁰ Zr, ⁹² Zr, ⁹⁴ Zr, ⁹⁶ Zr, ¹⁷⁴ Hf, ¹⁷ 6Hf, ¹⁷⁸ Hf, and/or the IV. subgroup ⁵⁰ Cr , ⁵² Cr, ⁵³ Cr, ⁹² Mo, ⁹⁴ Mo, ⁹⁶ Mo, ⁹⁸ Mo, ¹⁰⁰ Mo, ¹⁸⁰ W, ¹⁸² W, ¹⁸⁴ W, ¹⁸⁶ W, and/or the VI. Subgroup ⁵⁴ Fe, ⁵⁶ Fe, ⁵⁸ Fe, ⁹⁶ Ru, ⁹⁸ Ru, ¹⁰⁰ Ru, ¹⁰² Ru, ¹⁰⁴ Ru, ¹⁸⁴ Os, ¹⁸⁶ Os, ¹⁸⁸ Os, ¹⁹⁰ Os, ¹⁹² Os and/or VIII. Subgroup ⁵⁸ Ni, ⁶⁰ Ni, ⁶² Ni, ⁶⁴ Ni, ¹⁰² Pd, ¹⁰² Pd, 104 Pd ^{, 106} Pd, ¹⁰⁸ Pd, ¹¹⁰ Pd, ¹⁹⁰ Pt, ¹⁹² Pt, ¹⁹⁴ Pt, ¹⁹⁶ Pt, ¹⁹⁸ Pt and/or the X. subgroup ⁶⁴ Zn, ⁶⁶ Zn, ⁶⁸ Zn, ⁷⁰ Zn, ^{106 Cd, 108} Cd, ¹¹⁰ Cd, ¹¹² Cd, ^{114 Cd} , ¹¹⁶ Cd, ¹⁹⁶ Hg, ¹⁹⁸ Hg, ²⁰⁰ Hg, ²⁰² Hg, ²⁰⁴ Hg and/or the lanthanides: ¹³⁶ Ce, ¹³⁸ Ce, ¹⁴⁰ Ce, ¹⁴² Ce ^, 142 Nd, ¹⁴⁴ Nd, ¹⁴⁶ Nd, ¹⁴⁸ Nd, ¹⁵⁰ Nd, 144 Sm, ¹⁴⁶ Sm, ¹⁴⁸ Sm, ¹⁵⁰ Sm, ¹⁵² Sm, ¹⁵⁴ Sm, ¹⁵² Gd, ¹⁵⁴ Gd, ^{156 Gd} , ¹⁵⁸ Gd ^{, 160} Gd, ¹⁵⁶ Dy, ¹⁵⁸ Dy, 160 Dy, ¹⁶² Dy, ¹⁶⁴ Dy, ¹⁶² He, ¹⁶⁴ He, ¹⁶⁶ He, ¹⁶⁸ He, ¹⁷⁰ He, ¹⁶⁸ Yb, ¹⁷⁰ Yb, ¹⁷² Yb, ¹⁷⁴ Yb, ¹⁷⁶ Yb, and/or the actinides ²³² Th, ²³⁴ Pa, ²³⁴ U, ²³⁸ U, ²⁴⁴ Pu. These isotopes can also be used as doping atoms for doping the substrate (D). If the substrate D comprises diamond and if the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC comprise paramagnetic centers, ³² S, ³⁴ S, ³⁶ S, ¹⁶ O and ¹⁸ O are preferred as doping isotopes for shifting the Fermi level . For the formation of NV centers in diamond as a substrate D is a advantageous effect can also be observed for doping with phosphorus, but this is less optimal. The phosphorus isotopes typically exhibit a magnetic moment that interacts with the electron configuration of the paramagnetic centers. However, this interaction is typically undesirable.

diamond chip

• Der Diamant-Chip bzw. das Substrat D umfassen typischerweise paramagnetische Zentren und/oder Farbzentren und/oder Quantenpunkte. Vorzugsweise umfassen der Diamant-Chip bzw. das Substrat D Diamant als Material des Diamant-Chips bzw. des Substrats D. Vorzugsweise umfassen der Diamant-Chip bzw. das Substrat D ein oder mehrere NV-Zentren als paramagnetische Zentren, die Teil von Quantenpunkten NV sind, die als Quantenbits des Quantencomputers QC dienen. Ein NV-Zentrum im Sinne des hier vorgelegten Dokuments ist ein Defektkomplex eines Stickstoffatoms mit einer Kohlenstoff-Leerstelle in einem Diamant-Material.

The document presented here describes, inter alia, a quantum processor or quantum computer QC based on quantum bits in a substrate D. According to the document presented here, the quantum bits preferably comprise quantum dots NV. The quantum dots NV preferably include paramagnetic centers. The paramagnetic centers can include color centers, for example. One or more paramagnetic centers may include one or more NV centers in diamond. The diamond may be a diamond chip constituting the substrate D and/or part of the substrate D. The substrate D preferably comprises diamond having one or more of the paramagnetic centers. The substrate D preferably comprises the diamond chip described here or is the diamond chip described here. The diamond chip described here preferably has one or more of the following properties, which individually or together describe the device:

• The diamond chip or substrate D typically includes paramagnetic centers and/or color centers and/or quantum dots. The diamond chip or the substrate D preferably comprises diamond as the material of the diamond chip or the substrate D. The diamond chip or the substrate D preferably comprises one or more NV centers as paramagnetic centers which are part of quantum dots NV are serving as quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. An NV center in the sense of the document presented here is a defect complex of a nitrogen atom with a carbon vacancy in a diamond material.

A first exemplary simple quantum bit system (see 28a) is composed of the electron spin of an NV center and a nuclear spin of the nitrogen nucleus of the NV center and at least two nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei of two ¹³ C isotopes in the vicinity of the NV center. The term "in the vicinity" means that the respective electron spin of the respective electron configuration of the respective NV center with the respective magnetic moment of the respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear atomic nuclei of the ¹³ C isotopes or the respective atomic nuclei of the respective nitrogen atoms of the respective NV centers can interact, for example, by dipole-dipole interaction and that coupling and/or entanglement between the nuclear spins of the nuclear atomic nuclei of the ¹³ C isotopes or the nitrogen atoms on the one hand and the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center on the other hand is possible .

A second exemplary simple quantum bit system (See 28b) is composed of the electron spins of two NV centers and the two nuclear spins of the respective atomic nuclei of the respective nitrogen atoms of the respective NV centers and preferably at least two respective nuclear spins of two respective atomic nuclei of two respective ¹³ C isotopes in the respective environment of the respective NV center built. Each NV center of the two NV centers is thus preferably associated with at least two respective nuclear spins of two respective atomic nuclei of two respective ¹³ C isotopes. The quantum bit system thus comprises two electronic spins of the two NV centers and six nuclear spins and thus a total of eight quantum bits - two electronic quantum bits NV and six nuclear quantum bits CI.

A third example simple quantum bit system (See 28c ) is composed of the electron spins of four NV centers and the four nuclear spins of the respective atomic nuclei of the respective nitrogen atoms of the respective NV centers and preferably at least two respective nuclear spins of two respective atomic nuclei of two respective ¹³ C isotopes in the respective environment of the respective NV center built. Each NV center of the two NV centers is thus preferably associated with at least two respective nuclear spins of two respective atomic nuclei of two respective ¹³ C isotopes. The quantum bit system thus comprises four electronic spins of the four NV centers and 12 nuclear spins and thus a total of sixteen quantum bits - four electronic quantum bits NV and 12 nuclear quantum bits CI.

A fourth exemplary simple quantum bit system (See 28d ) is composed of the electron spins of n linearly arranged NV centers and the n nuclear spins of the respective atomic nuclei of the respective nitrogen atoms of the respective NV centers and preferably at least two respective nuclear spins of two respective atomic nuclei of two respective ¹³ C isotopes in the respective environment of the respective NV center. Each NV center of the n NV centers is thus preferably associated with at least two respective nuclear spins of two respective atomic nuclei of two respective ¹³ C isotopes. The Quantum bit system thus includes n electronic spins of the n NV centers and 3*n nuclear spins and thus a total of 4*n quantum bits - four electronic quantum bits NV and 12 nuclear quantum bits CI. In the 18d only a section of 4 NV centers of the chain of n NV centers is shown.

The number of the respective nuclear spins of two respective atomic nuclei of two respective ¹³ C isotopes in the respective vicinity of the respective NV center can be larger or smaller than 2. In this respect, the structures of 18 only examples.

The creation of several adjacent NV centers is preferably carried out by implantation of molecules, preferably ¹⁴ N ¹⁵ N nitrogen molecules.

The quantum computer QC preferably has a temperature sensor ST. The temperature sensor ST is preferably thermally connected to the diamond chip or the substrate D. The temperature sensor ST is preferably a device part of the diamond chip and/or the substrate D.

The temperature sensor ST preferably records the temperature of the material in the vicinity of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots of the diamond chip or the substrate D.

The document presented here proposes that the quantum computer QC or its control device µC use the temperature sensor ST to measure the temperature of the diamond chip or the substrate D and/or the material in the vicinity of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and /or the color centers and/or the quantum dots of the diamond chip or of the substrate D immediately before the execution of a quantum algorithm by the quantum computer QC or by the control device μC.

The document presented here proposes that the quantum computer QC or its control device µC use the temperature sensor ST to measure the temperature of the diamond chip or the substrate D and/or the material in the vicinity of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and /or the color centers and/or the quantum dots of the diamond chip or of the substrate D are also determined during the execution of a quantum algorithm by the quantum computer QC or by the control device μC.

The proposed quantum computer QC preferably includes a temperature controller. Typically, the control device μC works as a temperature controller, which regulates the temperature of the diamond chip or the substrate D and/or the material in the vicinity of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots of the diamond chips or the substrate D is recorded as an actual value, compared with a target value and readjusted by means of cooling actuators, for example a closed-loop helium gas cooling system HeCLCS or a cooling device KV, or heating actuators HZ, such as an electrical heating device. For example, the diamond chip and/or the substrate D can include this heating device HZ. For example, the heating device HZ can comprise an electrically conductive strip implanted in the diamond material of the diamond chip and/or substrate D and/or an electrical line on the surface of the diamond chip and/or substrate D.

The measured temperature on the diamond chip or the substrate D is used to stabilize the temperature of the diamond chip or the substrate D by the temperature controller or the control device μC.

A look-up table is preferably stored in a memory (RAM, NVM) of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC. The control device μC of the quantum computer QC and/or another sub-device of the quantum computer QC preferably use this look-up table to determine suitable control parameters for the one or more devices MW/RF-AWFG for generating an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and to determine the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC at the respective location of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , _{CI1 3} , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 1 , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ . The control device μC of the quantum computer QC and/or another sub-device of the quantum computer QC preferably use this look-up table to determine suitable control parameters for the device parts (WFG, LDRV, LD) for generating the pump radiation LB. The control device μC of the quantum computer QC and/or another partial device of the quantum computer QC preferably use this look-up table to determine suitable control parameters for the device parts (WFG, LDRV, LD). To determine generation of the pump radiation LB by means of the measured temperature of the substrate D. The measured temperature is used via a lookup table to determine the control parameters of electromagnetic signals within the quantum computer QC that are suitable for the given temperature, preferably the high-frequency control pulses for controlling the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and the core quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC to compensate for fluctuations in the temperature of the diamond chip or the substrate D.

The diamond chip or the substrate D is preferably mounted with a cooling and temperature control device KV and a temperature sensor ST in a cryostat chamber of a cryostat KRST for thermal insulation from the ambient temperature.

The device parts of the quantum computer QC, which are located inside the cryostat chamber of the cryostat KRST, can reach temperatures between 2 and 300 Kelvin, preferably between 4 and 70 Kelvin, for example. The cryostat preferably uses a closed helium circuit. The quantum computer QC preferably comprises a closed-loop helium gas cooling system HeCLCS for cooling the device parts of the quantum computer QC inside the cryostat chamber of the cryostat.

In order to optimize the thermal coupling, the diamond chip or the substrate D is preferably mechanically and/or thermally connected to the cryostat chamber of the cryostat KRST so that it cannot move and/or is fixed.

The diamond chip or the substrate D are mounted in the cryostat chamber of the cryostat KRST so that they can be moved and adjusted in at least one, preferably two, preferably three directions. The associated adjustment system of the diamond chip or the substrate D, for example the translational positioning device XT in the X direction and/or the translational positioning device YT in the Y direction and/or the translational positioning device ZT in the Z direction, are Cryostat chamber of the cryostat KRST preferably in thermal contact on the inside of the cryostat wall of the cryostat chamber of the cryostat KRST. The adjustment system can be set up to correct one, two or three translatory degrees of freedom. The adjustment system can also be set up to correct one, two or three rotational degrees of freedom (degrees of freedom of rotation). The adjustment system can also include a tri-pod or a hexapod.

The quantum computer QC or the control device can preferably move a permanent magnet PM, preferably made of NdFeB (neodymium iron boride), relative to the diamond chip or to the substrate D.

The associated adjustment system of the permanent magnet PM, the positioning device PV, is preferably in thermal contact with the preferably cooled inner wall of the cryostat wall of the cryostat chamber of the cryostat KRST and/or a cooling device KV inside the cryostat chamber of the cryostat KRST. A coolant preferably cools such a cooling device KV inside the cryostat chamber of the cryostat KRST. For example, it can be a cooled coolant of a closed loop helium gas cooling system HeCLCS.

The adjustment system of the permanent magnet PM, the positioning device PV, can provide the orientation of the magnetic field suitable for the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or quantum dots and/or the optimal orientation of the magnetic field as a function of the distance between optical system OS and diamond chip or substrate D regulate. The adjustment system of the permanent magnet PM, the positioning device PV is preferably designed in such a way that it prefers the flux density vector of the magnetic flux density B of the magnetic field at the location of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots parallel to (111) orientation (inclination 50.77°, 29 ) for NV centers in the diamond chip or in the substrate D.

The permanent magnet PM can optionally also be glued to the holder (KV, XT, YT) with the diamond chip or the substrate D.

The quantum computer QC or the control device µC or another part of the device of the quantum computer QC preferably use an adjustment system (e.g. a positioning device PV) to align the permanent magnet PM with respect to the diamond chip or the substrate D.

The quantum computer QC thus preferably includes said adjustment system in the form of a positioning device PV in order to align a permanent magnet PM with respect to the substrate D.

The quantum computer QC is preferably set up to align the permanent magnet PM relative to the substrate D using information about the curve along which the suitable magnetic field orientation of the substrate D relative to the permanent magnet PM is present and using the positioning device PV, and
The control device μC of the quantum computer QC or another device part of the quantum computer QC are preferably set up to control the positioning device PV of the permanent magnet PM, and
A memory (RAM, NVM) of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC preferably includes a magnetic field look-up table. The curve along which the appropriate magnetic field orientation is found ( 29 ), is present as this magnetic field lookup table or as a polynomial with tabulated polynomial coefficients in a memory (RAM, NVM) of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC and/or another partial device of the quantum computer QC.

First, the memory content of the memory (RAM, NVM) of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC can include a magnetic field look-up table and the information about the curve along which the suitable magnetic field orientation of the substrate D in relation to the permanent magnet PM is present. may be present as at least partial content of this magnetic field lookup table.

Secondly, the information about the curve along which the suitable magnetic field orientation of the substrate D in relation to the permanent magnet PM is present can be stored as a polynomial with tabulated polynomial coefficients in a memory (RAM, NVM) of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC and/or another sub-device of the quantum computer QC.

Third, the information about the curve along which the suitable magnetic field orientation of the substrate D in relation to the permanent magnet PM is present as a function with tabulated function parameters in a memory (RAM, NVM) of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC and/or another sub-device of the quantum computer QC.

The quantum computer QC monitors the magnetic field is monitored using a suitable magnetic field detection device for magnetic field measurement. For example, for this purpose, the quantum computer can have a magnetic field sensor MSx for the magnetic flux density B _x in the direction of the X axis and/or a magnetic field sensor MSy for the magnetic flux density B _y in the direction of the Y axis and/or a magnetic field sensor MSz for the magnetic flux density B _z in the Z-axis direction; include.

Such a magnetic field detection device can be or comprise a quantum sensor. Device parts of the quantum sensor of the magnetic field detection device are preferably part of the diamond chip or of the substrate D. The magnetic field detection device preferably uses one or more paramagnetic centers and/or one or more NV centers and/or one or more color centers and/or one or more quantum dots of the diamond chip or the substrate D as sensor elements for detecting the magnetic field.

The diamond chip or the substrate D is preferably mounted in the quantum computer QC so that it is optically accessible for the exchange of optical signals with an optical system OS. The optical system OS can then be combined with a microwave and/or radio wave antenna mWA, for example one or more lines in the vicinity of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D, supply electromagnetic signals to the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D and discharge their electromagnetic response signals again.

Strip conductors (micro-strip lines) on the surface of the diamond chip or the substrate D preferably carry the electromagnetic signals in the radio frequency range and/or in the microwave frequency range to the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or to the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D.

Such strip conductors are preferably designed as coplanar CWG waveguides with a defined characteristic impedance, preferably 50 ohms (50 Ω) ( 30 ). For example, they can also be used as 75 Ω Lei lines or 100Ω lines. To connect the coplanar waveguide CWG, the structure is provided on both sides with an adaptation structure APS, which allows connection of other waveguides, such as coaxial cables and/or semi-ridged lines and/or plugs, for example SMA plugs, without the joints , permitted.

The coplanar waveguide CWG preferably includes the line LTG for feeding, for transporting and for removing the signal and a first ground plate GND and a second ground plate GND between which the line LTG is routed. The line LTG preferably serves as a microwave and/or radio wave antenna mWA. The paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or of the substrate D are preferably located between the line LTG and one of the two ground plates GND, so that they can be viewed from above can be irradiated with pump radiation LB from the optical system OS and so that the optical system OS the fluorescence radiation FL of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D can capture.

The first gap width SBa of the first slot of the coplanar waveguide CWG with a line LTG between the first ground plane GND of the coplanar waveguide CWG and the line LTG of the coplanar waveguide CWG ( 30 ) is preferably as small as possible to increase the field amplitude and is preferably less than 100 µm, better less than 50 µm, better less than 20 µm, better less than 10 µm, better less than 5 µm, better less than 2 µm, better less than 1 µm, better less than 500 nm , better less than 200nm, better less than 100nm, better less than 50nm, better less than 20nm, better less than 10nm. The first gap width SBa is preferably equal to that of the second gap width SBb. In the case of optical reading, however, this first gap width SBa cannot be chosen to be arbitrarily small. Experiments have shown that the first gap width SBa in the case of optical reading is preferably less than 4 μm, preferably less than 1 μm, particularly preferably approximately 100 nanometers.

The second gap width SBb of the first slot of the coplanar waveguide CWG with a line LTG between the second ground plane GND of the coplanar waveguide CWG and the line LTG of the coplanar waveguide CWG ( 30 ) is preferably as small as possible to increase the field amplitude and is preferably less than 100 µm, better less than 50 µm, better less than 20 µm, better less than 10 µm, better less than 5 µm, better less than 2 µm, better less than 1 µm, better less than 500 nm , better less than 200nm, better less than 100nm, better less than 50nm, better less than 20nm, better less than 10nm. The first gap width SBa is preferably equal to that of the second gap width SBb. In the case of optical readout, however, this second gap width SBb cannot be chosen to be arbitrarily small. Experiments have shown that the second gap width SBb in the case of optical readout is preferably less than 4 μm, preferably less than 1 μm, particularly preferably approximately 100 nanometers.

Instead of a single conductor LTG, there can also be two parallel conductors, a first conductor LTG1 and a second conductor LTG2, in the intermediate space between the first ground plane GND and the second ground plane GND.

The first conductor LTG1 on the surface of the diamond chip and/or substrate D preferably transports the microwaves of a microwave signal in the microwave frequency range.

The second conductor LTG2 on the surface of the diamond chip and/or substrate D preferably transports the radio waves of a radio wave signal of a radio wave frequency range and possibly a low frequency range.

Radio waves in the low-frequency range are electromagnetic radiation waves in a frequency range from 3Hz to 30kHz, the low-frequency range.

Radio waves in the radio wave frequency range are electromagnetic radiation waves in a frequency range from 30 kHz to 300 MHz, the radio wave frequency range.

Microwaves in the microwave frequency range are electromagnetic radiation waves in a frequency range from 300 MHz to 300 GHz, the microwave frequency range.

The quantum computer QC preferably uses radio wave signals in the form of radio waves in the low-frequency range for driving nuclear spins nuclear nuclei nuclear quantum dots CI nuclear quantum bits CQUB weakly associated with an electronic spin of a paramagnetic Center and / or an NV center and / or a color center and / or a quantum dot NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D are coupled.

The quantum computer QC preferably uses radio wave signals in the form of radio waves in the radio frequency range for controlling nuclear spins nuclear atomic nuclei nuclear quantum dots CI nuclear quantum bits CQUB, which are strongly associated with an electronic spin of a paramagnetic center and/or an NV center and/or a color center and/or or a quantum dot NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D are coupled.

The quantum computer QC preferably uses microwave signals in the form of microwaves in the microwave frequency range for controlling electronic spins of a paramagnetic center and/or an NV center and/or a color center and/or a quantum dot NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D.

With such a separate control, a second line LTG2 as a second strip conductor (micro-strip line) on the surface of the diamond chip or the substrate D preferably carries the electromagnetic signals in the radio frequency range to the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or or the color centers and/or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or of the substrate D.

A first line LTG1 then preferably carries the electromagnetic signals in the microwave frequency range to the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and / or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D. This saves devices for mixing together the electromagnetic signals in the radio frequency range and the electromagnetic signals in the microwave frequency range, such as diplexers, etc.

The first gap width SB1 of the first slot of the coplanar waveguide CWG with two lines LTG1, LTG2 between the first ground plane GND1 of the coplanar waveguide CWG and the first line LTG1 of the coplanar waveguide CWG ( 31 ) is as small as possible to increase the field amplitude and is preferably less than 100 µm, preferably less than 50 µm, preferably less than 20 µm, preferably less than 10 µm, preferably less than 5 µm, preferably less than 2 µm, preferably less than 1 µm, preferably less than 500 nm, better less than 200nm, better less than 100nm, better less than 50nm, better less than 20nm, better less than 10nm. The first gap width SB1 is preferably equal to the third gap width SB3 and can possibly be equal to the second gap width SB2. In the case of optical readout, however, this first gap width SB1 cannot be chosen to be arbitrarily small. Experiments have shown that the first gap width SB1 in the case of optical reading is preferably less than 4 μm, preferably less than 1 μm, particularly preferably approximately 100 nanometers.

The second gap width SB2 of the second slot of the two-line coplanar waveguide CWG LTG1,LTG2 between the first line LTG1 of the coplanar waveguide CWG and the second line LTG2 of the coplanar waveguide CWG ( 31 ) is as small as possible to increase the field amplitude and is preferably less than 100 µm, preferably less than 50 µm, preferably less than 20 µm, preferably less than 10 µm, preferably less than 5 µm, preferably less than 2 µm, preferably less than 1 µm, preferably less than 500 nm, better less than 200nm, better less than 100nm, better less than 50nm, better less than 20nm, better less than 10nm. The second gap width SB2 can possibly be equal to the third gap width SB3 and can possibly be equal to the first gap width SB1. In the case of optical readout, however, this second gap width SB2 cannot be chosen to be arbitrarily small. Experiments have shown that the second gap width SB2 is preferably less than 4 μm, preferably less than 1 μm, particularly preferably approx. 100 nanometers in the case of optical reading.

The third gap width SB3 of the third slot of the coplanar waveguide CWG with two lines LTG1, LTG2 between the second ground plane GND2 of the coplanar waveguide CWG and the second line LTG2 of the coplanar waveguide CWG ( 31 ) is as small as possible to increase the field amplitude and is preferably less than 100 µm, preferably less than 50 µm, preferably less than 20 µm, preferably less than 10 µm, preferably less than 5 µm, preferably less than 2 µm, preferably less than 1 µm, preferably less than 500 nm, better less than 200nm, better less than 100nm, better less than 50nm, better less than 20nm, better less than 10nm. The third gap width SB3 is preferably equal to the first gap width SB1 and can possibly be equal to the second gap width SB2. In the case of optical readout, however, this third gap width SB3 cannot be chosen to be arbitrarily small. Experiments have shown that the first gap width SB3 in the case of optical reading is preferably less than 4 μm, preferably less than 1 μm, particularly preferably approximately 100 nanometers.

The width LTGB1 of the first line LTG1 is preferably equal to the width LTGB2 of the second line LTG2.

The width LTGB1 of the first line LTG1 and the second gap width SP2 are preferably selected relative to the first gap width SP1 such that the first line LTG1 with the first ground plane GND1 and a second line LTG2 connected to ground and the second ground plane GND2 form a waveguide with a first Characteristic impedance for signals on the first line LTG1 forms.

The width LTGB2 of the second line LTG2 and the second gap width SP2 are preferably selected relative to the second gap width SP2 such that the second line LTG2 with the second ground plane GND2 and a first line LTG2 connected to ground and the first ground plane GND1 form a waveguide with the second Characteristic impedance for signals on the second line LTG2 forms.

The resistance value of the second characteristic impedance for signals on the second line LTG2 is preferably equal to the resistance value of the first characteristic impedance for signals on the first line LTG1.

After installation in the quantum computer QC, the first line LTG1 should be anechoically terminated (i.e. terminated) with a first terminating resistor with a resistance value corresponding to the resistance value of the first characteristic impedance of the first line LTG1.

After installation in the quantum computer QC, the second line LTG2 should be anechoically terminated (i.e. terminated) with a second terminating resistor with a resistance value corresponding to the resistance value of the second characteristic impedance of the second line LTG2.

The microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG preferably comprises a radio frequency generator.

The microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG preferably comprises a microwave frequency generator.

The microwave frequency generator is preferably different from the radio wave frequency generator.

The microwave signal generator preferably generates a microwave signal in the microwave frequency range for manipulating the first quantum bits QUB and/or electronic quantum bits QUB with quantum dots NV and/or the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers by means of a first partial device of the first means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD , DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, LTG, LTG1, LTG2, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx , GDy, GDz, µC) and/or the second means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, LTG, LTG1, LTG2, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC , MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC), in particular by means of the first line LTG1 of the coplanar waveguide CWG on the surface of the diamond chip and/or the substrate D

The radio wave signal generator preferably generates a radio wave signal in the radio wave frequency range for manipulating the first quantum bits QUB and/or electronic quantum bits QUB with quantum dots NV and/or the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or for manipulating the nuclear spins of the nuclear atomic nuclei of the nuclear quantum dots CI and/or the second quantum bits CQUB and/or the second nuclear quantum bits CQUB with nuclear quantum dots CI, i.e. the nuclear quantum dots CI, by means of a first subdevice of the second means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, LTG, LTG1, LTG2, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) and/or der second means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, LTG, LTG1, LTG2, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC), in particular by means of the second line LTG2 of the coplanar waveguide CWG on the surface of the diamond chip and/or the substrate D.

The first sub-device (LTG1) of the first resources (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, LTG, LTG1, LTG2, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy , MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) and/or the second means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, LTG , LTG1, LTG2, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) is preferably from the second sub-device ( LTG2) of the first funds (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, LTG, LTG1, LTG2, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx , MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) and/or the second means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, LTG, LTG1, LTG2 , MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) different.

The coplanar waveguide CWG does not touch the edge of the diamond chip or the substrate D, since this is conductive and would short-circuit the coplanar stripline. (please refer 30 ).

The coplanar waveguide CWG therefore preferably has a distance d _min of more than 1 μm, better a distance d _min of more than 2 μm, better a distance d _min of more than 5 μm, better a distance d _min of more than 10 μm, better a distance d _min of more than 20µm, better a distance d _min of more than 50µm, better a distance d _min of more than 100µm, better a distance d _min of more than 200µm, better a distance d _min of more than 500µm to the edge of the diamond Chips or the substrate D on.

The gap width of the waveguide CWG is as small as possible to increase the field amplitude and is preferably less than 100 μm, better less than 50 μm, better less than 20 μm, better less than 10 μm, better less than 5 μm, better less than 2 μm, better less than 1 μm, better less than 500nm, better less than 200nm, better less than 100nm, , better less than 50nm, better less than 20nm, better less than 10nm. In the case of optical reading, however, this gap width cannot be chosen to be arbitrarily small. Experiments have shown that the gap width in the case of optical reading is preferably less than 4 μm, preferably less than 1 μm, particularly preferably approximately 100 nanometers.

The electrical power to be introduced to control the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots of the diamond chip or the substrate D is minimized by a small gap width of the strip line structure. This reduces the necessary energy consumption of the one or more devices MW/RF-AWFG for generating an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and at the respective location of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC.

Optical signals are fed to the diamond chip or the substrate D, preferably via an optical focusing unit, preferably a microscope objective. This optical focusing unit is preferably part of the optical system OS. The optical system OS preferably guides these optical signals to the diamond chip or the substrate D, preferably at the location of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots of the diamond chip or the substrate D to. The optical system OS thus guides local optical signals out of the diamond chip or out of the substrate D via this focusing unit, preferably a microscope objective.

The optical system OS and thus the focusing unit, preferably a microscope lens, are preferably fixed and the quantum computer QC and/or the control device µC of the quantum computer QC and/or another partial device of the quantum computer QC move the diamond chip or the substrate D and the permanent magnet PM relative to the focal point of the focusing unit of the optical system OS. The focal point can be, for example, the focal point of the pump radiation LB generated by the optical system OS. This simplifies the mechanical structure and its stability. The optical system OS and thus the focussing unit, preferably a microscope lens, are thus movable with respect to the diamond chip or the substrate D.

Typically, the movement of the optical system OS and thus the focusing unit takes place roughly in the accuracy range of a few micrometers, preferably with an accuracy of 1 micrometer with a first adjustment unit (XT, YT, ZT).

In addition, the movement of the focusing unit takes place finely in the accuracy range of a few nanometers, preferably with an accuracy of 1 nanometer with a further, second adjustment unit, which is preferably attached to the first adjustment unit. Thus, the movement of the focusing unit is done finely Accuracy range of a few nanometers by additionally adjusting the focusing unit along the optical axis and by angular deflection of the beam. A deflection mirror for lateral deflection is preferably attached to the second adjustment device.

The diamond chip or the substrate D is preferably provided with a preferably three-dimensional decoupling structure, preferably a “micropillar” (mesa structure) in order to improve the decoupling of optical signals (fluorescence) with increased decoupling efficiency. The document presented here refers to Scripture in this context DE 10 2022 118 617 A1 and in particular to the 2 until 5 the DE 10 2022 118 617 A1 .

The document presented here proposes providing the diamond chip or the substrate D with another decoupling structure, for example a solid immersion lens, in order to decouple optical signals, for example the decoupling of the fluorescence radiation FL from the To be able to perform diamond chip or from the substrate D with an increased decoupling efficiency.

The geometric dimensions of these outcoupling structures are adapted or optimized to the numerical aperture of the microscope lens used or the wavelength of the radiation. The document presented here recommends an FDTD simulation to optimize the decoupling structures.

The quantum computer QC preferably includes a laser as the light source LD of the quantum computer QC, which is used for the optical control of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots of the diamond chip or the substrate D, the light source LD is preferably a narrow-band light source. The narrow-band light source LD is preferably a narrow-band laser, preferably tunable to a certain extent, which resonant, i.e. spectrally targeted excitations of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots of the diamond chip or of the substrate D allowed. The waveform generator WFG can preferably pulse the light source LD, ie preferably the narrow-band laser, in cooperation with the light source driver LDRV.

The mechanical dimensions of the optical system OS are preferably very compact, so that the surface dimensions preferably do not exceed 25×25 cm ² . This reduces the volume of the deployable quantum computer QC and its weight.

For systems with several paramagnetic centers and/or several NV centers and/or several color centers and/or several quantum dots of the diamond chip or the substrate D, which are geometrically indistinguishable within the optical (wavelength-limited) resolution limit, the quantum computer QC reads the (at least two) paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots of the diamond chip or the substrate D independently of one another to determine the quantum state.

The quantum computer QC and/or the control device µC of the quantum computer QC decide on the readout result using the fluorescence intensity of the fluorescence radiation FL of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots of the diamond chip or the substrate D, where the state of one of the two paramagnetic centers and/or the two NV centers and/or the two color centers and/or the two quantum dots of the diamond chip or the substrate D must be in a defined state. In this case, the quantum computer QC and/or the control device μC of the quantum computer QC bring a paramagnetic center or an NV center or a color center or a quantum dot of the diamond chip or the substrate D into a so-called “dark state “ and reads the other paramagnetic center or the other NV center or the other color center or the other quantum dot of the diamond chip or the substrate D depending on its neighboring nuclear spins of the neighboring atomic nuclei of this other paramagnetic center or this other NV center or this other color center or this other quantum dot of the diamond chip or the substrate D nuclei.

The coupling of two adjacent paramagnetic centers and / or two adjacent NV centers and / or two adjacent color centers and / or two adjacent quantum dots of the diamond chip or the substrate D NV centers can preferably by means of electromagnetic signals of a strip line structure DEER (Double Electron Electron Resonance) can be detected. The coupling of two adjacent paramagnetic centers and/or two adjacent NV centers and/or two adjacent color centers and/or two adjacent quantum dots of the diamond chip or the substrate D, the quantum computer QC and/or the control device µC of the quantum computer QC can preferably by means of other device parts of the quantum computer QC by electromagnetic signals of a strip line structure (coplanar waveguide CWG ) using DEER (Double Electron Electron Resonance).

Gate operations (X, H, etc.) can be performed by the quantum computer QC and/or the control device µC of the quantum computer QC, preferably by means of other parts of the device of the quantum computer QC, for example by means of electromagnetic signals from said stripline structure (coplanar waveguide CWG) with high fidelity on the quantum bits .

The adjustment of two orders of magnitude different time scales of gate and decoherence (T2) times of nuclear quantum bits CQUB (nuclear spins of atomic nuclei with magnetic moment) and quantum bits QUB (electronic spins of paramagnetic centers and/or NV centers and/ or the color centers and/or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D), the quantum computer achieves QC by using "dynamic decoupling" (DD) sequences. This application of "Dynamic Decoupling" (DD) sequences enables the quantum computer QC to calculate the T2 times of electrons and thus the T2 times of the electronic spins of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or of the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or of the substrate D by more than typically a factor of one hundred.

In addition to the dynamic decoupling (DD) sequences, the proposed quantum computer QC uses a SWAP operation and a laser pulse to refresh the fast quantum bits of the electronic spins of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or of the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or of the substrate D, while the nuclear spins CI of the nuclear atomic nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits CQUB of the quantum bits QUB of the electronic spins of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/ or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D are decoupled.

Both electronic spins of the two paramagnetic centers or the two NV centers or the two color centers or the two quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D and the magnetic flux density B of the magnetic field preferably have the same spatial alignment. If several electronic spins or several paramagnetic centers or several NV centers or several color centers or several quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D are coupled, the quantum computer QC uses the electronic spins with the same orientation or the paramagnetic centers with the same alignment or the NV centers with the same alignment or the color centers with the same alignment or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D with the same alignment with respect to the magnetic field for reading out the quantum bits .

In order to enable the control of the electronic spins of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D, their frequencies must differ by at least one line width. This can, for example, be the proposed diamond chip or the proposed substrate D of the proposed quantum computer QC through different alignments of the electronic spins of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D reach.

The proposed diamond chip or the proposed substrate D of the proposed quantum computer QC can also do this through different nuclear spins in the immediate vicinity of the electronic spins of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots NV of the diamond -Chips or the substrate D reach. For example, the proposed diamond chip and/or the proposed substrate D of the proposed quantum computer QC can achieve this, for example, through NV centers with a ^14N or ^15N isotope core. It is also possible that the quantum computer QC and/or a sub-device of the quantum computer QC has a diverging or inhomogeneous magnetic field in the immediate vicinity of the electronic spins of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D or to bring about a static, temporary or dynamic line shift by means of electromagnetic fields.

The quantum computer QC preferably transfers the spins of the further quantum bits of the diamond chip and/or the substrate D of the quantum computer QC to this readout quantum bit by executing a SWOP operation. Another possibility is to change the sequence in which the quantum bits are swapped.

The external magnetic field preferably has a strength of 50.7 mT +/- 0.3 mT in order to polarize the nuclear spins of the nuclear spins of the nuclear quantum dots CI of the diamond chip or of the substrate D by a laser pulse from the light source LD with a strength of up to 10 mW and a length of 3µs to 5µs.

Another possibility of collective polarization of the nuclei consists in a microwave pulse with a superposition of signals with different frequencies. The advantage is that the QC quantum computer can also carry out this polarization method with stronger magnetic fields, preferably with fields greater than 100 mT, particularly preferably with 600 mT. The larger magnetic field increases the gate speed and the gate fidelity of the nuclear spins of the nuclear nuclei of the nuclear quantum dots CI and the nuclear quantum bits CQUB. This method has the advantage that the quantum computer QC can read out and polarize the electron spin independently of the nuclear spins.

Preferably, the respective electronic spin of the respective paramagnetic center and/or the respective NV center and/or the respective color center and/or the respective quantum dot NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D and/or the respective electronic spins of the respective paramagnetic centers and/or the respective NV centers and/or the respective color centers and/or the respective quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D in the immediate vicinity of a waveguide CWG in order to ensure good coupling to the RF and microwave fields to reach near the waveguide CWG.

The waveguide CWG is preferably made of optically transparent material in order to avoid the respective electronic spin of the respective paramagnetic center and/or the respective NV center and/or the respective color center and/or the respective quantum dot NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D and /or to reach the respective electronic spins of the respective paramagnetic centers and/or the respective NV centers and/or the respective color centers and/or the respective quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D below the waveguide (CWG). For example, the waveguide (CWG) material may comprise indium tin oxide (ITO) or another optically transparent and electrically conductive oxide.

There is preferably an angle between the alignment of the electronic spins of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D and the direction of the RF or microwave field . If further electronic spins of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D are coupled, the quantum computer QC preferably uses an electronic spin of the paramagnetic centers and /or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or of the substrate D for reading out the spin states. The quantum computer QC either changes the program sequence in such a way that the quantum computer QC reads this quantum bit or that the quantum computer QC reads the information from the other electronic spins of the other paramagnetic centers and/or the other NV centers and/or the other color centers and/or of the other quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or of the substrate D is transferred to this readout quantum bit by a SWOP sequence.

Preferably, the quantum computer QC interrupts the pulse on the nuclear spin of a nuclear nucleus of a nuclear quantum dot CI of a nuclear quantum bit CQUB during a gate operation on the nuclear spin of a nuclear nucleus of a nuclear quantum dot CI of a nuclear quantum bit CQUB and combines it with a DD sequence (dynamic decoupling) on the electronic spin of the paramagnetic center and/or the NV center and/or the color center and/or the NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D.

The quantum computer QC carries out these sequences at defined time intervals. These sequences define the clock speed of the processor.

Preferably, the nuclear spins of the nuclear nuclei of the nuclear quantum dots CI of the nuclear quantum bits CQUB are in the axis of the electronic spin of the paramagnetic center and/or the NV center and/or the color center and/or the NV of the diamond chip or the Substrate D to suppress spin flips or flip-flops with the electron spins.

The quantum computer QC preferably only uses electronic spins of the paramagnetic center and/or the NV center and/or the color center and/or the quantum dot NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D whose Rabi signature in the frequency spectrum (Fourier transformation ) do not show any shifted frequencies, as this indicates an unwanted coupling with another electronic spin of another paramagnetic center of the diamond chip or of the substrate D. The quantum computer QC preferably only uses electronic spins from NV centers of the diamond chip or the substrate D whose Rabi signature in the frequency spectrum (Fourier transformation) does not show any shifted frequencies, since this indicates an unwanted coupling with a P1 center indicates.

The quantum computer selects and/or uses all pulses in such a way that the sum of the amplitudes is always zero in order to avoid effective charging or an unwanted Stark effect.

The quantum computer QC preferably uses electronic spins from paramagnetic centers and/or from NV centers and/or from color centers and/or from quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D, which have a low coupling to a spin bath and therefore have long T2 times.

The quantum computer QC preferably uses and/or selects few nuclear spins of the nuclear atomic nuclei of the nuclear quantum dots CI of the nuclear quantum bits CQUB of the diamond chip or of the substrate D in the immediate vicinity of the electronic spin of paramagnetic centers and/or NV centers and/or of color centers and/or of quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or of the substrate D. The document presented here refers to these as strongly bound nuclear quantum bits. This selection has the advantage of a simple room temperature drive sequence.

The quantum computer QC can also select nuclear spins of the nuclear nuclei of the nuclear quantum dots CI of the nuclear quantum bits CQUB of the diamond chip or the substrate D at a greater distance. The document presented here refers to these as weakly bound nuclear quantum bits. This selection has the advantage that the quantum computer QC can switch many nuclei independently of the electronic spin of the paramagnetic center and/or the NV center and/or the color center and/or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D. However, the disadvantage here is that a complex control sequence is necessary and that the quantum computer QC requires strong magnetic fields or low temperatures.

The control device μC of the quantum computer QC executes the control software. Using the control software, the control device µC of the quantum computer QC interprets (abstract) control sequences and converts them into the corresponding electromagnetic pulses (transpiler).

The transpiler, which the control device μC of the quantum computer QC can execute, for example, determines optimizations of the electromagnetic pulses when interpreting the control sequences, preferably in a way that remains hidden from the user.

When executed by the control device µC of the quantum computer QC, the transpiler preferably combines several quantum bits (e.g. NV center spins and nuclear spins) into logical quantum bits and executes quantum error correction algorithms, preferably in a way that remains hidden from the user .

The control device μC replaces pulse sequences of at least two pulses with a multidimensional optimization that takes place in the transpilation or that follows the transpilation, with new, effective pulses that achieve an adapted, optimal control of the quantum bits with higher fidelity than the original sequence.

In a system of several (M) electronic spins of several paramagnetic centers and/or several NV centers and/or several color centers and/or several quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or of the substrate D, at least one electronic spin is of at least one paramagnetic center and /or at least one NV center and/or at least one color center and/or min at least one quantum dot NV of the diamond chip or of the substrate D can be read out. In a system of several (M) electronic spins of several paramagnetic centers and/or several NV centers and/or several color centers and/or several quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or of the substrate D, at least one electronic spin is of at least one paramagnetic center and /or at least one NV center and/or at least one color center and/or at least one quantum dot NV of the diamond chip or of the substrate D, preferably readable purely electrically by photocurrent measurement. The number of electronic spins to be read from a number of paramagnetic centers and/or a number of NV centers and/or a number of color centers and/or a number of quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or of the substrate DN is less than M, with M>N>0. The quantum computer QC transmits the quantum information of the non-readable electronic spins of several paramagnetic centers and/or several NV centers and/or several color centers and/or several quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D (number MN) and their nuclear spins nuclear atomic nuclei nuclear quantum dots CI nuclear quantum bits CQUB by suitable control sequences on the readable electronic spin or the readable electronic spins of one or more paramagnetic centers and/or one or more NV centers and/or one or more color centers and/or one or more quantum dots NV the diamond chip or the substrate D for reading.

In a system of several (M) electronic spins of several paramagnetic centers and/or several NV centers and/or several color centers and/or several quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or of the substrate D, at least one electronic spin of at least one paramagnetic center is preferred and/or at least one NV center and/or at least one color center and/or at least one quantum dot NV of the diamond chip or of the substrate D can be read out. In a system of several (M) electronic spins of several paramagnetic centers and/or several NV centers and/or several color centers and/or several quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or of the substrate D, at least one is an electronic spin of at least one paramagnetic center and/or at least one NV center and/or at least one color center and/or at least one quantum dot NV of the diamond chip or of the substrate D, preferably readable purely electrically by photocurrent measurement. The number of electronic spins to be read from a number of paramagnetic centers and/or a number of NV centers and/or a number of color centers and/or a number of quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or of the substrate D N is preferably less than M, with M>N>0. The quantum computer QC preferably repeats the quantum algorithm (initialization and sequence of gate operations) several times, with the control device µC executing the control software when executing the algorithm with different permutations of the quantum bits in such a way that different result quantum bits of the calculation result in successive runs the one or more quantum bits to be read. In this way, it is sufficient if the quantum computer QC has at least one (N>0) quantum bit to be read out and possibly uses it.

Such a diamond chip or such a substrate D has the advantage that the diamond chip or the substrate D is insensitive to vibrations and other effects of mobile operation.

Light source LD

According to the proposal, the proposed quantum computer QC preferably comprises a light source LD. The light source LD is preferably a laser that can irradiate the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with pump radiation LB of a pump radiation wavelength λ _pmp . The light jellyfish LD preferably irradiates the relevant quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with pump radiation LB, which is pulse-modulated in its intensity profile over time, ie is preferably pulsed.

The light source LD can preferably emit light pulses of the pump radiation LB at light pulse start times _tsp that can be predetermined by the control device μC in relation to a reference time t _0p with a light pulse duration t _dp . A control device μC of the quantum computer preferably controls the light source LD with the aid of a light source driver LDRV via a control data bus SDB. The light source driver LDRV supplies the light source LD with energy. This energy supply to the light source LED typically depends on control commands which the light source driver LDRV receives from the control device μC via the control data bus SDB. The radiant power of the pump radiation LB emitted by the light source LD typically depends on control commands which the light source driver LDRV receives from the control device μC via the control data bus SDB, and on one or more transmission signals S5. The light source LD is preferably a semiconductor laser. The light source LED is very particularly preferably a laser diode. The use of an LED (Light Emitting Diode) as the light source LD is but also conceivable. In the exemplary use of NV centers as paramagnetic centers NV1, NV2, NV3 in diamond as quantum dots of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC, the light from the light source LD used as pump radiation LB preferably has a wavelength in a wavelength range from 400 nm to 700 nm wavelength and/or or better 450 nm to 650 nm and/or better 500 nm to 550 nm and/or better 515 nm to 540 nm. In the course of developing the technical content of this document, a wavelength of 532 nm resulted in the electromagnetic radiation of the light source used as pump radiation LB LD good results. The light source LD preferably includes a laser, which is preferably a semiconductor laser. In the case of NV centers as paramagnetic centers in diamond as the substrate D, a laser diode from Osram of the type PLT5 520B with a wavelength of 520 nm has proven itself as an exemplary light source LD for irradiating the NV centers in diamond with pump radiation LB. The proposed quantum computer QC preferably includes the said light source driver LDRV, which controls the emission of the pump radiation LB by the light source LD.

A waveform generator WFG preferably controls the light source driver LDRV and thus the light source LD by means of a transmission signal S5. The waveform generator WFG generates the transmission signal S5, preferably synchronized in time with the radio frequency and microwave signals that the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG generates to generate largely freely definable waveforms (Arbitrary Wave Form Generator) and by means of a Microwave and / or radio wave antenna mWA radiates into the substrate D. The microwave and/or radio wave antenna mWA thus irradiates the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC in a fixed temporal phase relationship to the light pulses of the irradiation of the irradiation of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with pump radiation LB through the light source LD. Typically, the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG synchronizes the waveform generator WFG to the transmission signal S5, preferably to the transmission signal S5. This ensures that the phase relation between the radio and microwave signals of the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG on the one hand and the light pulses of the light source LD on the other hand is in a predeterminable phase relationship to one another. The computer core CPU of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC preferably sets the operating parameters of the waveform generator WFG and the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG according to the desired quantum operation in such a way that these determine the quantum states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the Can manipulate quantum computer QC and the nuclear quantum states of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC as intended.

The light source LD preferably comprises a photodetector. The system preferably comprises light source LD and light source driver LDRV and a regulator. The photodetector PD of the light source LD can be a photodiode, for example, which typically monitors the intensity of the pump radiation LB emitted by the light source LD. The controller is preferably part of the light source driver LDRV. The light source driver LDRV preferably drives the light source LD as a function of the transmission signal S5. The controller is preferably a P controller or better an I controller or better a PI controller or better a PID controller or a controller with a frequency-optimized frequency response of the gain of the open control loop or the loop gain. The controller preferably compares the value of the measurement signal of the photodetector of the light source LD with the transmission signal S5 of the waveform generator WFG. Depending on the result of the comparison of the value of the transmission signal S5 with the value of the measurement signal of the photodetector of the light source LD, the controller of the light source LD then readjusts the intensity of the pump radiation LB. The controller of the light source LD readjusts the intensity of the pump radiation LB, preferably by changing the driver power of the light source driver LDRV. As a result, in the ideal case in the steady state, the intensity of the pump radiation LB essentially corresponds to the value of the transmission signal S5, apart from control deviations. In the ideal case, the regulator of the light source driver LDRV has an analog-to-digital converter and a data interface to the internal control data bus SDB of the quantum computer QC. In this case, the controller and/or a control computer of the light source driver LDRV and/or a control computer of the light source LD can, for example via the control data bus SDB of the quantum computer QC, transmit the data transmitted by the controller of the light source driver LDRV of the light source LD and/or the control computer of the light source LD and/or or the regulator of the light source driver LDRV provides the control device μC of the quantum computer QC with the intensity values of the pump radiation LB detected. In this case, the controller and/or said control computer of the light source LD and/or the control computer of the light source LD can, for example via the control data bus SDB of the quantum computer QC, transmit the other operating parameters of the light source LD, for example by an analog-to-digital converter and/or or sensors within the Also make the light source LD and/or the light source driver LDRV available, such as the respective operating voltages, respective temperatures or the like, to the control device μC of the quantum computer QC. An amplifier of the light source LD and/or an amplifier of the light source driver LDRV preferably amplify the signal of the photodetector of the light source LD before, for example, the analog-to-digital converter of the controller of the light source driver LDRV converts this into a digital measurement signal for the controller of the light source driver LDRV Light source LD converts. The control device μC can configure, for example, the light source LD and/or the light source driver LDRV and their components via the control data bus SDB. Such configuration goals can be, for example but not limited to, the controller of the light source driver LDRV of the light source LD and its control parameters and/or the gain and/or the frequency response of the amplifier of the light source LD and/or the gain and/or the frequency response of the amplifier of the light source driver LDRV and be their parameters. The light source driver LDRV and the light source LD can form a unit. The light source driver LDRV and the light source LD can have one or more common control computers and/or one or more common analog-to-digital converters. For setting analog control parameters, the light source LD and/or the light source driver LD can have one or more digital-to-analog converters that provide analog control levels within the light source LD and/or the light source driver LD. The control device μC of the quantum computer QC preferably controls this digital-to-analog converter via the control data bus SDB. The possibly existing control computer of the light source LD and/or the possibly existing control computer of the LED driver LDRV can possibly also control the digital-to-analog converter.

optical system

The optical system OS preferably includes a confocal microscope. The light source LD emits the pump radiation LB. In the example of 1 the pump radiation LB passes through the dichroic mirror DBS. The optical system OS focuses the pump radiation LB on quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC in the focal point of the optical system OS. In this case, the optical system OS preferably uses its confocal microscope. The irradiation of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC typically causes the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC to emit fluorescence radiation FL. The optical system OS typically captures at least part of the fluorescence radiation FL of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The optical system OS feeds this detected fluorescence radiation FL to the photodetector PD via the dichroic mirror DBS. The dichroic mirror DBS or another device preferably separates the pump radiation LB and the fluorescence radiation FL from one another in such a way that essentially only fluorescence radiation FL preferably reaches the photodetector PD. Instead of a dichroic mirror DBS, the quantum computer QC proposed here can therefore also comprise a combination of a semitransparent mirror and an optical filter. In this case, the optical filter is then preferably arranged on the side of the photodetector PD relative to the semitransparent mirror. The optical filter then preferably lets radiation with the fluorescence wavelength λ _fl , the fluorescence radiation FL, pass through essentially unattenuated. In this case, the optical filter preferably essentially does not allow radiation with the pump radiation wavelength λ _pmp of the pump radiation LB to pass through. In the example of 1 the proposed quantum computer QC has a further semi-transparent or partially reflecting mirror STM. In the example of 1 the further semi-transparent or partially reflecting mirror STM divides part of the fluorescence radiation FL. The further semi-transparent or partially reflecting mirror STM feeds this divided fluorescence radiation FL to an exemplary first camera CM1. The first camera CM1 captures an image of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC emitting fluorescence radiation FL. About an exemplary first camera interface CIF and the control data bus SDB can in the example 1 the control device μC access the first camera CM1 and the captured image of the first camera CM1. For example, a user can access the image of the first camera CM1 via the external data bus EXTDB or another interface of the control device μC via the control computer μC and control parts of the quantum computer QC depending on the captured image of the first camera CM1. The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, query the captured image of the first camera CM1 via the control data bus SDB and then evaluate it or store it in a memory RAM, NVM or process it in some other way. For example, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can run an image processing program. For example, the computer core CPU of the control device µC or another suitable sub-device of the quantum computer QC can, for example by evaluating the image captured by the first camera CM1, determine a mechanical offset of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC in relation to the optical system OS and determine a Determine offset vector. Preferably correct the computer core CPU of the control device μC or the other suitable sub-device of the quantum computer QC this determined offset of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC compared to the optical system OS. For example, the computer core CPU of the control device μC or the other suitable sub-device of the quantum computer QC can eliminate the detected offset vector by means of a translational positioning device in the X direction XT and/or a translational positioning device in the Y direction YT. For this purpose, the translatory positioning device preferably moves the substrate D with the quantum ALU made of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or nuclear nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 in the X direction XT ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC in the x-direction in such a way that the X-component of the detected displacement vector preferably becomes substantially 0. For example, the control device μC can preferably control the translatory positioning device XT in the X direction via the control data bus SDB using an X control device GDX and query operating parameters of the positioning device XT in the X direction. For this purpose, the X control device GDX for the translatory positioning device XT in the X direction is preferably connected to the control data bus SDB. In this case, the computer core CPU of the control device μC or the other suitable partial device of the quantum computer QC preferably carries out a control algorithm which corresponds to a PI or PI controller or another suitable controller. Furthermore, the translatory positioning device preferably moves the substrate D with the quantum ALU made of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC in the Y-direction in such a way that the Y-component of the detected displacement vector preferably becomes substantially 0. For example, the control device μC can preferably control the translational positioning device YT in the Y direction via the control data bus SDB using a Y control device GDY for the translational positioning device YT in the Y direction and query operating parameters of the positioning device YT in the Y direction. For this purpose, the Y control device GDY for the translational positioning device YT in the Y direction is preferably connected to the control data bus SDB. In this case, the computer core CPU of the control device μC or the other suitable partial device of the quantum computer QC preferably carries out a control algorithm which corresponds to a PI or PI controller or another suitable controller. Furthermore, the translatory positioning device preferably moves the substrate D with the quantum ALU made of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC in the Z-direction such that the Z-component of the detected displacement vector preferably becomes substantially 0.

For example, the control device μC can preferably control the translational positioning device ZT in the Z direction via the control data bus SDB using a Y control device GDZ for the translational positioning device ZT in the Z direction and query operating parameters of the positioning device ZT in the Z direction. For this purpose, the Z control device GDZ for the translatory positioning device ZT in the Z direction is preferably connected to the control data bus SDB. In this case, the computer core CPU of the control device μC or the other suitable partial device of the quantum computer QC preferably carries out a control algorithm which corresponds to a PI or PI controller or another suitable controller. The quantum computer QC preferably also has a device for refocusing. For example, the optical system OS can include a sub-device that allows the optical system OS to be displaced in the Z direction relative to the substrate D. The computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably control this sub-device for shifting the optical system OS in the Z-direction via the control data bus STB. The computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably access operating parameters of this sub-device for shifting the optical system OS in the Z direction via the control data bus STB and preferably automatically focus the confocal microscope of the optical system OS. The computer core CPU of the control device μC preferably readjusts the distance between the optical system OS and the substrate D via the control data bus STB in a manner dependent on the image captured by the first camera CM1, using this sub-device to shift the optical system OS in the Z-direction that the focus of the recorded images of the first camera is on the fluorescent quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and also remains in the event of mechanical disturbances. If the control device µC reduces or suppresses the fluorescence radiation FL of such quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC too far by manipulating the quantum state of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC, the control device µC takes into account the fluorescence radiation FL of this Quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC are no longer preferred for the duration of this state of these quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC in the position control of the substrate D in relation to the optical system OS or in the focus success of the optical system OS. If the control device μC enables or increases the fluorescence radiation FL of such quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC to a sufficient extent by manipulating the quantum state of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC, the control device μC takes into account the fluorescence radiation FL these quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC are preferred again for the duration of this state of these quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC when controlling the position of the substrate D in relation to the optical system OS or when controlling the focus of the optical system OS. The proposed quantum computer QC thus preferably includes one or more control loops for stabilizing the spatial position of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC relative to the focal point of the optical system OS and possibly preferably one or more control loops to stabilize the focus of the optical system OS on the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the Quantum computer QC and/or the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC of the substrate D.

If necessary, the control device μC readjusts the light source LD and/or the light source driver LDRV depending on the captured image of the first camera CM1. For this purpose, the light source driver LDRV is preferably connected to the control data bus SDB. The computer core CPU can then control the light source driver LDRV via this control data bus STB and preferably query its operating parameters. It is conceivable that the proposed quantum computer QC comprises an optical monitoring device within the light source LD and/or within the light source driver LDRV, for example a monitor photodiode with a monitor diode evaluation device associated with this monitor photodiode, which monitors the intensity of the emission of the pump radiation LB of the light source LD and its parameters recorded. The computer core CPU of the control device μC can then read out these recorded parameters, preferably via the control data bus SDB. The control device µC and/or said optical monitoring device of the light source LD and/or the light source driver LDRV and/or another partial device of the quantum computer QC can then determine the intensity of the emission of the pump radiation LB of the light source LD, for example as a function of the value of the transmission signal S5 or a adjust other parameters specified by you.

The photodetector PD detects the fluorescence radiation FL of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The photodetector PD converts the detected fluorescence radiation FL into a receiver output signal S0. An amplifier V preferably amplifies and/or filters the receiver output signal S0. The amplifier V preferably amplifies and/or filters the receiver output signal S0 as a function of the transmission signal S5. The amplifier V preferably comprises one or more analog-to-digital converters. The computer core CPU of the control device can preferably request values from these analog-to-digital converters via the control data bus SDB. An analog-to-digital converter ADCV of the amplifier, in cooperation with an internal amplifier IVV of the amplifier V, preferably converts the receiver output signal S0 into measured values of samples of the receiver output signal S0. The amplifier V is preferably connected to the control data bus SDB for this purpose. The computer core CPU of the control device STV can preferably set and/or query operating parameters of the amplifier V via the control data bus SDB. These operating parameters can be, for example, the amplification and/or filter parameters of a filter that the amplifier V carries out.

Microwave control MW/RF-AWFG, mWA

The proposed quantum computer QC preferably comprises one or more devices MW/RF-AWFG, mWA for generating an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or at the respective location of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the quantum computer QC nuclear quantum bits. For example, such a device MW / RF-AWFG, mWA for generating an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and / or at the respective location of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC one or more microwave/radio frequency generators with preferably freely selectable waveform MW/RF-AWFG and one or more via one or more waveguides antennas connected to these include mWA. These antennas mWA then generate said electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or at the respective location of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ the nuc lear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. A simple wire can already serve as an antenna mWA if the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC are arranged at a sufficiently small distance from the wire. Said electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or at the respective location of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC depends on the output signals of the one or more microwave/radio frequency generators, each with a preferably freely selectable waveform MW/RF-AWFG. The control device µC preferably controls the one or more devices MW/RF-AWFG, mWA via the control data bus SDB to generate an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or at the respective location of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 1 , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , _{CI3 2 ,} CI3 ₃ of the quantum computer QC nuclear quantum bits. The transmission signal S5 preferably synchronizes the generation of the electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or at the respective location of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC by the one or more devices MW/RF-AWFG, mWA for generating an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and /or at the respective location of the nuclear quantum points CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. For example, the transmission signal S5 can generate the electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or at the respective location of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC by the one or more devices MW/RF-AWFG, mWA for generating an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and /or at the respective location of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with the light source driver LDRV and thus with the emission of Synchronize the pump radiation LB of the light source LD.

Control device µC

The quantum computer QC preferably includes the already mentioned control device μC with the computer core CPU. The control device μC is preferably a conventional digital computer in Von Neumann or Harvard architecture. The control device μC preferably includes a computer core CPU and preferably one or more data and program memories RAM NVM. For example, it can be an ARM controller. For example, the computer core CPU can be an ARM Cortex-A78AE for safety-critical applications. The ARM-Cortex-A78AE is characterized by including supporting device parts and functions to meet the ISO 26262 ASIL Band ASIL D safety requirements. The document presented here therefore proposes providing a computer core CPU in certain cases, which supports device parts and functions to meet the ISO 26262 ASIL volume ASIL D safety requirements or functionally equivalent standards such as IEC 61508 and/or IEC 62061:2021, EN 61511, EN 50129, EN 62304, US RTCA DO-178B, US RTCA DO-254, EUROCAE ED-12B. The data and program memory RAM NVM or the plurality of data and program memories RAM NVM can be designed entirely or partially as a non-volatile memory NVM and/or entirely or partially as a volatile memory RAM. The data and program memory of the control device μC can be read-only in whole or in part and write/readable in whole or in part. The data and program memory RAM NVM can include, for example, a RAM, an SRAM, a DRAM, a ROM, an EEPROM, a PROM, a flash memory and/or memories functionally equivalent thereto. The control device μC can include a bootstrap device for loading the start program into the data and program memory. The data and program memory RAM NVM of the control device μC can include a BIOS. The data and program memory RAM NVM of the control device μC can include a data memory and/or a program memory. The computer core CPU of the control device μC can include a data interface DBIF for communication with other computer systems, in particular with a higher-level central control unit ZSE and with user interfaces. This data interface DBIF can be wired and/or wireless. The document presented here refers to the relevant literature on data networks.

Control tasks of the control device µC

The control device μC of the proposed quantum computer QC preferably also controls the intensity and modulation of the pump radiation LB and intensity modulation by means of its computer core μC the light source LD. For this purpose, for example, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can control the time course of the intensity of the pump radiation LB emitted by the light source LD. The intensity profile over time of the pump radiation LB of the light source LD is preferably pulse-modulated. The computer core CPU of the control device μC controls the light source LED by means of the waveform generator WFG via the light source driver LDRV. The computer core CPU of the control device μC preferably controls the intensity I _p and/or the time position t _sp of the pulses and/or the time duration t _dp of the pulses of the pulsed pump radiation LB of the light source LD. The computer core CPU of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC can thus determine the states of the quantum dots NV1 via this intensity I _p of the pulses of the pump radiation LB and via the temporal position t _sp of the pulses of the pump radiation LB and via the temporal duration t _dp of the pulses of the pump radiation LB , NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the proposed quantum computer QC affect. The computer core CPU of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC can therefore use this intensity I _p of the pulses of the pump radiation LB and the time position t _sp of the pulses of the pump radiation LB and the time duration t _dp of the pulses of the pump radiation LB to determine the states of quantum dots Couple NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum dots of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with each other. The device synchronizes these pulses of the pump radiation LB, for example by means of the computer core CPU of the control device μC and/or by means of suitable synchronizations and/or by means of synchronization signals with microwave and/or Radio signals for controlling the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the Quantum Computer's QC. Such a synchronization signal can be the transmission signal S5. These microwave and/or radio signals generated by the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG also affect the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC, depending on the state of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC . By influencing the states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the proposed quantum computer QC in this way, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can typically also determine the states of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC affect and possibly the states of nuclear nuclear quantum points CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear Couple quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with states of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. By influencing the states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC of the proposed quantum computer QC, the computer core CPU of the control device µC can typically also influence the states of the nuclear quantum dots CI1, CI2, CI3 of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and, if necessary, couple the states of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC.

Said computer core CPU of the control device µC preferably controls the one or more devices MW/RF-AWFG, mWA to generate an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and at the respective location of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. These one or more devices MW/RF-AWFG, mWA for generating an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and at the respective location of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC preferably generate one or more possibly overlapping electromagnetic fields at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and at the respective location of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , _{CI1 3} , CI2 1 , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. These electromagnetic fields are preferably designed in such a way that they have a suitable frequency, in particular a microwave and/or radio wave frequency, f _HF , which is typically modulated with a time envelope curve in pulse form. The generation of the pulses of these pulsed electromagnetic fields with microwave and/or radio wave frequency f _HF is preferably synchronized in time with the generation of the pulses of the pump radiation LB of the light source LED, for example via the transmission signal S5. Such a pulse of these pulsed electromagnetic fields with microwave and/or radio wave frequency f _HF preferably begins at a pulse start time t _spHF relative to the reference time t _0HF and preferably has a pulse duration t _dHF . Said computer core CPU of the control device µC preferably controls both the one or more devices MW/RF-AWFG for generating the said electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and at the respective location of the nuclear nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 1 , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , _{CI3 2 ,} CI3 ₃ of the quantum computer QC nuclear quantum bits. Preferably the Said computer core CPU of the control device µC inputs the frequency of the electromagnetic field f _HF , which the one or more devices MW/RF-AWFG for generating an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and am generate the respective location of the nuclear quantum points CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 _{1 , CI2 2 ,} CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. Said computer core CPU preferably also provides the control device μC with a pulse start time t _spHF relative to the reference time t _0HF and, if necessary, a pulse duration t _dHF of a temporal envelope curve of the emission of an electromagnetic field by the one or more devices MW/RF-AWFG for generation an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and at the respective location of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC in pulse form. In addition, said computer core CPU of the control device μC preferably also sets the amplitude I _pHF of this pulse, which these devices MW/RF-AWFG, mWA generate.

In addition, the computer core CPU of the control device μC optionally controls other functions of the quantum computer QC and its sub-devices and methods. The quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and the pairs of two quantum dots of two quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and the pairs of one quantum dot of one quantum bit of the quantum computer QC and one nuclear quantum dot of a nuclear quantum bit of the quantum computer QC typically have different resonance frequencies f _HF up. The reasons for this are, firstly, the different spatial distances between the quantum dots within the various pairs of two quantum dots and, secondly, the different spatial distances within the various pairs of a quantum dot and a nuclear quantum dot assigned to this quantum dot. The computer core CPU of the control device μC preferably measures these resonant frequencies f _HF at the start of operation and/or while still in the manufacturing facility in a test run or trial operation. To do this, use the means described above. At this point, the writing presented here expressly refers to the writing again DE 10 2020 125 189 A1 . The computer core CPU of the control device μC stores the resonant frequency values determined in this way, preferably in a memory NVM of the control device μC, as stored resonant frequencies. This memory is preferably a non-volatile memory NVM. This has the advantage that this determination of the resonant frequencies by a scanning process with a typically step-by-step tuning of the frequency f _HF is then necessary less frequently and is not necessary every time the quantum computer QC is restarted. During operation, the computer core CPU of the control device µC uses these resonant frequencies stored in the memory NVM of the control device µC in order to set the frequency f _HF of the electromagnetic field to be generated in such a way that one or more devices MW/RF-AWFG, mWA are targeted for generating an electromagnetic field the state of a very specific quantum dot of a very specific quantum bit of the quantum computer QC and/or specifically the state of a very specific pair of quantum dots and/or a very specific pair of a quantum dot and a nuclear quantum dot can specifically affect the states of a very specific group of quantum dots. At this point, the writing presented here expressly refers to the writing again DE 10 2020 125 189 A1 .

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably control the light source driver LDRV via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB and read out operating parameters of the light source driver LDRV such as internal temperatures, internal supply voltages etc.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably control the light source LD and read operating parameters of the light source LD, such as temperature, light emission intensity, etc., via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably control the waveform generator WFG and read operating parameters of the waveform generator WFG via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably control the amplifier V via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB and read out operating parameters of the amplifier V, such as gains and/or filter parameters.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably use the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB to transmit the analog-to-digital converter ADCV of the amplifier V and by the amplifier V amplified and filtered measured values of the receiver output signal S0 of the photodetector PD and read out. If possible, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably configure the photodetector PD via the internal data interface MDBIF and, if necessary, read out further operating parameters, such as a bias voltage or a temperature, or set the bias voltage.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably configure and read out the first camera CM1 via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB and a first camera interface CIF. The first camera CM1 preferably captures an image of the substrate D. The first camera CM1 preferably captures an image of the distribution of the fluorescence radiation FL of the substrate D and preferably transmits this image to the computer core CPU of the control device μC. The first camera CM1 thus preferably captures an image of the distribution of the fluorescence radiation FL of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC of the substrate D and preferably transmits this image to the computer core CPU of the control device μC. The computer core CPU of the control device μC can thus control the first camera CM1 and read out operating parameters and data from the camera CM1.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can control the X control device GDX for the translatory positioning device XT in the X direction, preferably via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB, and can read out operating parameters of the X control device GDX and adjust them if necessary.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably control the Y control device GDY for the translatory positioning device YT in the Y direction via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB and read out operating parameters of the Y control device GDY and adjust them if necessary.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably control the Z control device GDZ for the translatory positioning device ZT in the Z direction via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB and can read out operating parameters of the Z control device GDZ and adjust them if necessary.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably control the translational positioning device XT in the X direction via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB and via the X control device GDX and read out operating parameters of the translational positioning device XT in the X direction and adjust them if necessary.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably control the translational positioning device YT in the Y direction via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB and via the Y control device GDY and read out operating parameters of the translational positioning device YT in the Y direction and adjust them if necessary.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably control the translational positioning device ZT in the Z direction via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB and via the Z control device GDZ and read out operating parameters of the translational positioning device ZT in the Z direction and adjust them if necessary.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC preferably detects the position of the substrate D relative to the optical system OS. The computer core CPU of the control device µC can, for example and preferably via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB and via the first camera interface CIF and the first camera CIM1, preferably detect this position of the substrate D relative to the optical system OS and changes in this position of the substrate D relative to the optical system OS by means of the Y control device GDY and the translational positioning device YT in the Y direction and by means of the X control device GDX and the translational positioning device XT in the X direction and by means of the Z control device GDZ and the translational positioning device ZT in the Z Correct direction so that these corrections undo these changes in this position of the substrate D relative to the optical system OS.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably read out and optionally configure a temperature sensor ST via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably reconfigure or operate differently one or more device parts of the quantum computer QC depending on the temperature detected by the temperature sensor ST via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB. In particular, the computer core CPU of the control device µC can operate one or more fans of the quantum computer QC or functionally equivalent cooling devices such as water or oil coolers with corresponding coolant circuits or change their operating parameters in such a way that the temperature recorded by the temperature sensor TS remains within a specified temperature range. The proposed quantum computer QC can have one or more temperature sensors TS and one or more coolant circuits and/or one or more fans. All suitable fluids can be used as coolants. Air, water and oil are particularly preferred. The cooling typically serves to dissipate the waste heat from device parts of the quantum computer QC. Typically, a target temperature in the range of 0°C to 50°C is preferred. A military temperature range of -40°C to 125°C seems reasonable for military applications. Instead of a cooling device, the quantum computer QC can also have a heater for air conditioning purposes, in which case the computer core CPU of the control device µC can then control this heater, preferably via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB, depending on the temperature recorded by the temperature sensor ST, such that inside the quantum computer QC exceeds a minimum temperature. For example, the heating may be electrical, chemical, or thermonuclear.

The computer core CPU of the control device µC preferably detects the position of the substrate D relative to the optical system OS and the position of a permanent magnet PM relative to the substrate D. The computer core CPU of the control device µC can, for example and preferably, via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB and via the second camera interface CIF2 and the second camera CIM2 preferably capture this position of the substrate D relative to the optical system OS and the position of a permanent magnet PM relative to the substrate D, for example in the side view.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably configure and read out the second camera CM2 via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB and the second camera interface CIF2. The second camera CM2 preferably captures an image of the substrate D relative to the optical system OS and the position of a permanent magnet PM relative to the substrate D, for example in the side view. For this purpose, a light LM with a light source preferably illuminates the area that the second camera CM2 is intended to capture. The second camera CM2 preferably captures this image and preferably transmits this image to the computer core CPU of the control device μC. The computer core CPU of the control device μC can thus control the second camera CM2 and read out operating parameters and data from the second camera CM2. This second camera CM2 makes it possible to remotely monitor and check the positioning process and the positioning of the substrate D with respect to the optical system OS by means of the translational positioning device XT in the X direction and the translational positioning device YT in the Y direction and, if necessary, the positioning process and observing and checking the positioning of the substrate D relative to a permanent magnet PM by means of the positioning device PV of this permanent magnet PM, without having to check the housing of the quantum computer QC. The second camera CM2 preferably transmits the image of the observed image area via the second camera interface CIF2, the control data bus SDB, the internal data interface MDBIF, the internal data bus INTDB of the control device µC, the computer core CPU of the control device µC, the external data interface DBIF of the control device µC and the external data bus EXTDB to a higher-level control unit ZSE or another computer that has a suitable man-machine interface. This man-machine interface can have a screen and a keyboard or the like, so that an operator of the quantum computer QC can make inputs here for controlling device parts of the quantum computer QC or the quantum computer QC as a whole. This or another human-machine interface can be used to display calculation results from the quantum computer QC and/or status reports from the quantum computer QC, in particular from the computer core CPU of the control device µC and/or operating parameters and/or status reports from device parts of the quantum computer QC. In particular, the human-machine interface can display images and/or video sequences from the first camera CM1 and/or the second camera CM2. These images and/or video sequences can be previously processed for display by the computer core CPU of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC or a computer that is connected to the quantum computer QC via the external data bus EXTDB. The computer can be a central control unit ZSE. For example, they can be false color images, image sections and distorted images and videos or the like.

The first camera CM1 and/or the second camera CM2 need not necessarily be RGB cameras. Rather, they can also be sensitive to radiation that is not visible to humans. The first camera CM1 and/or the second camera CM2 can also be multispectral cameras in order, for example, to be able to optimally observe the fluorescence radiation FL of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The first camera CM1 preferably comprises imaging optics and an imaging photodetector circuit, for example a CCD sensor IC, and camera evaluation electronics which are coupled to the first camera interface CIF. The second camera CM2 preferably includes second imaging optics and a second imaging photodetector circuit, for example a second CCD sensor IC, and second camera evaluation electronics which are coupled to the second camera interface CIF2.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably control a control device PVC for a positioning device PV of the permanent magnet PM via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB and read out and, if necessary, modify operating parameters of the control device PVC for a positioning device PV of the permanent magnet PM.

For example, the computer core CPU of the control device µC can detect changes in the position of the substrate D relative to the optical system OS and the position of a permanent magnet PM relative to the substrate D, for example in the side view, preferably via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB, and detect such changes in the position of the Permanent magnets PM compensate again relative to the substrate D by means of a positioning device PV of the permanent magnet PV. For this purpose, the computer core CPU of the control device μC preferably uses the control device PVC for a positioning device PV of the permanent magnet PM. The computer core CPU of the control device μC can thereby preferably control the positioning device PV of the permanent magnet PM via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB by means of the control device PVC and read out operating parameters of the positioning device PV and modify them if necessary. In particular, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control and change the position of the permanent magnet PM via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB using the positioning device PV. The computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably detect changes in the position of the permanent magnet PM relative to the substrate D using the second camera CM2 and compensate again using the positioning device PV.

The proposed quantum computer QC thus comprises first means (CM1, CM2) to detect changes in the arrangement of device parts (OS, D, PM) relative to one another, and second means (XT, YT, PV) to undo the detected changes. The first means can also include functionally equivalent sensors, in particular position sensors. The second means can also include other functionally equivalent actuators.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB, control and control a microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG to generate largely freely definable waveforms (Arbitrary Wave Form Generator). Read out operating parameters and adjust if necessary. In particular, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably program or set the waveforms generated by the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB, or read out the set waveform.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably set and configure the microwave and/or radio wave antenna mWA via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB and/or read out such a configuration of the microwave and/or radio wave antenna mWA. The microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG typically controls the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG with the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG waveforms generated by the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG at. The microwave and/or radio wave antenna mWA irradiates the substrate D with the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with the electromagnetic radiation corresponding to the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG waveforms of the microwave and/or or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG.

As a result, the electromagnetic radiation manipulates the quantum state of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and the core quantum dots according to the waveforms of the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG generated by the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC in the substrate D. This allows the computer core CPU of the control device μC, for example via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB the quantum state of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC in the substrate D. The computer core CPU of the control device µC can typically use the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB by means of the waveform generator WFG and the light source driver LDRV and the light source LD, but also in a different way the quantum state of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and the Manipulate nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , _{CI1 3} , CI2 1 , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC in the substrate D.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB, have a cooling device KV of the substrate D and possibly in the 1 control non-illustrated auxiliary devices of the cooling device KV of the substrate D and record and read their status information. The auxiliary device for the cooling device KV of the substrate D can, for example, be what is known as a closed-loop helium gas cooling system HeCLCS, which uses helium as a coolant. The computer core CPU of the control device μC can control the closed loop helium gas cooling system HeCLCS, for example, preferably via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB. For example, this coolant can flow through a cooling surface as a cooling device KV, with the substrate D being fastened in a thermally conductive manner on the surface of the cooling surface serving as the cooling device KV, and with the substrate thereby being cooled by the closed-loop helium gas cooling system HeCLCS. Preferably, the translational positioning device XT in the X direction and the translational positioning device YT in the Y direction position the combination of the cooling device KV and substrate D.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control a charging device LDV via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB and read out operating parameters and data from the charging device LDV. Such an operating parameter can be, for example, the voltage value of the mains voltage of the electrical supply network that supplies the charging device LDV with electrical energy.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control a separating device TS via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB and read out operating parameters and data from the separating device TS. For example, the computer core CPU of the control device µC can disconnect the outputs of the charging device LDV from the first energy reserve BENG and/or the second energy reserve BENG2, so that firstly the first energy reserve BENG and/or the second energy reserve BENG2 is no longer charged with electrical energy and secondly Secondly, it does not disturb the other parts of the quantum computer or only disturbs it to a much lesser extent. For example, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can connect the outputs of the charging device LDV to the first energy reserve BENG and/or to the second energy reserve BENG2, so that it charges the first energy reserve BENG and/or the second energy reserve BENG2 with electrical energy.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control the first energy reserve BENG and/or read operating parameters and data from the first energy reserve BENG via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB. For example, the first energy reserve BENG can include a number of sub-modules which the computer core CPU of the control device μC monitors. For example, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can record the temperature of these sub-modules and/or the pressure in these sub-modules and/or the state of charge of these sub-modules. For this purpose, the first energy reserve BENG preferably includes suitable sensors, the values of which can be recorded by the computer core CPU of the control device μC. In the event of an error, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can thereby detect this error in the recorded parameters of these submodules and switch out faulty submodules from the group and bridge the resulting gap. The document presented here understands defective sub-modules and/or sub-modules with malfunctions and/or sub-modules that are presumably defective and/or presumably have malfunctions to be defective. For this purpose, the first energy reserve BENG preferably includes suitable switches and/or changeover switches, the switching state of which can be influenced by the computer core CPU of the control device μC.

In this way, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably influence the energy supply of a first energy conditioning device SRG.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control the first energy processing device SRG via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB and/or record and read operating parameters and data of the first energy processing device SRG. In this way, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can typically monitor and control the energy supply of the remaining device parts of the quantum computer QC.

If DMA accesses from the other device parts of the quantum computer QC are permitted, they can, for example, preferably via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB by means of a DMA access to the control device µC and/or the memory RAM, NVM of the control device µC and/or the the computer core CPU and/or the control device μC and the data interface DBIF and the external data bus EXTDB access devices outside of the quantum computer QC.

The possibly existing internal control computers of device parts of the quantum computer QC can, for example, preferably communicate via the control device μC and the data interface DBIF and the external data bus EXTDB with devices outside of the quantum computer QC and exchange data with these external devices. Such external devices can be, for example, control units of a motor vehicle or the like. In particular, data exchange with the Internet or a comparable data network with a large number of computer systems is conceivable. These computer systems can include, for example, a central control unit ZSE of a quantum computer system QUSYS, part of which can be the quantum computer QC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can read and write data to the volatile memory RAM of the control device μC. Typically, the data content of the volatile memory RAM includes program data and/or operating data and/or program instructions.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can read the data of the non-volatile memory NVM of the control device μC. The non-volatile memory NVM of the control device μC preferably includes a writable non-volatile memory such as a flash memory. Typically, the data content of the non-volatile memory NVM includes program data and/or operational data and/or program instructions. The data content of a non-volatile and writable memory NVM preferably includes the parameters of the resonant frequencies for driving the nuclear quantum bits CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ .

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, read and/or write data to the memory RAM, NVM of the control device μC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably access a higher-level computer system, for example a central control unit ZSE and/or the control devices of other quantum computers QC1 to QC16, via the data interface DBIF and the external data bus EXTDB.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can access the control data bus SDB via the internal data interface MDBIF and other device parts of the quantum computer QC via this control data bus SDB.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control the light source driver LDRV and/or read out operating parameters and data of the light source driver LDRV via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB. The control data can include, for example, the light intensity and other adjustable operating parameters. The data that the computer core CPU of the control device μC can read from the light source driver LDRV via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can include, for example, current levels, internal values, electrical voltages, operating temperatures, identification data such as the serial number, etc. and values derived from them. In this way, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can typically monitor and control the light source driver LDRV of the quantum computer QC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control and/or the waveform generator WFG via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB Read out operating parameters and data of the waveform generator WFG. The control data can include, for example, the data of the waveform to be generated of the transmission signal S5 of the waveform generator WFG and/or the speed/frequency of the generation of the predetermined waveform of the generated transmission signal S5 of the waveform generator WFG and other adjustable operating parameters of the waveform generator WFG. The data that the computer core CPU of the control device μC can read from the waveform generator WFG via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can include, for example, current levels, internal values, electrical voltages, operating temperatures, identification data such as the serial number, etc. and values derived from them. Typically, this allows the computer core CPU of the control device μC to monitor and control the waveform generator WFG of the quantum computer QC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control the amplifier V and/or read operating parameters and data from the amplifier V via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB. The control data can include, for example, the gain and/or filter parameters of the amplifier V and other adjustable operating parameters of the amplifier V. The data that the computer core CPU of the control device μC can read out of the amplifier V via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can include, for example, internal current levels, internal values, electrical voltages, operating temperatures, identification data such as the serial number, etc. and values derived therefrom. Typically, this allows the computer core CPU of the control device μC to monitor and control the amplifier V of the quantum computer QC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control the photodetector PD via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB and/or read operating parameters and data from the photodetector PD. The control data can be, for example, the gain and/or filter parameters of a control circuit that may be present and integrated in the photodetector PD, which controls the actual photon-sensitive element of the photodetector PD and captures the values relevant for the detection of photons and converts them into a readable signal. The data that the computer core CPU of the control device μC can read out from the photodetector PD via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can include, for example, internal current levels, internal values, electrical voltages, operating temperatures, identification data such as the serial number, etc. and values derived from them. Typically, this allows the computer core CPU of the control device μC to monitor and control the photodetector PD of the quantum computer QC. In the simplest case, however, it can also be a completely passive photodetector PD without any intelligence, which only transfers an analog output signal to the amplifier V.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control the first camera CM1 and/or read operating parameters and data of the first camera CM1 via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB and a first camera interface CIF. The control data can include, for example, operating parameters of the first camera CM1 such as brightness, contrast, color settings, apertures, focus, etc. of the first camera CM1 and other adjustable operating parameters of the first camera CM1. The data that the computer core CPU of the control device μC can read out from the first camera CM1 via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can, for example, be the image data, internal current levels, internal values, electrical voltages, operating temperatures, identification data such as the serial number, etc. and from it include derived values. In this way, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can typically monitor and control the first camera CM1 of the quantum computer QC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control the first camera interface CIF and/or read operating parameters and data from the first camera interface CIF via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB. The control data can include, for example, operating parameters of the first camera interface CIF such as memory depth, DMA access parameters and other adjustable operating parameters of the first camera interface CIF. The data that the computer core CPU of the control device μC can read out from the first camera interface CIF via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can, for example, be the image data of the first camera CM1, internal current levels, internal values of electrical voltages, operating temperatures, identification data such as the serial number etc. and values derived therefrom.

In this way, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can typically monitor and control the first camera interface CIF of the quantum computer QC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control the second camera CM2 and/or read operating parameters and data of the second camera CM2 via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB and a second camera interface CIF2. The control data can include, for example, operating parameters of the second camera CM2 such as brightness, contrast, color settings, apertures, focus, etc. of the second camera CM2 and other adjustable operating parameters of the second camera CM2. The data that the computer core CPU of the control device μC can read out from the second camera CM2 via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can, for example, be the image data, internal current levels, internal values, electrical voltages, operating temperatures, identification data such as the serial number, etc. and from it include derived values. In this way, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can typically monitor and control the second camera CM2 of the quantum computer QC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control the second camera interface CIF2 and/or read operating parameters and data from the second first camera interface CIF2 via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB. The control data can include, for example, operating parameters of the second camera interface CIF2 such as memory depth, DMA access parameters and other adjustable operating parameters of the second first camera interface CIF2. The data that the computer core CPU of the control device μC can read out from the second camera interface CIF2 via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can, for example, be the image data of the second camera CM2, internal current levels, internal values of electrical voltages, operating temperatures, identification data such as the serial number etc. and values derived therefrom. In this way, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can typically monitor and control the second camera interface CIF2 of the quantum computer QC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB, control a lamp with a lamp LM for illuminating the field of view of the second camera CM2 and/or read out operating parameters and data of the lamp with the lamp LM. The control data can include, for example, operating parameters of the lamp with the light source LM such as brightness, alignment and other adjustable operating parameters of the lamp with the light source LM. The data that the computer core CPU of the control device µC can read out from the lamp with the lamp LM via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can include internal currents, internal values, electrical voltages, operating temperatures, identification data such as the serial number, etc. and values derived from them include. Typically, this allows the computer core CPU of the control device μC to monitor and control the lamp with the light source LM of the quantum computer QC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control one or more temperature sensors ST and/or read out operating parameters and data from the one or more temperature sensors ST via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB. The control data can include, for example, operating parameters of the one or more temperature sensors ST and other adjustable operating parameters of the one or more temperature sensors ST. The data that the computer core CPU of the control device μC can read out from the one or more temperature sensors ST via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can include temperature data, internal current levels, internal values, electrical voltages, operating temperatures, identification data such as the serial number, etc values derived therefrom. Typically, this allows the computer core CPU of the control device μC to monitor and control the one or more temperature sensors ST of the quantum computer QC and of the quantum computer QC itself.

The one temperature sensor ST or the multiple temperature sensors ST can include, for example, NTC resistors, PTC resistors, PN junctions, thermocouples (e.g. platinum/rhodium thermocouples) or the like and/or evaluation electronics as temperature-sensitive sensor elements.

If the quantum computer QC is to be used in hot or very cold environments, the quantum computer QC can have one or more heating devices and/or cooling devices for the quantum computer QC as a whole. If the quantum computer QC is to be used in hot or very cold environments, the computer core CPU of the control device µC can then, for example, preferably via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB, these one or more heating devices for the quantum computer QC and/or these one or more cooling devices for the quantum computer QC as a whole and/or control operating parameters and data thereof read out one or more heating devices and/or cooling devices for the quantum computer QC. The control data may include, for example, operating parameters of the one or more heaters and/or one or more coolers for the quantum computer QC and other adjustable operating parameters of the one or more heaters and/or coolers for the quantum computer QC. The data that the computer core CPU of the control device μC can read out from the one or more heating devices and/or cooling devices for the quantum computer QC via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can include temperature data, internal current levels, internal values, electrical voltages, operating temperatures, Identification data such as the serial number etc. and values derived therefrom include. Typically, this allows the computer core CPU of the control device μC to monitor and control the one or more heating devices and/or cooling devices for the quantum computer QC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB, control the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG to generate largely freely definable waveforms and/or operating parameters and data of the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator Read MW/RF-AWFG. The control data can be, for example, operating parameters of the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG such as waveform, wave frequency, amplitude and time delay compared to a synchronization signal, such as the transmission signal S5, and other adjustable operating parameters of the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF -AWFG include. The data that the computer core CPU of the control device μC can read out from the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can include internal current levels, internal values, electrical voltages, operating temperatures, identification data such as the serial number etc. and values etc. derived therefrom. In this way, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can typically monitor and control the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG of the quantum computer QC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB and via the magnetic field controllers MFSx, MFSy, MFSz control the magnetic field sensors MSx, MSy, MSz and/or read out operating parameters and data from the magnetic field sensors MSx, MSy, MSz. The control data can include, for example, operating parameters of the magnetic field sensors MSx, MSy, MSz such as sensitivity, current flow and other adjustable operating parameters of the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG. The data that the processor core CPU of the control device µC can read out from the magnetic field sensors MSx, MSy, MSz via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can include the measured magnetic field values, internal current strengths, internal values of electrical voltages, operating temperatures, identification data such as the serial number, etc. and values etc. derived therefrom. In this way, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can typically monitor and control the magnetic field sensors MSx, MSy, MSz of the quantum computer QC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control the first magnetic field controller MFSx and/or read operating parameters and data of the first magnetic field controller MFSx via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB. The control data can include, for example, operating parameters of the first magnetic field controller MFSx such as the strength of the magnetic flux density B _x to be set in the direction of the first direction, the energizing of the first magnetic field generator MGx to be set and other adjustable operating parameters of the first magnetic field controller MFSx. The data that the computer core CPU of the control device μC can read out from the first magnetic field controller MFSx via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can include the measured magnetic field values, internal current strengths, internal values of electrical voltages, operating temperatures, identification data such as the serial number, etc. and derived data Values etc. include. In this way, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can typically monitor and control the first magnetic field control MFSx of the quantum computer QC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control the second magnetic field controller MFSy and/or read operating parameters and data of the second magnetic field controller MFSy via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB. The control data can, for example, operating parameters of the second magnetic field control MFSy such as the strength of the magnetic flux density B _y to be set in the direction of the second direction, the current to be set to the second magnetic field generating means MGy and other adjustable operating parameters include second magnetic field control MFSy. The data that the computer core CPU of the control device μC can read out from the second magnetic field controller MFSy via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can include the measured magnetic field values, internal current strengths, internal values of electrical voltages, operating temperatures, identification data such as the serial number, etc. and derived data Values etc. include. In this way, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can typically monitor and control the second magnetic field control MFSy of the quantum computer QC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control the third magnetic field controller MFSz and/or read out operating parameters and data of the third magnetic field controller MFSz via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB. The control data can include, for example, operating parameters of the third magnetic field control MFSz such as the strength of the magnetic flux density B _z to be set in the direction of the third direction, the energization to be set of the third magnetic field generating means MGy and other adjustable operating parameters of the third magnetic field control MFSz. The data that the computer core CPU of the control device μC can read out from the third magnetic field controller MFSz via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can include the measured magnetic field values, internal current strengths, internal values of electrical voltages, operating temperatures, identification data such as the serial number, etc. and derived data Values etc. include. In this way, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can typically monitor and control the third magnetic field control MFSz of the quantum computer QC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control the first energy processing device SRG and/or read operating parameters and data of the first energy processing device SRG via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB. The control data can include, for example, operating parameters of the first energy processing device SRG such as the voltage values to be supplied to other device parts and maximum current intensities and other adjustable operating parameters of the first energy processing device SRG. The data that the computer core CPU of the control device μC can read out from the first energy processing device SRG via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can include internal current levels, internal values, electrical voltages, operating temperatures, identification data such as the serial number, etc. and values, etc. include. In this way, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can typically monitor and control the first energy processing device SRG of the quantum computer QC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control the second energy processing device SRG2 and/or read operating parameters and data of the second energy processing device SRG2 via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB. The control data can include, for example, operating parameters of the second energy processing device SRG2 such as the voltage values to be supplied to other device parts and maximum current intensities and other adjustable operating parameters of the second energy processing device SRG2. The data that the computer core CPU of the control device μC can read out from the second energy processing device SRG2 via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can include internal current levels, internal values, electrical voltages, operating temperatures, identification data such as the serial number, etc. and values, etc. include. In this way, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can typically monitor and control the second energy processing device SRG2 of the quantum computer QC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control the energy reserve BENG and/or read out operating parameters and data from the energy reserve BENG via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB. If the energy reserve BENG has its own control and monitoring device, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably send control data to this control and monitoring device of the energy reserve BENG via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB. The control data can include, for example, operating parameters of the energy reserve BENG such as maximum temperatures, etc. The control and monitoring device for the energy reserve BENG preferably has means for monitoring important, particularly safety-related operating parameters of the energy reserve BENG. These means can include temperature sensors, voltage and current sensors or pressure sensors for measuring the internal pressure of battery cells. The data that the computer core CPU of the control device μC can read out from the energy reserve BENG via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can, for example, include internal current levels, internal values, electrical voltages, operating temperatures, identification data such as the serial number, etc values etc. derived therefrom. In this way, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can typically monitor and control the energy reserve BENG of the quantum computer QC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control the energy reserve BENG and/or read operating parameters and data from the second energy reserve BENG2 via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB. If the second energy reserve BENG2 has its own control and monitoring device, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably send control data to this control and monitoring device of the second energy reserve BENG2 via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB. The control data can include operating parameters of the second energy reserve BENG2 such as maximum temperatures etc., for example. The control and monitoring device for the second energy reserve BENG2 preferably has means for monitoring important, particularly safety-related operating parameters of the second energy reserve BENG2. These means can include temperature sensors, voltage and current sensors or pressure sensors for measuring the internal pressure of battery cells. The data that the computer core CPU of the control device μC can read out from the second energy reserve BENG2 via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can include, for example, internal current levels, internal values, electrical voltages, operating temperatures, identification data such as the serial number, etc. and values, etc., derived from this . In this way, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can typically monitor and control the second energy reserve BENG2 of the quantum computer QC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control the separating device TS via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB and/or read operating parameters and data from the separating device TS. If the separating device TS has its own control and monitoring device, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably send control data to this control and monitoring device of the separating device TS via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB. The control data can include, for example, operating parameters of the disconnecting device TS such as the closed state (connected/disconnected), maximum temperatures, etc. The control and monitoring device of the separating device TS preferably has means for monitoring important, in particular safety-relevant, operating parameters of the separating device TS. These means can include temperature sensors, voltage and current sensors. The data that the computer core CPU of the control device μC can read out from the disconnecting device TS via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can, for example, include internal current levels, internal values, electrical voltages, operating temperatures, identification data such as the serial number, etc. and values, etc., derived from this. include. Typically, this allows the computer core CPU of the control device μC to monitor and control the separating device TS of the quantum computer QC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably control the charging device LDV and/or read operating parameters and data from the charging device LDV via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB. If the loading device LDV has its own control and monitoring device, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, preferably send control data to this control and monitoring device of the loading device LDV via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB. The control data can include, for example, operating parameters of the charging device LDV, such as the mains voltage of the power supply PWR of the charging device LDV, output voltages to be set for the charging device LDV, maximum temperatures, etc. The control and monitoring device of the separating device TS preferably has means to monitor important, in particular safety-relevant operating parameters of the charging device LDV. These means can include temperature sensors, voltage and current sensors. The data that the computer core CPU of the control device μC can read out from the charging device LDV via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB can, for example, be the actual mains voltage of the power supply PWR of the charging device LDV, actually set output voltages of the charging device LDV, internal currents, internal Values include electrical voltages, operating temperatures, identification data such as the serial number etc. and values etc. derived therefrom. Typically, this allows the computer core CPU of the control device μC to monitor and control the charging device LDV of the quantum computer QC.

• - einen oder mehrere Werte von Betriebsspannungen von Vorrichtungsteilen des Quantencomputers QC,
• - einen oder mehrere Werte von Stromaufnahmen von Vorrichtungsteilen des Quantencomputers QC,
• - den Prozessortakt des Rechnerkerns CPU der Steuervorrichtung µC des Quantencomputers QC und/oder dessen Frequenz,
• - die Prozessortakte anderer Vorrichtungsteile des Quantencomputers QC und/oder deren Frequenz,
• - die Lichtabgabe der Lichtquelle LD des Quantencomputers QC, insbesondere die Intensität der Pumpstrahlung LB der Lichtquelle LD,
• - die Signalerzeugung des der Wellenformgenerators WFG des Quantencomputers QC,
• - die Funktionstüchtigkeit der Datenschnittstelle DBIF,
• - die Funktionstüchtigkeit der die internen Datenschnittstelle MDBIF,
• - die Funktionstüchtigkeit des Lichtquellentreibers LDRV,
• - die Funktionstüchtigkeit des Verstärkers V,
• - die Funktionstüchtigkeit der Fotodetektor PD,
• - die Temperatur mittels eines Temperatursensors ST,
• - die Funktionstüchtigkeit des Mikrowellen- und/oder Radiowellenfrequenzgenerators MW/RF-AWFG zur Erzeugung weitestgehend frei vorgebbarer Wellenformen,
• - die Funktionstüchtigkeit der Magnetfeldsensoren MSx, MSy, MSz,
• - die Funktionstüchtigkeit der Magnetfeldsteuerungen MFSx, MFSy, MFSz,
• - die Funktionstüchtigkeit der ersten Energieaufbereitungsvorrichtung SRG,
• - die Funktionstüchtigkeit der zweiten Energieaufbereitungsvorrichtung SRG2,
• - die Funktionstüchtigkeit der Energiereserve BENG,
• - die Funktionstüchtigkeit der zweiten Energiereserve BENG2,
• - die Funktionstüchtigkeit der Trennvorrichtung TS,
• - die Funktionstüchtigkeit der Ladevorrichtung LDV.
• - -die Detektionsfähigkeit von elektromagnetischer Strahlung eines Fotodetektors
• - -die bestimmungsgemäß korrekte Erzeugung elektromagnetischer Felder, insbesondere von Mikrowellenfeldern und/oder Radiowellenfeldern eine Vorrichtung des Quantencomputers QC zur Manipulation eines oder mehrerer Quantenbits QUB,
• - -den komplexen und/oder realen und/oder imaginären Leitwert einer Leitung und der Mikrowellen- und/oder Radiowellenantenne MWA, die Teil der Vorrichtung des Quantencomputers QC zur Manipulation eines oder mehrerer Quantenpunkte NV1, NV2, NV3 der Quantenbits des Quantencomputers QC ist.

The proposed quantum computer QC preferably has a quantum computer monitoring device QUV, which monitors the quantum computer QC while the quantum computer QC is running a quan tencomputerprogramm runs with a quantum computer program flow, which is preferably stored in its memory RAM, NVM. In the sense of the document presented here, “monitor” is to be understood in such a way that the quantum computer monitoring device QUV is an additional device to the device parts of the quantum computer QC. The quantum computer monitoring device QUV has the function of a watchdog in relation to the control device μC. In relation to the quantum components of the quantum computer QC, however, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV has additional functions. Since the operation of the quantum components of the quantum computer QC only follows statistical laws and otherwise has non-deterministic components, the use of a conventional watchdog only makes sense for the control device µC and for the application to the quantum components of the quantum computer QC and their interaction with each other and with the control device µC and the other parts of the device of the quantum computer QC does not make sense. With the quantum computer monitoring device QUV, the document presented here presents a new additional device part that also monitors these non-deterministic parts of the quantum computer QC for defects. Under-monitoring here means the observation of the processes in the quantum computer QC and the evaluation of these observations in normal operation. The document presented here also proposes that the quantum computer monitoring device QUV can set the quantum computer QC predefined tasks between two quantum computer program calculations and can statistically evaluate the response of the quantum computer QC according to timing and content. Such a quantum computer monitoring device QUV is thus the quantum computer equivalent for a quantum computer QC to a question-and-answer watchdog for a normal processor. Thus, without the quantum computer monitoring device QUV, the quantum computer QC is still a functional quantum computer QC. In particular, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV is not a control device μC that initiates program branches and/or jumps in the quantum computer program flow as a function of detected quantum states of the quantum bits of the quantum computer. The document presented here refers to the as yet unpublished German patent application DE 10 2021 110 964.7 and any subsequent registrations that may have arisen as a result of claiming priority. This quantum computer monitoring device QUV monitors the correct quantum computer program flow of the quantum computer program of the quantum computer QC monitors. The quantum computer monitoring device QUV preferably monitors at least the value and/or value profile of at least one, preferably several and optimally all of the following operating parameters:

• - one or more values of operating voltages of device parts of the quantum computer QC,
• - one or more values of current consumptions of device parts of the quantum computer QC,
• - the processor clock of the computer core CPU of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC and/or its frequency,
• - the processor clocks of other device parts of the quantum computer QC and/or their frequency,
• - the light output of the light source LD of the quantum computer QC, in particular the intensity of the pump radiation LB of the light source LD,
• - the signal generation of the waveform generator WFG of the quantum computer QC,
• - the functionality of the data interface DBIF,
• - the functionality of the internal data interface MDBIF,
• - the functionality of the light source driver LDRV,
• - the functionality of the amplifier V,
• - the functionality of the photodetector PD,
• - the temperature by means of a temperature sensor ST,
• - the functionality of the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG for generating largely freely definable waveforms,
• - the functionality of the magnetic field sensors MSx, MSy, MSz,
• - the functionality of the magnetic field controls MFSx, MFSy, MFSz,
• - the functionality of the first energy processing device SRG,
• - the functionality of the second energy processing device SRG2,
• - the functionality of the energy reserve BENG,
• - the functionality of the second energy reserve BENG2,
• - the functionality of the disconnecting device TS,
• - the functionality of the LDV charging device.
• - -the detection capability of electromagnetic radiation of a photodetector
• - -the intended correct generation of electromagnetic fields, in particular microwave fields and/or radio wave fields, a device of the quantum computer QC for manipulating one or more quantum bits QUB,
• - -the complex and/or real and/or imaginary conductance of a line and the microwave and/or radio wave antenna MWA, which is part of the device of the quantum computer QC for manipulating one or more quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC.

If there are disturbances at these points, firstly it is no longer certain whether the quantum computer QC has determined the results of quantum computer calculations correctly, and/or secondly whether all parts of the device of the quantum computer QC are working correctly and/or thirdly whether the Quantum computer program flow of the quantum computer QC is correct, since, for example, branches and/or data and/or quantum states can be incorrect. Uncertain decisions may therefore be made.

Quantum computer surveillance device QUV

Typically, the T2 times of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum computer QC quantum bits and the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. Therefore, there are time gaps between two quantum computer calculations, during which a quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can check the functionality of the remaining quantum computer QC.

Typically, the quantum computer QC performs its quantum computer calculations within first periods of time, which are typically shorter than the T2 times of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and the core quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC are, by. The quantum computer monitoring device QUV preferably carries out tests of the remaining device parts of the quantum computer QC within second time periods. The first time periods are preferably different from the second time periods. A quantum computer calculation in the sense of this document comprises at least one quantum operation, such as an initialization of one or more quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and the core quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or for example the execution of a quantum gate such as a CNOT operation or a CCNOT operation or a Hadamard gate or a π pulse or an X gate Etc.

The paper presented here refers in this connection to the book by Steven Prawer (editor), Igor Aharonovich (editor), "Quantum Information Processing with Diamond: Principles and Applications", Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials, Volume 63, Woodhead Publishing , 8 May 2014, ISBN-10: 0857096567, ISBN-13: 978-0857096562.

Since the result of a quantum calculation of the quantum computer QC only delivers correct results with certain statistics, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV collects several of the results of several similar requests from the quantum computer monitoring device QUV for carrying out quantum calculations to the computer core CPU sent as a response from the rest of the quantum computer QC Quantum computer QC and evaluates them preferably statistically. If the statistics determined for the results of several similar queries from the quantum computer monitoring device QUV transmitted by the computer core CPU for carrying out quantum calculations to the computer core CPU of the quantum computer QC deviate from an expected statistic by more than x*σ, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV typically concludes that the statistic is non-statistical Quantum computer QC bug.

A non-statistical error of the quantum computer QC in the sense of the document presented here is a defect or a malfunction of a device part of the quantum computer QC and/or a loss of data and/or a data corruption and/or an unauthorized change of a quantum state of a quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, which cannot be explained by the natural statistical errors when reading out quantum states. A non-statistical error of the quantum computer QC within the meaning of the document presented here is typically also a sufficiently probable suspicion of a defect or malfunction of a device part of the quantum computer QC and/or a sufficiently probable suspicion of a loss of data and/or a sufficiently probable suspicion of data corruption and/or a sufficiently probable suspicion of an unauthorized change in a quantum state of a quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, whereby these presumed non-statistical errors cannot be explained by the natural statistical errors when reading out quantum states.

A non-statistical quantum error is a non-statistical error which, for physical reasons, cannot be reliably detected by a conventional watchdog and/or Q&A watchdog, in particular due to the quantum nature of a device part or method step involved in the non-statistical quantum error.

where σ is the standard deviation of the statistical distribution of the expected response value. x is preferably between 1 and 4. Depending on the type of non-statistical error in the execution of a quantum computer program, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC initiates a countermeasure or changes the database of a statistical evaluation. For example, if the frequency of a specific error exceeds a permissible value, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC initiates countermeasures, since the quantum monitoring device QUV then concludes that the quantum computer QC has a non-statistical error.

In the simplest case, exemplary countermeasures can include, for example, resetting and reinitializing the quantum computer QC and/or device parts of the quantum computer QC and/or starting a more extensive self-test program.

A special countermeasure can, for example, also be a translational displacement of the substrate D in relation to the optical system OS, so that other quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC communicate with other nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC the previously used quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC replaced. In this case, a reinitialization of the quantum computer QC is unavoidable. In particular, the computer core determines the CPU using the methods of DE 10 2020 007 977 B4 the resonance frequencies for driving and manipulating and entanglement of the other quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with other nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and preferably stores them in its non-volatile memory NVM and less preferably in its volatile memory RAM. For the translational displacement of the substrate D relative to the optical system OS, the computer core CPU preferably uses the translational positioning device XT of the substrate D in the X direction and the translational positioning device of the substrate D in the Y direction.

For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can also prompt the computer core CPU by means of a request message via the internal data bus INTDB to carry out a specified quantum computer calculation after a quantum computer calculation has been carried out in the first period of time and to transmit the result of the quantum computer calculation back to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV. If the quantum computer QC does not respond to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC within a predetermined time window, an error may be present. If the computer core CPU does not respond within a specified time window after the query by the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC to the computer core CPU of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC with values that are within expected value ranges, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC evaluates the Execution as faulty. For this purpose, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC preferably keeps statistical records. Corresponds to the statistical distribution of the contents of the replies of the right If the core CPU of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC does not correspond to an expected statistical distribution, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC preferably also concludes that there is a non-statistical error. Depending on the type of non-statistical error, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC initiates a countermeasure or changes the database of a statistical evaluation. For example, if the frequency of a specific error exceeds a permissible value, the quantum monitoring device QUV concludes that there is a non-statistical error. In the event of a non-statistical error, the quantum computer monitor QUV of the quantum computer QC typically initiates countermeasures. These can be the countermeasures already described in the document presented here or other countermeasures.

Such a test typically also checks the correct generation of electromagnetic fields, in particular microwave fields and/or radio wave fields, by a device of the quantum computer QC for manipulating one or more quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC in the sense of the document presented here, for example the waveform generator, the light source driver LDRV, the light source LD, the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG for generating largely freely definable waveforms (Arbitrary Wave Form Generator) and the microwave and/or radio wave antenna mWA as well in the broadest sense, the magnetic field generating means MGx, MGy, MGz and the associated magnetic field controls MFSx, MFSy, MFSz and the magnetic field sensors MSx, MSy, MSz. Such a test also partly tests -the complex and/or real and/or imaginary conductance of a line and the microwave and/or radio wave antenna MWA, which is part of the device of the quantum computer QC for manipulating one or more quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC.

For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can cause the computer core CPU by means of a request message via the internal data bus INTDB to query one or more values of operating voltages of device parts of the quantum computer QC in the second time periods after performing a quantum computer calculation and forward to the quantum computer monitor QUV of the quantum computer QC within a predetermined time window. If the computer core CPU does not respond within a specified time window after the query by the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC to the computer core CPU of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC with values that are within expected value ranges, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC evaluates the Execution as faulty. Depending on the type of error, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC initiates a countermeasure or changes the database of a statistical evaluation. For example, if the frequency of a specific error exceeds a permissible value, the quantum computer monitoring device preferably concludes that there is a non-statistical error. In the event of a non-statistical error, the quantum computer monitor QUV of the quantum computer QC typically initiates countermeasures. These can be the countermeasures already described in the document presented here or other countermeasures.

For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can prompt the computer core CPU by means of a request message via the internal data bus INTDB, after carrying out a quantum computer calculation in the first time periods, one or more values of power consumption of device parts of the quantum computer QC, of other device parts of the quantum computer QC in the query second time periods and pass it on to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC within a predetermined time window. If the computer core CPU does not respond within a specified time window after the query by the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC to the computer core CPU of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC with values that are within expected value ranges, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC evaluates the Execution as faulty. Depending on the type of error, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC initiates a countermeasure or changes the database of a statistical evaluation. For example, if the frequency of a specific error exceeds an allowable value, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV evaluates the error as a non-statistical error. In the event of a non-statistical error, the quantum computer monitor QUV of the quantum computer QC typically initiates countermeasures. These can be the countermeasures already described in the document presented here or other countermeasures.

The clock generator OSZ of the computer core CPU of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC typically supplies the computer core CPU of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC with a clock for operating the computer core CPU of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC. The clock generator OSZ of the computer core CPU of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC can also preferably supply further digital circuits and device parts of the quantum computer QC with a clock for operating these digital circuits and device parts of the quantum computer QC.

For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can cause the computer core CPU to check the processor clock of the computer core CPU of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC and/or its frequency, in particular during or after the execution of a quantum computer calculation in the first time periods and/or the second time period . If an error occurs, such as an incorrect processor clock frequency or processor clock jitter, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC assesses the processor clock as faulty. For the purpose of the document presented here, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV preferably evaluates such an error as a non-statistical error. The quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC thus preferably monitors the clock generator OSZ of the computer core CPU of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC.

Depending on the type of error, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC initiates a countermeasure or changes the database of a statistical evaluation. For example, if the frequency of a specific error exceeds a permissible maximum frequency value, then the quantum computer monitoring device QUV evaluates this error as a non-statistical error. In the event of a non-statistical error, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC preferably initiates countermeasures. These can be the countermeasures already described in the document presented here or other countermeasures.

The quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC may have its own monitoring clock generator ÜOSZ. The monitoring clock generator ÜOSZ of the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC typically supplies the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC with a clock for operating the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC.

For example, the processor core CPU of the quantum computer QC can check the processor clock of the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC and/or its frequency and/or the monitoring clock generation ÜOSZ after a quantum computer calculation has been carried out in the second time periods. If an error occurs, such as an incorrect processor clock frequency or a processor clock jitter, the computer core CPU of the quantum computer QC assesses the processor clock of the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC as faulty. The computer core CPU of the quantum computer QC thus preferably monitors the monitoring clock generation ÜOSZ of the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC.

Depending on the type of error, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC initiates a countermeasure or changes the database of a statistical evaluation. For example, if the frequency of a specific error exceeds a permissible value, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV evaluates this error as a non-statistical error. In the event of a non-statistical error, the quantum computer monitor QUV of the quantum computer QC typically initiates countermeasures. These can be the countermeasures already described in the document presented here or other countermeasures.

The quantum computer monitoring device QUV preferably has a separate energy supply with preferably an additional energy reserve and its own energy conditioning device. The charging device LDV or another additional charging device preferably feeds this additional own energy processing device and/or the charging of this additional energy reserve. These optional device parts, the additional energy reserve, the additional energy conditioning device and the additional charging device and possibly an additional separating device of the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC and their connecting lines are in the 1 not shown for a better overview.

For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can cause the computer core CPU, in particular during or after the implementation of a Check quantum computer calculation in the first time periods and / or the second period processor take other device parts of the quantum computer QC and / or their frequency. If an error occurs, such as an incorrect processor clock frequency or a processor clock jitter, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC assesses the relevant processor clock as faulty. Thus, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC preferably also monitors the clock generators of other device parts of the quantum computer QC. These clocks of other device parts of the quantum computer QC are in the 1 also not shown for a better overview. Depending on the type of error, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC initiates a countermeasure or changes the database of a statistical evaluation. For example, if the frequency of a specific error in the other processor clocks of other device parts of the quantum computer QC exceeds a permissible value, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV evaluates the error as a non-statistical error. In the event of a non-statistical error, the quantum computer monitor QUV of the quantum computer QC typically initiates countermeasures. These can be the countermeasures already described in the document presented here or other countermeasures.

For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can cause the computer core CPU to check the light output of the light source LD of the quantum computer QC, in particular after a quantum computer calculation has been carried out in the second time periods. For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can cause the computer core CPU by means of a request message via the internal data bus INTDB to query one or more values of monitor diodes of the light source LD of the quantum computer QC in the second time periods and within one after performing a quantum computer calculation in the first time periods predetermined time window to pass on to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC. If the computer core CPU does not respond within a specified time window after the query by the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC to the computer core CPU of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC with values that are within expected value ranges, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC evaluates the Execution as faulty. Depending on the type of error, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC initiates a countermeasure or changes the database of a statistical evaluation. For example, if the frequency of a specific error exceeds an allowable value, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV evaluates the error as a non-statistical error. In the event of a non-statistical error, the quantum computer monitor QUV of the quantum computer QC typically initiates countermeasures. These can be the countermeasures already described in the document presented here or other countermeasures.

For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can cause the computer core CPU to check the activation of the light source LD of the quantum computer QC by the light source driver LDRV and the functionality of the light source driver LDRV, in particular after a quantum computer calculation has been carried out in the second time periods. For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can prompt the computer core CPU by means of a request message via the internal data bus INTDB, after carrying out a quantum computer calculation in the first time periods by means of an analog-to-digital converter or the like, one or more values of the operating parameters of the light source driver LDRV and/or or to capture one or more values of the control signals of the light source driver LDRV for the light source LD of the quantum computer QC in the second time periods and pass them on to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC within a predetermined time window. If the computer core CPU does not respond within a specified time window after the query by the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC to the computer core CPU of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC with values that are within expected value ranges, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC evaluates the Execution as faulty. Depending on the type of error, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC initiates a countermeasure or changes the database of a statistical evaluation. For example, if the frequency of a specific error exceeds an allowable value, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV evaluates the error as a non-statistical error. In the event of a non-statistical error, the quantum computer monitor QUV of the quantum computer QC initiates countermeasures. These can be the countermeasures already described in the document presented here or other countermeasures.

For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can cause the computer core CPU to check the generation of the transmission signal S5 by the waveform generator WFG of the quantum computer QC, in particular after a quantum computer calculation has been carried out in the second time periods. For this purpose, the quantum computer QC and/or the waveform generator WFG can include a measuring device, for example a digital storage oscilloscope or a similar signal detection device that detects the time profile of the transmission signal S5. For example, it can be an analog-to-digital converter that captures this signal profile of the transmission signal S5. For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can cause the computer core CPU by means of a request message via the internal data bus INTDB to cause the waveform generator WFG of the quantum computer QC to generate a transmission signal S5 in the second time periods after a quantum computer calculation has been carried out and by means of the said signal detection device to detect the time profile of the transmission signal S5. The computer core CPU preferably evaluates the time profile of the transmission signal S5 recorded in this way and transmits the result of this evaluation to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV in response to the query from the quantum computer monitoring device QUV. It is also conceivable that the computer core CPU of the quantum computer QC transmits the detected signal profile of the transmission signal S5 to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV in response to the query from the quantum computer monitoring device QUV and then the quantum computer monitoring device QUV evaluates the recorded signal profile of the transmission signal S5. The response of the computer core CPU should be made within a predetermined time window to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC. If the computer core CPU does not respond within a specified time window after the request was made by the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC to the computer core CPU of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC with values that are within expected value ranges, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC evaluates the Execution as faulty. Depending on the type of error, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC initiates a countermeasure or changes the database of a statistical evaluation. For example, if the frequency of a specific error exceeds an allowable value, the quantum computer monitoring device evaluates the error as a non-statistical error. In the event of a non-statistical error, the quantum computer monitor QUV of the quantum computer QC typically initiates countermeasures. These can be the countermeasures already described in the document presented here or other countermeasures.

For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can cause the computer core CPU to check the generation of the output signal of the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG of the quantum computer QC, in particular after a quantum computer calculation has been carried out in the second time periods. For this purpose, the quantum computer QC and/or the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG of the quantum computer QC can include a measuring device, for example a digital storage oscilloscope or a similar signal acquisition device that records the time profile of the output signal of the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG captured by quantum computer QC. For example, it can be an analog-to-digital converter that captures this waveform of the output signal of the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG of the quantum computer QC. For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can prompt the computer core CPU by means of a request message via the internal data bus INTDB, after performing a quantum computer calculation in the first time periods, the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG of the quantum computer QC in the second time periods generation of an output signal with a specific waveform for test purposes and to use said signal acquisition device to acquire the time profile of the output signal of the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG of the quantum computer QC. The quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can also prompt the computer core CPU by means of the request message via the internal data bus INTDB to use the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG of the quantum computer QC in the second time periods after a quantum computer calculation has been carried out in the first time periods generate an output signal with a specific waveform for test purposes and to use the said signal detection device to detect the amount and/or phase of the power reflected by the microwave and/or radio wave antenna MWA and thus to the impedance of the microwave and/or radio wave antenna MWA and to close its supply line and to record it. The computer core CPU preferably evaluates the time course of the output signal of the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG of the quantum computer QC recorded in this way and/or the measured values acquired and transmits the result of this assessment to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV in response to the query from the quantum computer monitoring device QUV. It is also conceivable that the computer core CPU of the quantum computer QC transmits the detected signal profile of the output signal of the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG of the quantum computer QC to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV in response to the query from the quantum computer monitoring device QUV and then to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV evaluates the detected signal curve of the output signal of the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG of the quantum computer QC. The response of the computer core CPU should be made within a predetermined time window to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC. If the computer core CPU does not respond within a specified time window after the request was made by the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC to the computer core CPU of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC with values that are within expected value ranges, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC evaluates the Execution as faulty. Depending on the type of error, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC initiates a countermeasure or changes the database of a statistical evaluation. For example, if the frequency of a specific error exceeds an allowable value, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV evaluates the error as a non-statistical error. In the event of a non-statistical error, the quantum computer monitor QUV of the quantum computer QC typically initiates countermeasures. These can be the countermeasures already described in the document presented here or other countermeasures.

For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can prompt the computer core CPU to check the functionality of the data interface DBIF in the second time periods, in particular after a quantum computer calculation has been carried out. For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can prompt the computer core CPU by means of a request message via the internal data bus INTDB, after performing a quantum computer calculation in the first time periods, to communicate via the data interface DBIF and the external data bus EXTDB with a higher-level computer system for test purposes in the second to cause periods. The higher-level computer system can be a central control unit ZSE, for example. The higher-level computer system preferably responds within a predetermined period of time with an answer that can be evaluated. The computer core CPU preferably evaluates the message received from the external computer system via the data interface DBIF and the external data bus EXTDB and transmits the result of this evaluation to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV in response to the query from the quantum computer monitoring device QUV. It is also conceivable that the computer core CPU of the quantum computer QC transmits the message received from the external computer system via the data interface DBIF and the external data bus EXTDB to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV in response to the query from the quantum computer monitoring device QUV and then the quantum computer monitoring device QUV transmits the message via the Data interface DBIF and the external data bus EXTDB received from the external computer system evaluated message. The response from the computer core CPU and the higher-level computer system, for example the central control device ZSE, should preferably be sent to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC within a predetermined time window. If the computer core CPU does not respond within a specified time window after the request was made by the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC to the computer core CPU of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC with values that are within expected value ranges, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC evaluates the Execution as faulty. Depending on the type of error, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC initiates a countermeasure or changes the database of a statistical evaluation. For example, if the frequency of a specific error exceeds an allowable value, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV evaluates the error as a non-statistical error. In the event of a non-statistical error, the quantum computer monitor QUV of the quantum computer QC typically initiates countermeasures. These can be the countermeasures already described in the document presented here or other countermeasures.

For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can cause the computer core CPU to check the functionality of the internal data interface MDBIF, in particular after a quantum computer calculation has been carried out in the second time periods. For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum compu ters QC cause the computer core CPU by means of a request message via the internal data bus INTDB, after performing a quantum computer calculation in the first time periods, to communicate via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB with an internal computer core of another device part of the quantum computer QC in the second time periods cause. The internal computer core of the other device part of the quantum computer QC preferably responds within a predetermined period of time with an answer that can be evaluated. The computer core CPU preferably evaluates the message received via the internal data interface MDBIF and the internal data bus INTDB and the control data bus SDB from the internal computer core of the other device part of the quantum computer QC and transmits the result of this evaluation to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV in response to the query from the quantum computer monitoring device QUV. It is also conceivable that the computer core CPU of the quantum computer QC sends the message received via the internal data interface MDBIF and the internal data bus INTDB and the control data bus SDB from the internal computer core of the other device part of the quantum computer QC to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV in response to the request Quantum computer monitoring device QUV transmitted and then the quantum computer monitoring device QUV evaluates the message received via the internal data interface MDBIF and the internal data bus INTDB and the control data bus SDB from the internal computer core of the other device part of the quantum computer QC. The response from the computer core CPU and the internal computer core of the other device part of the quantum computer QC should preferably be made within a predetermined time window to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC. If the computer core CPU does not respond within a specified time window after the request was made by the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC to the computer core CPU of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC with values that are within expected value ranges, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC evaluates the Execution as faulty. Depending on the type of error, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC initiates a countermeasure or changes the database of a statistical evaluation. For example, if the frequency of a specific error exceeds an allowable value, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV evaluates the error as a non-statistical error. In the event of a non-statistical error, the quantum computer monitor QUV of the quantum computer QC typically initiates countermeasures. These can be the countermeasures already described in the document presented here or other countermeasures.

For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can cause the computer core CPU to check the functionality of the amplifier V and the functionality of the photodetector PD, in particular after a quantum computer calculation has been carried out in the second time periods. For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can prompt the computer core CPU by means of a request message via the internal data bus INTDB, after performing a quantum computer calculation in the first time periods, the light source LD of the quantum computer QC to a defined light emission or a test radiation source of the quantum computer QC in the second time periods cause a test light emission to be emitted that irradiates the photodetector PD and/or cause the photodetector PD to generate a test signal for the amplifier V in the second time periods and interrogate the detected values in the amplifier V and/or operating parameters of the amplifier V and the photodetector PD to capture and pass on to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC within a predetermined time window. If the computer core CPU does not respond within a specified time window after the query by the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC to the computer core CPU of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC with values that are within expected value ranges, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC evaluates the Execution as faulty. Depending on the type of error, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC initiates a countermeasure or changes the database of a statistical evaluation. For example, if the frequency of a specific error exceeds an allowable value, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV evaluates the error as a non-statistical error. In the event of a non-statistical error, the quantum computer monitor QUV of the quantum computer QC typically initiates countermeasures. These can be the countermeasures already described in the document presented here or other countermeasures.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC can typically control the preferably provided test radiation source of the quantum computer QC via the internal data bus interface MDBIF and the internal data bus INTDB and the control data bus SDB. Typically can the control device μC of the quantum computer QC irradiating the photodetector PD of the quantum computer QC, for example by means of an optical test radiation source, with an optical test signal in order to ensure the functionality of the quantum computer QC. For a better overview, this test radiation source of the quantum computer QC for irradiating the photodetector PD with test radiation is in the 1 not marked.

For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can cause the computer core CPU to check temperatures within the quantum computer QC using one or more temperature sensors ST in the second time periods, in particular after a quantum computer calculation has been carried out. For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can cause the computer core CPU by means of a request message via the internal data bus INTDB to record one or more temperatures within the quantum computer QC by means of one or more temperature sensors ST of the quantum computer QC after a quantum computer calculation has been carried out in the first time periods and pass on the recorded temperature readings to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC within a predetermined time window. If the computer core CPU does not respond within a specified time window after the query by the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC to the computer core CPU of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC with values that are within expected value ranges, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC evaluates the Execution as faulty. Depending on the type of error, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC initiates a countermeasure or changes the database of a statistical evaluation. For example, if the frequency of a specific error exceeds an allowable value, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV evaluates the error as a non-statistical error. In the event of a non-statistical error, the quantum computer monitor QUV of the quantum computer QC typically initiates countermeasures. These can be the countermeasures already described in the document presented here or other countermeasures.

For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can cause the computer core CPU to check the functionality of the magnetic field sensors MSx, MSy, MSz and/or the functionality of the magnetic field controls MFSx, MFSy, MFSz and/or the functionality of the Check magnetic field generating means MGx, MGy, MGz. For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can cause the computer core CPU by means of a request message via the internal data bus INTDB to carry out a quantum computer calculation in the first time periods by means of the magnetic field controls MFSx, MFSy, MFSz and the magnetic field generating means MGx, MGy, MGz of the quantum computer QC to set magnetic flux densities and to detect them by means of the magnetic field sensors MSx, MSy, MSz and to forward the measured values detected to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC within a predetermined time window. If the computer core CPU does not respond within a specified time window after the query by the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC to the computer core CPU of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC with values that are within expected value ranges, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC evaluates the Execution as faulty. Depending on the type of error, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC initiates a countermeasure or changes the database of a statistical evaluation. For example, if the frequency of a specific error exceeds an allowable value, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV evaluates the error as a non-statistical error. In the event of a non-statistical error, the quantum computer monitor QUV of the quantum computer QC typically initiates countermeasures. These can be the countermeasures already described in the document presented here or other countermeasures.

For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can cause the computer core CPU to check the functionality of the first energy conditioning device SRG and/or the functionality of the second energy conditioning device SRG2 and/or the functionality of the other energy conditioning devices, in particular after a quantum computer calculation has been carried out in the second time periods. For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can prompt the computer core CPU by means of a request message via the internal data bus INTDB after a quantum computer calculation has been carried out in the first time periods by means of the first energy conditioning device SRG and/or the second energy conditioning device SRG2 and/or the additional energy conditioning devices to adjust and/or modify certain supply voltages of device parts of the quantum computer QC and to transmit their voltage values and/or current values, for example by means of measuring devices, and the recorded measured values within a predetermined time window to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV des to pass on quantum computer QC. If the computer core CPU does not respond within a specified time window after the query by the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC to the computer core CPU of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC with values that are within expected value ranges, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC evaluates the Execution as faulty. Depending on the type of error, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC initiates a countermeasure or changes the database of a statistical evaluation. For example, if the frequency of a specific error exceeds an allowable value, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV evaluates the error as a non-statistical error. In the event of a non-statistical error, the quantum computer monitor QUV of the quantum computer QC typically initiates countermeasures. These can be the countermeasures already described in the document presented here or other countermeasures.

For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can cause the computer core CPU to check the functionality of the energy reserve BENG and/or the functionality of the second energy reserve BENG2 and/or the functionality of any other energy reserves or other parts of the device, in particular after a quantum computer calculation has been carried out in the second time periods or to check already named device parts of the quantum computer QC. For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can prompt the computer core CPU by means of a request message via the internal data bus INTDB, after carrying out a quantum computer calculation in the first time periods by means of charging devices, such as the charging device LDV already mentioned, the state of charge of the energy reserve BENG and/or the To change the functionality of the second energy reserve BENG2 and/or the functionality of any other energy reserves or other parts of the device and to record the values of the respective current consumption and the voltage curve using suitable measuring equipment of the quantum computer QC and thus, for example, to conclude the impedance of these energy reserves. In this case, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC causes the computer core CPU to pass on the measured values within a specified time window to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC via the internal data bus INTDB using the said request message. If the computer core CPU does not respond within a specified time window after the query by the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC to the computer core CPU of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC with values that are within expected value ranges, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC evaluates the Execution as faulty. Depending on the type of error, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC initiates a countermeasure or changes the database of a statistical evaluation. For example, if the frequency of a specific error exceeds an allowable value, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV evaluates the error as a non-statistical error. In the event of a non-statistical error, the quantum computer monitor QUV of the quantum computer QC typically initiates countermeasures. These can be the countermeasures already described in the document presented here or other countermeasures.

For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can cause the computer core CPU to check the functionality of the separating device TS of the quantum computer QC and the functionality of the charging device LDV of the quantum computer QC, in particular after a quantum computer calculation has been carried out in the second time periods. For example, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC can use a request message via the internal data bus INTDB to cause the computer core CPU to open the separating device TS after a quantum computer calculation has been carried out in the first time periods and, using the charging devices, such as the charging device LDV already mentioned, to check the state of charge of the of the energy reserve BENG and/or the functional capability of the second energy reserve BENG2 and/or the functional capability of any other energy reserves or any other device parts and in doing so to record the values of the respective current consumption and the voltage curve using suitable measuring equipment of the quantum computer QC and the disconnecting device TS close and using the charging devices, such as the already named charging device LDV, the state of charge of the energy reserve BENG and / or the functionality of the second energy reserve BENG2 and / or the functional ability to change further energy reserves, if necessary, again if necessary, further device parts and thereby to record second values of the respective current consumption and the voltage profile by means of suitable measuring means of the quantum computer QC. In this case, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC causes the computer core CPU to forward the recorded measured values and the second measured value to the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC via the internal data bus INTDB within a specified time window by means of the said request message. If the computer core CPU does not respond within a specified time window after the request was made by the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC to the computer core CPU of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC with first and second values that are within expected value ranges, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV des Quantum Computer's QC the execution as buggy. Depending on the type of error, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC initiates a countermeasure or changes the database of a statistical evaluation. For example, if the frequency of a specific error exceeds an allowable value, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV evaluates the error as a non-statistical error. In the event of a non-statistical error, the quantum computer monitor QUV of the quantum computer QC typically initiates countermeasures. These can be the countermeasures already described in the document presented here or other countermeasures.

Quantum computer system QSYS

If the proposed quantum computer QC is integrated into a quantum computer system QUSYS with a second, preferably mobile quantum computer QC2, it is advantageous if the quantum computer QC sends a signal, in particular a quantum computer calculation result, to the second quantum computer via at least one signal connection, for example an external data bus EXTDB QC2 and/or vice versa.

The quantum computer system QUSYS preferably comprises at least two quantum computers, a first quantum computer QC1 and a second quantum computer QC2, with a plurality of measuring devices for detecting operating variables of the quantum computer system QUSYS or a device or a system. In this case, the states of the device or the system may typically depend on the quantum computer system QUSYS, with the first quantum computer QC1 preferably carrying out at least two times the same quantum computer calculation that the second quantum computer QC2 carries out. In this case, the quantum computer calculation preferably includes a monitoring measure for checking the functionality of the respective quantum computer QC1, QC2. In this case, the first quantum computer QC1 preferably carries out the quantum computer calculation of the first quantum computer QC1 independently of the performance of the quantum computer calculation by the second quantum computer QC2. This enables the comparison of the results of the quantum computer calculations by the computer cores CPU of the control devices μC of the quantum computers QC1, QC2 and/or the quantum computer monitoring devices QUV of the quantum computers QC1, QC1.

Procedures for monitoring

The document presented here also proposes a method for monitoring the execution of a quantum computer program that can be run on at least one control device μC of a quantum computer QC by means of a quantum computer monitoring device QUV of the quantum computer QC. The quantum computer QC comprises quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and preferably nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and the control device µC with the computer core CPU and first means for manipulating quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and, if necessary, for manipulating core quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CB ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and second means for reading out the state of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and possibly nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the quantum computer QC nuclear quantum bits. The computer core CPU of the control device μC preferably controls the first means for manipulating quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and, if applicable, core quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CB ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and the second means for reading out the state of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and possibly nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CB ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The quantum computer surveillance solves this Calculation device QUV preferred when manipulating a subset of the quantum dots and/or possibly the core quantum dots of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and possibly core quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CB ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC during the quantum computer program runtime an exception condition (Exception), in particular an interruption (interrupt) of the quantum computer program flow, if this manipulation was not intended. This can happen during a program jump due to disturbances such as cosmic radiation, which is intercepted by this.

The document presented here proposes a non-volatile memory NVM for the quantum computer QC, in particular a read-only memory or a flash memory or a non-volatile memory, for a quantum computer QC in particular as part of a control unit of a vehicle. A quantum computer program is preferably stored in the non-volatile memory NVM, which is executable on at least one computer core μC of the quantum computer QC and is suitable for executing the method described above.

• Auf dem mindestens einen Rechnerkern CPU der Steuervorrichtung µC soll ein Quantencomputerprogramm ablauffähig sein. Die Quantencomputerüberwachungsvorrichtung QUV überwacht während der Quantencomputerprogrammlaufzeit den Ablauf des Quantencomputerprogramms während der Ausführung durch die anderen Vorrichtungsteile des Quantencomputers QC. Beim einem Zugriff des Rechnerkerns CPU auf einen bestimmten Adressbereich innerhalb eines Speichers RAM, NVM der Steuervorrichtung µC des Quantencomputers QC oder auf andere vorbestimmte Vorrichtungsteile des Quantencomputers QC erzeugt die Quantencomputerüberwachungsvorrichtung QUV eine Ausnahmebedingung (Exception), insbesondere eine Unterbrechung (Interrupt) des Quantencomputerprogrammablaufs. Woraufhin der Rechnerkern CPU der Steuervorrichtung µC des Quantencomputers QC die Ausführung des Quantencomputerprogramms typischerweise in vorzugsweise vorbestimmter Weise unterbricht.

The document presented here proposes the following to further ensure the functionality of the quantum computer QC with at least one computer core CPU, a control device µC and with a quantum computer monitoring device QUV:

• A quantum computer program should be able to run on the at least one computer core CPU of the control device μC. During the quantum computer program runtime, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV monitors the execution of the quantum computer program during execution by the other device parts of the quantum computer QC. When the computer core CPU accesses a specific address range within a memory RAM, NVM of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC or other predetermined device parts of the quantum computer QC, the quantum computer monitoring device QUV generates an exception condition (Exception), in particular an interruption (interrupt) of the quantum computer program flow. Whereupon the computer core CPU of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC typically interrupts the execution of the quantum computer program in a preferably predetermined manner.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC or a central control unit ZSE or another computer system, which can be connected, for example, to the computer core CPU of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC via the external data bus EXTDB, can configure the quantum computer monitoring device QUV, for example. The quantum computer QC and/or the computer core μC preferably has means for running through an exception condition routine (exception routine) after an exception condition has been triggered during the quantum computer program runtime. The exception handling routine can itself be a quantum computer program.

Further monitoring procedure

• - Überwachen des korrekten Quantencomputerprogrammablaufs des Quantencomputerprogramms des Quantencomputers QC, insbesondere durch die Quantencomputerüberwachungsvorrichtung QUV oder ein andere Rechnersystem;
• - Durchführen vorbestimmter Quantencomputerberechnungen mit mindestens einer Quantenoperation zur Berechnung vorbestimmter Quantencomputerberechnungsergebnisse in vorbestimmten Zeiträumen vor vorbestimmten Zeitpunkten, insbesondere durch den Quantencomputer QC, und
• - Ansteuern einer Quantencomputerüberwachungsvorrichtung QUV nach diesen vorbestimmten Zeitpunkten und Durchführung eines Rücksetzens (Reset-Funktion) oder Reinitialisierens des Quantencomputers QC auf einen vordefinierten Quantencomputerprogrammrestartzustand oder dergleichen, wenn diese Ansteuerung nicht in vorbestimmter Weise erfolgt durchführt.

The document presented here proposes a method for operating a quantum computer system QUSYS with a quantum computer QC and with a quantum computer monitoring device QUV with the following exemplary steps:

• - Monitoring the correct quantum computer program flow of the quantum computer program of the quantum computer QC, in particular by the quantum computer monitoring device QUV or another computer system;
• - performing predetermined quantum computer calculations with at least one quantum operation for calculating predetermined quantum computer calculation results in predetermined time periods before predetermined times, in particular by the quantum computer QC, and
• - Activating a quantum computer monitoring device QUV after these predetermined points in time and performing a reset (reset function) or reinitializing the quantum computer QC to a predefined quantum computer program restart state or the like if this activation does not take place in a predetermined manner.

data buses

The proposed quantum computer QC preferably includes a data interface DBIF with which the proposed quantum computer QC with higher-level computer systems you/or others Quantum computers QC2 can communicate and exchange data. In particular, the proposed quantum computer QC can communicate and exchange data with a central control unit ZSE via the data interface DBIF. The data interface can be wired and/or wireless.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC and/or the quantum computer monitoring device QUV with the quantum computer QC can communicate with the device parts of the quantum computer QC and exchange data and signals via the internal data interface MDBIF and the control data bus SDB

magnetic system

The quantum computer QC preferably includes a system for compensating for external magnetic fields and the earth's magnetic field. For this purpose, the proposed mobile quantum computer QC preferably has a sensor system for three-dimensional detection of the three-dimensional vector of the magnetic flux density B. Preferably, the sensor system for three-dimensional detection of the three-dimensional vector of the magnetic flux density B detects this three-dimensional vector of the magnetic flux density B in the vicinity of the substrate D. For example the sensor system for the three-dimensional detection of the three-dimensional vector of the magnetic flux density B can comprise three magnetic field sensors MSx, MSy, MSz for the three spatial directions X, Y, and Z. It is conceivable to use a single sensor system if the orientation of the magnetic field allows it. For example, the quantum computer QC can include a magnetic field sensor MSx for the magnetic flux density B _x in the direction of the X axis. For example, the quantum computer QC can include a magnetic field sensor MSy for the magnetic flux density B _y in the direction of the Y axis. For example, the quantum computer QC can include a magnetic field sensor MSz for the magnetic flux density B _z in the direction of the Z axis.

Typically, the proposed mobile quantum computer QC includes magnetic field generating devices PM, MGx, MGy, MGz. The magnetic field generating devices can include permanent magnets PM and/or coils MGx, MGy, MGz, in particular Helmholtz coils and Helmholtz coil pairs, as magnetic field generating means. The permanent magnets PM permanently generate a magnetic flux density. The coils MGx, MGy, MGz generate a magnetic flux density corresponding to their electrical current flow. The permanent magnets PM and the magnetic field generating means MGx, MGy, MGz are preferably part of a magnetic circuit. Preferably, but not necessarily, the magnetic circuit includes a yoke. The permanent magnet PM is preferably located in an air gap. A positioning device PV can preferably reposition the permanent magnet PM relative to the substrate D and/or in the air gap and thus change the magnetic flux density B acting on the substrate D with the quantum dots of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC.

The control device μC of the quantum computer QC preferably includes a navigation device GPS, which communicates the current position to the computer core CPU of the control device μC. The control device μC can preferably determine the resulting strength of the earth's magnetic field and its magnetic flux density component with the aid of geomagnetic maps of the earth's magnetic field. If the quantum computer QC is moved or rotated in a translatory manner, the computer core CPU of the quantum computer QC can, for example, receive predicted values for future translatory coordinates and/or future rotations via the external data bus EXTDB or predict them from received or determined speed values and rotational speed values. Therefore, the computer core CPU of the quantum computer QC can then make changes to the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and the core quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ predict the future magnetic field acting on the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and compensate by changing the magnetic field generated in the quantum computer QC by means of the magnetic field generating devices PM, MGx, MGy, MGz.

• In einem ersten Schritt a) stellt die Steuervorrichtung µC bevorzugt beispielsweise mittels Magnetfeldsensoren MSx, MSy, MSz das derzeit wirkende externe Magnetfeld fest. In einem zweiten Schritt erfasst die Steuervorrichtung µC beispielsweise mittels eines Navigationssystems NAV und/oder einer Positionsermittlungsvorrichtung GPS die aktuellen Koordinaten und/oder die aktuelle Geschwindigkeit und/oder Beschleunigung. Auf Basis dieser Daten und ggf. zusätzlicher Daten, wie zum Beispiel einer elektronischen Karte des Erdmagnetfeldes berechnet beispielsweise die Steuervorrichtung µC des Quantencomputers QC das zu erwartende neue externe Magnetfeld und passt bevorzugt die Bestromung der Magnetfelderzeugungsmittel MGx, MGy, MGz so an, dass diese Änderung des externen Magnetfelds durch die Bewegung des Quantencomputers QC im Wesentlichen nicht wirksam wird und die Berechnungsergebnisse von Quantencomputerprogrammen des Quantencomputers QC im Wesentlichen nicht beeinflussen.

The method for preventing the operation of the quantum computer QC from being disrupted by changes in external magnetic fields as a result of a movement of the quantum computer QC preferably takes place as follows:

• In a first step a), the control device μC preferably uses magnetic field sensors MSx, MSy, MSz to determine the currently active external magnetic field. In a second step, the control device μC records the current coordinates and/or the current speed and/or acceleration, for example using a navigation system NAV and/or a position determination device GPS. Based on this data and possibly additional data, such as an electronic map of the earth's magnetic field, the control device µC calculates the Quantum computer QC the expected new external magnetic field and preferably adjusts the energization of the magnetic field generating means MGx, MGy, MGz so that this change in the external magnetic field through the movement of the quantum computer QC essentially does not take effect and the calculation results of quantum computer programs of the quantum computer QC essentially not influence.

To simplify the presentation, we assume here that the navigation device GPS not only determines the translational coordinates, e.g. the position on the earth's surface, but also the angular orientation of the quantum computer QC and the angular velocity of the change in these angles. The computer system CPU of the quantum computer QC can only suitably precalculate the necessary adjustment of the magnetic field generation and control the magnetic field-generating devices PM, MGx, MGy, MGz appropriately by taking into account the translational changes and the rotary changes in the position and orientation of the quantum computer QC.

For this purpose, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, cause the first magnetic field controller MFSx to adapt the energization of the first magnetic field generating means MGx, which preferably generates a magnetic flux density B _x , with electric current.

For this purpose, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, also cause the second magnetic field controller MFSy to adapt the energization of the second magnetic field generating means MGy, which preferably generates a magnetic flux density B _y , with electric current. For this purpose, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, also cause the third magnetic field controller MFSz to adapt the energization of the third magnetic field generating means MGz, which preferably generates a magnetic flux density _Bz , with electric current.

For this purpose, the computer core CPU of the control device μC can, for example, also cause the positioning device PV of the permanent magnet PM to spatially adjust the positioning of the permanent magnet PM, which preferably generates a permanent, spatially inhomogeneous magnetic flux density B, and thus the magnetic flux density at the location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC.

The computer core CPU of the control device μC preferably detects the actual magnetic field using the said magnetic field sensors MSx, MSy, MSz and adjusts the magnetic flux density using the actuators described immediately above in the form of the magnetic field-generating devices PM, MGx, MGy, MGz, to correct deviations between the detected Balance the magnetic flux density vector and the desired magnetic flux density vector.

The quantum computer QC preferably includes an acceleration sensor system that can detect translational and/or rotational accelerations and delivers the corresponding values to the computer core CPU of the control device µC of the quantum computer QC, so that countermeasures can be taken in the form of counter-accelerations of a position control system not shown in the figures can. If necessary, the computer core CPU of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC can use the positioning device PV of the permanent magnet PM and/or the translational positioning device XT in the X direction and/or the translational positioning device YT in the Y direction for some such countermeasures. The computer core CPU of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC can also modify the focus of the optical system OS depending on such coordinate forecasts and/or speed forecasts and/or acceleration forecasts for translatory movements and rotary movements in order to maintain the focus. For example, the computer core CPU of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC can predict deformations and mechanical vibrations within the quantum computer QC on the basis of such coordinate forecasts and/or speed forecasts and/or acceleration forecasts for translatory movements and rotary movements and, if necessary, detect such by means of suitable sensors such as cameras and position and detect and compensate distance sensors within the quantum computer QC.

power supply

The quantum computer QC preferably receives its energy via an energy supply EV. A charging device LDV of the power supply EV receives the power externally from a power source PWR.

A good overview of possible sources of electrical energy is given in the book: Vasily Y. Ushakov (author), "Electrical Power Engineering: Current State, Problems and Perspectives (Green Energy and Technology)", Paperback - August 18, 2018, Springer; 1st ed. 2018 edition (18 August 2018), ISBN-10: 3319872850, ISBN-13: 978-3319872858.

• Elektrischer Generator

This energy source can be one of the following energy sources, for example:

• electric generator

The energy source can be an electrical generator that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy. The mechanical energy can be, for example, energy transmitted via a shaft or the energy of a moving fluid. For example, it can be an electrical machine, such as a synchronous or asynchronous or direct current motor, a linear motor, a reluctance motor or a BLDC motor or the like, which converts the mechanical energy of a linear and/or rotary movement by means of induction into lines of a stator and/or or rotor into electrical energy. It can also be a magnetohydrodynamic generator, referred to as an MHD generator for short, which converts the movement of an electrically conductive fluid into electrical energy. The fluid can be a plasma or an electrically conductive liquid such as a saline solution or a molten metal. The actual energy source can be, for example, a nuclear reactor, an internal combustion engine, a heating device, a jet engine, a rocket engine, a ship propulsion system, a Stirling engine, a turbine, a water turbine, a gas turbine, a wind turbine, a tidal power plant, a wave power plant and the like . Magnetohydrodynamic generators are, for example, from the writings DE 20 2021 101 169 U1 , WO 2021 159 117 A1 , EP 3 863 165 A1 , U.S. 2021 147 061 A1 , CN 108 831 576 B , U.S. 2019 368 464 A1 , WO 2019 143 396 A2 , EP 3 646 452 B1 , CN 20 634 1126 U , EP 3 279 603 B1 , EP 3 400 642 B1 , EP 3 345 290 B1 , EP 3 093 966 B1 , WO 2016 100 008 A2 , DE 10 2014 225 346 A1 , RU 2014 143 858 A , EP 3 007 350 B1 , U.S. 2016 377 029 A1 , RU 2 566 620 C2 , EP 3 075 064 A1 , EP 2 874 292 B1 , EP 2 986 852 B1 , CN 10 385 5907 B , RU 126 229 U1 , WO 2014 031 037 A2 known. Due to the large number of fonts, the font presented here does not include a complete list. The paper presented here refers to the book Hugo K. Messerle (author), "Magnetohydrodynamic Electrical Power Generation (UNESCO Energy Engineering Series)", John Wiley & Sons Ltd (1 August 1995), ISBN-10: 0471942529, ISBN-13 : 978-0471942528.

electrochemical cell

The energy source can be an electrochemical cell. This can be, for example, an electrochemical cell in the broadest sense, which provides electrical energy by means of chemical reactions. The document presented includes accumulators, batteries and fuel cells among these electrochemical cells.

Nuclear Energy Sources

In the case of nuclear energy sources, the document presented here distinguishes between those which, on the one hand, first convert the nuclear energy into mechanical energy, for example by means of steam circuits and turbines, and then, using the above-mentioned generators, convert it into electrical energy and, on the other hand, convert it into nuclear energy convert directly into electrical energy. The document presented here names examples of betavoltaic cells and thermonuclear generators. These have the advantage that they can be carried out on the move. They therefore fit particularly well with the technical teaching presented here. The radionuclide batteries considered here preferentially use the isotopes ⁶⁰ Co, ⁹⁰ Sr, ¹⁰⁶ Ru, ¹⁴⁴ Cs, ¹⁴⁷ Pm, ²¹⁰ Pm, ²¹⁰ Po, ²³⁸ Pu, ²⁴² Cm, ²⁴¹ Am, ²⁴³ Am. The quantum computer QC is preferably protected from the radiation of such a nuclear energy source by a radiation shield, for example made of lead. The radionuclide batteries also include betavoltaic cells, which, for example, convert beta radiation from beta emitters directly into electrical energy.

Such radionuclide batteries are, for example, from the writings DE 1 240 967 B , DE 1 564 070 B1 , DE 2 124 465 B2 , DE 7 219 216 U , DE 19 782 844 538 B1 , DE 69 411 078 T2 , U.S. 5,443,657 A , U.S. 5,859,484 A , DE 19 602 875 A1 , DE 19 738 066 A1 , DE 19 957 669 A1 , DE 19 957 669 A1 , U.S. 8,552,616 B2 , WO 2009 103 974 A1 and U.S. 2018 226 165 A1 known.

The energy source can also be a renewable energy source such as a solar cell or a hydroelectric power plant with a water turbine and a generator or a wind power plant with a wind turbine and a generator.

The energy source can also be conventional coal, lignite, oil and gas power plants that combust carbonaceous and/or hydrocarbonaceous fuels to generate thermal energy and then convert the thermal energy to mechanical energy and then convert the mechanical energy to electrical energy.

The energy source can be so-called energy harvesting devices. These are devices that use energy differences that are present in the environment or otherwise, e.g. to gain energy from the kinetic energy of a person or another moving object or from thermal differences, for example in heating systems or the same energy.

Finally, the energy source can simply be the power grid, in which case the primary energy source can remain undetermined.

The charging device LDV preferably prepares the energy from the energy supply PWR of the charging device LDV to such an extent that the charging device LDV can charge an energy reserve BENG, BENG2 with the energy from the energy supply PWR. For example, it can be a voltage converter and/or a buck converter or a boost converter or a buck-boost converter depending on the type of power supply PWR. The charging device LDV preferably monitors the charging process of the respective energy reserve BENG, BENG2 when it charges it.

If the quantum computer QC does not run a quantum computer program and/or does not perform any quantum operations, the charging device LDV can also supply device parts of the quantum computer QC via respective energy processing devices SRG, SRG2. The charging device LDV then preferably also charges one or more of the energy reserves BENG, BENG2 of the quantum computer QC. In the example of 1 For example, the proposed quantum computer QC has two energy reserves BENG, BENG2 and two energy processing devices SRG, SRG2. The document presented here indicates that the number of energy reserves, energy conditioning devices and charging devices and disconnecting devices is greater than in the example of FIG 2 can be.

Although the charging device LDV represents a barrier to transients in the power supply PWR, the charging device LDV generally cannot completely suppress these transient disturbances in the power supply PWR. The charging device LDV also produces transient interference itself, for example if the charging device LDV is a switched-mode power supply. It has therefore proven useful to use one or more low-noise energy reserves BENG, BENG2 for supplying device parts that are particularly susceptible to interference, such as the photodetector PD, the amplifier V, the light source driver LDRV, the light source LD and, if applicable, for device parts MFSx, MFSy, MFSz, MGx that generate magnetic fields. MGy, MGz and device parts with a signal scheme that is particularly sensitive in terms of time, such as the waveform generator WFG and the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG for generating largely freely definable waveforms (Arbitrary Wave Form Generator). These device parts particularly preferably stabilize their internal supply voltages again within these device parts in order to suppress the noise and the disturbances of the energy supply to the maximum. The quantum computer QC preferably comprises one or more energy conditioning devices SRG, SRG2 for supplying the device parts from the one energy reserve or the plurality of energy reserves BENG, BENG2. The energy processing devices preferably adapt the voltage level supplied by the charging device LDV or the energy reserves BENG, BENG2 to the required voltage level of the respectively supplied device part of the quantum computer QC, preferably with a voltage reserve. In a second control stage, which is preferably a linear controller, these linear controllers can then, for example, use the voltage reserve in order to set the actual supply voltage of the relevant device parts of the quantum computer QC with low noise and precisely.

One or more separating devices TS preferably separate the one charging device or the multiple charging devices LDV from the one energy conditioning device or the multiple energy conditioning devices SRG, SRG2 and/or the one low-noise energy reserve or from the multiple low-noise energy reserves BENG, BENG2 when the quantum computer is on executes a quantum computer program and/or performs a quantum operation. A quantum operation in the sense of the document presented here is a manipulation of a quantum dot NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quanta bits of the quantum computer QC and/or a nuclear quantum dot CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. A quantum computer program in the sense of the document presented here is a program that includes at least one quantum operation. One or more binary data in the memory NVN, RAM of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC preferably encode such a quantum operation. For example, it can be a predetermined data word. A quantum operation within the meaning of the document presented here manipulates at least the quantum state of at least one quantum dot of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or manipulates at least the quantum state of at least one nuclear quantum dot of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The technical teaching of the document presented here also designates the data word that symbolizes such a quantum operation as a quantum op code. A quantum computer program includes at least one quantum op-code. In the above case, when the quantum computer QC executes a quantum computer program and/or executes a quantum operation, the one energy reserve or the several energy reserves BENG, BENG2 supply the one energy conditioning device or the several energy conditioning devices SRG, SRG2 with electrical energy that is particularly low-noise is.

One or more separating devices TS preferably connect the one or more charging devices LDV to the one or more energy conditioning device or devices SRG, SRG2 and/or the one or more low-noise energy reserve BENG, BENG2 if the quantum computer QC does not run a quantum computer program and/or performs a quantum operation. In this case, the charging device LDV preferably charges the one energy reserve or the multiple energy reserves BENG, BENG2 and, if necessary, supplies the one energy conditioning device or the multiple energy conditioning devices SRG, SRG2 with electrical energy, which is now typically less noisy.

magnetic field shielding

In order to reduce the influence of external magnetic fields, it makes sense if the proposed quantum computer QC is provided with a shielding AS for these external magnetic fields. This shielding can be, for example, a passive shielding AS, for example in the form of μ-metal mats and/or an active shielding AS in the form of a magnetic field-generating system, which generates a magnetic field opposing an external magnetic interference field and thereby reduces its effect and/or or even compensated. The proposed quantum computer therefore preferably includes one or more sensors MSx, MSy, MSz for detecting the strength of the magnetic flux density B and/or the magnetic field strength H. The control device μC preferably uses the sensors detected by the one or more sensors MSx, MSy, MSz Values of the magnetic flux density B and/or the magnetic field strength H for controlling magnetic field generating means MGx, MGy, MGz. The magnetic field generating means MGx, MGy, MGz preferably generate a compensating magnetic flux density B of an opposing magnetic field that compensates for the magnetic flux density B of the magnetic interference field.

A first sensor MSx preferably detects the strength of the magnetic flux density B and/or the magnetic field strength H in a first direction, for example an X-axis. A first magnetic field controller MFSx preferably supplies a first magnetic field generating means MGx with electrical energy. The first magnetic field generating means MGx preferably generates a magnetic flux density B _x , which preferably essentially has a direction that preferably corresponds to the first direction, ie for example the direction of the X axis. The first magnetic field controller MFSx preferably energizes the first magnetic field generating means MGx with a first electric current Ix. The control device μC preferably controls the first magnetic field generating means MGx via the first magnetic field controller MFSx. The first magnetic field controller MFSx preferably regulates the generation of the magnetic flux density B _x by the first magnetic field generating means MGx in such a way that the magnetic flux density B detected by the first sensor MSx or the magnetic field strength H detected by the first sensor MSx corresponds to a first value. This first value is preferably zero. For this purpose, the first magnetic field controller MFSx evaluates the value of the magnetic flux density B detected by the first sensor MSx or the value of the magnetic field strength H detected by the first sensor MSx.

A second sensor MSy preferably detects the strength of the magnetic flux density B and/or the magnetic field strength H in a second direction, for example a Y-axis. The direction of the Y-axis is preferably chosen perpendicular to the direction of the X-axis. A second magnetic field control MFSY ver preferably provides a second magnetic field generating means MGy with electrical energy. The second magnetic field generating means MGy preferably generates a magnetic flux density B _y , which preferably essentially has a direction that preferably corresponds to the second direction, ie for example the direction of the Y axis. The second magnetic field controller MFSy preferably energizes the second magnetic field generating means MGy with a second electric current Iy. The control device μC preferably controls the second magnetic field generating means MGy via the second magnetic field controller MFSy. The second magnetic field controller MFSy preferably regulates the generation of the magnetic flux density B _y by the second magnetic field generating means MGy in such a way that the magnetic flux density B detected by the second sensor MSy or the magnetic field strength H detected by the second sensor MSy corresponds to a second value. This second value is preferably zero. For this purpose, the second magnetic field controller MFSy evaluates the value of the magnetic flux density B detected by the second sensor MSy or the value of the magnetic field strength H detected by the second sensor MSy.

A third sensor MSz preferably detects the strength of the magnetic flux density B and/or the magnetic field strength H in a third direction, for example a Z-axis. The direction of the Z-axis is preferably chosen perpendicular to the direction of the X-axis and perpendicular to the direction of the Y-axis. A third magnetic field controller MFSz preferably supplies a third magnetic field generating means MGz with electrical energy. The third magnetic field generating means MGz preferably generates a magnetic flux density B _z which preferably essentially has a direction which preferably corresponds to the third direction, ie for example the direction of the Z axis. The third magnetic field controller MFSz preferably energizes the third magnetic field generating means MGz with a third electrical current Iz. The control device μC preferably controls the third magnetic field generating means MGz via the third magnetic field controller MFSz. The third magnetic field controller MFSz preferably regulates the generation of the magnetic flux density B _z by the third magnetic field generating means MGz in such a way that the magnetic flux density B detected by the third sensor MSz or the magnetic field strength H detected by the third sensor MSz corresponds to a third value. This third value is preferably zero. For this purpose, the third magnetic field controller MFSz evaluates the value of the magnetic flux density B detected by the third sensor MSz or the value of the magnetic field strength H detected by the third sensor MSz.

The proposed quantum computer QC typically has an optical system OS that allows the light source LED to irradiate the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with pump radiation LB. The optical system OS is preferably a confocal microscope. However, the optical system OS preferably also enables the optical readout of the state of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. For this purpose, the quantum computer QC of the quantum computer system QUSYS preferably has a dichroic mirror DBS, which allows the fluorescence radiation FL emitted by the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC to pass and the pump radiation LB of the light source LD onto the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 directs the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and keeps the pump radiation LB away from the photodetector PD for detecting the fluorescence radiation FL. Instead of a dichroic mirror DBS, the quantum computer QC of the quantum computer system QUSYS can also have a dichroic mirror DBS, which reflects away the fluorescence radiation FL emitted by the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and reflects the pump radiation LB of the light source LD via the optical system OS on the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC can happen, so that the pump radiation LB of the light source LD irradiates these quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with pump radiation LB of the pump radiation wavelength λ _pmp . In this case, the optical system OS preferably captures the fluorescence radiation FL of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and the dichroic mirror DBS reflects this fluorescence radiation FL onto the photodetector PD for detecting the fluorescence radiation FL. The proposed quantum computer QC thus includes, if it uses an optical readout of the states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC, a photodetector PD for detecting the fluorescence radiation FL of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The photodetector PD typically generates a received signal SO as a function of the fluorescence radiation FL. An amplifier V following in the signal path typically amplifies and filters the received signal S0 to form an amplified received signal S1. The amplifier V is thus typically used to amplify and/or filter the output signal of the photodetector PD, which is typically the received signal S0. The amplified received signal S1 is preferably a digitized signal consisting of one or more samples. The control device μC preferably detects the value of the amplified received signal S1 by means of an analog-to-digital converter ADCV, for example. The proposed quantum computer QC includes an electronic readout of the states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC uses a corresponding device for electronically reading out the states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. At this point, the writing presented here expressly refers to the writing again DE 10 2020 125 189 A1 . These device parts are preferably accommodated in a preferably common housing GH, which is preferably part of the quantum computer QC in the sense of the document presented here. As already described above, the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 are the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC, and the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ the nuclear ones Quantum bits of the quantum computer QC preferably within said substrate D. The substrate D is preferably doped with dopants. The substrate D preferably essentially comprises atoms without a magnetic moment, preferably at least in the effective range of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. In the case of diamond as the material of the substrate D, the diamond preferably essentially comprises ¹² C isotopes. In the case of the use of NV centers in diamond, particularly preferably form as quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC oxygen atoms ¹⁶ O, ¹⁸ O and/or phosphorus and/or sulfur atoms ³² S, ³⁴ S, ³⁶ S without magnetic Moment in the substrate D in the area of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC from the doping. This doping in the area of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC has two tasks. First, these doping atoms change the Fermi level E _F in the area of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. If NV centers are used as quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC, this doping with said doping atoms shifts the Fermi level E _F in the region of these quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. In the case of n-doping, this n-doping shifts the Fermi level E _F in the area of these quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC in such a way that the Fermi level is raised and that the energetically lower-lying NV centers are preferably negatively charged. The NV centers then represent NV centers. Since NV centers have a magnetic moment of this electron configuration due to the negative charge electron, ^NV centers are therefore particularly suitable for use as quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC . Secondly, this doping, which is preferably n-doping, means that the defects (English vacancies) in the diamond are electrically charged during implantation to form the NV centers and therefore do not cluster together due to the electrical repulsion of the negatively charged individual defects . This keeps the concentration of single defects high, increasing the likelihood of NV center formation during nitrogen implantation in diamond. The best results are achieved by doping a diamond substrate D with sulfur before the nitrogen implantation. Doping with a sulfur isotope without a nuclear magnetic moment is preferred. Such isotopes are the isotopes ³² S, ³⁴ S, ³⁶ S. An alternative is doping with the oxygen isotopes ¹⁶ O, ¹⁸ O, but this is less suitable. It is known that n-doping with phosphorus should also be successful. However, phosphorus has a nuclear magnetic moment. In principle, therefore, an N-doping with atoms that do not have a magnetic nuclear moment makes sense. Shifting the Fermi level E _F by other means, for example by means of preferably very thin electrodes precharged to a suitable potential relative to the substrate D, also led to such effects prior to the elaboration of this document. The substrate D of the quantum computer therefore preferably has a local shift in the Fermi level E _F at least temporarily, so that this is then energetically shifted in such a way that the yield of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC in the form of NV centers is increased during the implantation of the nitrogen atoms. In an analogous manner, the Fermi level E _F of other substrate materials and/or in relation to other paramagnetic centers (eg the ST1 center) can be influenced during the formation of these paramagnetic centers. The light source LD and the light source driver LDRV and the substrate D and the devices for generating the electromagnetic wave field MW/RF-AWFG, mWA, MGx, MGy, MGz and the control device µC and the memory RAM, NVM of the control device µC and the The optical system OS and possibly the amplifier V and the shielding AS are located within the housing GH, which means that they are preferably shielded from electromagnetic interference radiation penetrating from the outside. For this purpose, the material of the housing GH preferably comprises an electrically conductive material. The housing GH preferably forms a Faraday cage. The material of the housing GH preferably also includes a material for shielding magnetostatic and/or quasi-static magnetic fields. For this purpose, the material of the housing GH preferably includes so-called μ-metal, which is a particularly soft magnetic material.

The preferred μ-metal (Mu-metal, English Mu-metal or English permalloy) proposed here for use in quantum computers QC and quantum technological devices typically belongs to a group of soft magnetic nickel-iron alloys with 72 to 80% nickel and proportions of Copper, molybdenum, cobalt or chromium with high magnetic permeability used in the proposed quantum computer QC or the proposed quantum technological device for shielding AS from low-frequency external magnetic fields is used.

Such µ-metal is proposed to have a high permeability (µ _r =50,000 to 140,000 or more), which causes the magnetic flux of the external low-frequency magnetic fields to concentrate in the material of the housing GH of the quantum computer QC. When shielding AS from low-frequency or static magnetic interference fields, this effect leads to considerable shielding attenuation. Thus, the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ ,CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC are also then shielded against such external magnetic fields if the quantum computer QC changes its spatial orientation and/or location in the course of relocation, with such a change in the orientation of the quantum computer QC and/or the change in location of such a quantum computer QC typically leading to a change in orientation and or the strength of the magnetic fields acting on the quantum computer QC relative to the quantum computer QC. This is particularly advantageous if the quantum computer QC does not have active shielding against external magnetic fields, e.g , MGy, MGz would generate an opposing magnetic field for compensation.

The document presented here also proposes, inter alia, that the shielding AS of the quantum computer QC can be part of the housing GH of the quantum computer QC or the housing GH of the quantum computer QC itself. As already described, the control device μC controls the light source LD with the aid of said light source driver LDRV. In this case, the control device μC preferably generates a light source control signal, which can be the transmission signal S5, for example, by means of suitable means. The light source driver LDRV then typically supplies the light source LD with electrical energy as a function of the light source control signal from the control device μC. The light source LD thus preferably generates the pump radiation LB as a function of the light source control signal from the control device μC. The light source LD thus preferably generates the pump radiation LB as a function of the transmission signal S5. In the case of 1 the control device μC transmits the light source control signal preferably via the control data bus SDB and the waveform generator WFG as a transmission signal S5. In the following, the reader can therefore assume, for the sake of simplification and better understanding, that in the 1 the light source control signal is equal to the transmission signal S5. The light source LD then uses the optical system OS to irradiate the quantum dot or the multiple quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with pump radiation LB of a pump radiation wavelength λ _pmp . The pump radiation wavelength λ _pmp is preferably between 400 nm and 700 nm wavelength and/or better between 450 nm and 650 nm and/or better between 500 nm and 550 nm and/or better between 515 nm and 540 nm and/or optimally at one wavelength of 532 nm. In the case of NV centers in diamond, a laser diode from Osram of the type PLT5 520B with a wavelength of 520 nm has proven itself as an exemplary source of the pump radiation LB for the irradiation of NV centers in diamond as the material of the substrate D . The quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC then emit fluorescence radiation FL with a fluorescence wavelength λ _fl depending on their state and on the pump radiation LB. In the case of NV centers as paramagnetic centers of quantum dots of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC, the <fluorescence wavelength is typically in the range of 638 nm. The intensity I _fi of the fluorescence radiation FL typically depends on the intensity I _pmp of the pump radiation LB and thus also on the light source control signal. The one or more quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC thus emit fluorescence radiation FL with a fluorescence radiation wavelength λ _fl when irradiated with electromagnetic radiation of the pump radiation wavelength λ _pmp . In the case of an optical readout of the state of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC or of the quantum dot of the quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, the photodetector PD uses the optical system OS to detect the fluorescence radiation FL and converts the fluorescence radiation FL into a receiver output signal S0 . The receiver output signal S0 typically depends on the fluorescence radiation FL hitting the photodetector PD. The receiver output signal S0 preferably depends on the intensity I _fl of the fluorescence radiation FL that hits the photodetector PD. In the case of the optical readout of the state of the quantum dot(s) NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC, the amplifier V amplifies and/or filters the receiver output signal S0 and preferably makes the signal available to the computer core CPU of the control device µC as an amplified received signal S1 . The amplifier V preferably stores the values of the sampled values of the amplified received signal S1 in a memory of the amplifier V and digitized by means of an analog-to-digital converter of the amplifier V. The computer core CPU of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC can then, for example, via the control data bus SDB Query samples of the amplified received signal S1 from the memory of the amplifier V and process them further. In the case of the electronic readout of the quantum dots NV1, V2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC generate in 1 For a better overview, devices HS1 to HS3 and VS1, not shown, for electronically reading out the states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with a control unit B CBB a second received signal. As already described, the control device µC of the quantum computer QC controls the one or more devices for generating an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and at the respective location of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. By controlling the one or more devices (LH1, LH2, LH3, LV1) to generate an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and at the respective location of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or by controlling the emission of the light source LD, the control device µC of the quantum computer QC can thus determine the states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 change the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or couple them together. The control device μC of the quantum computer QC preferably has means for generating a measured value signal with one or more measured values from one or more received signals, in particular from the first received signal and/or the second received signal. Since these received signals depend on the states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ ,CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ the measured value signal typically also depends on the states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC.

To achieve relocatability, the use of a room-temperature-capable quantum computer QC based on paramagnetic centers as quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC using nuclear magnetic moments as nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with optical pump radiation LB and optical state readout or electronic state readout of the quantum dot states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and a suitable relocatable, as passive as possible Shield AS suggested.

The proposal presented here now proposes that the quantum computer QC and/or the mobile device have an energy supply EV, which can be relocated if necessary, for supplying the quantum computer QC with energy. This is the only way to complete the installability. The power supply EV is preferably located within the housing GH. In this case, the housing GH can comprise a sub-housing with a magnetically shielded area in which the sub-devices of the quantum computer QC that are sensitive to magnetic fields are located. Outside of this sub-housing, but still inside the housing GH, are preferably the parts of the quantum computer QC which are firstly not or less sensitive to external magnetic and electromagnetic interference fields and/or themselves generate electromagnetic and/or magnetic interference fields. The power supply EV is therefore preferably placed outside the sub-housing within the housing GH of the quantum computer QC. The quantum computers QC1 to QC16 of a quantum computer system QUSYS can also have a common housing GH.

Typically, the proposed quantum computer QC is part of the quantum computer system QUSYS, e.g. the smartphone or the portable quantum computer system QUSYS or the vehicle or the deployable weapon system, together with all the necessary means for its operation.

These means of operating the quantum computer QC must therefore also be relocatable. The proposed quantum computer system QUSYS includes, as relocatable means for its operation and in particular one or more energy supplies EV that may be relocatable and/or one or more quantum computers QC. For the purposes of this document, these means of operating the quantum computer QC are also part of the smartphone or the piece of clothing or the wearable quantum computer system QUSYS or the vehicle or the deployable weapon system. It is irrelevant for the interpretation of the claims whether the operation of the quantum computer QC is coupled to means and/or commands outside of the quantum computer QC despite the presence of all means for operating the quantum computer QC as part of the quantum computer QC. It is important that the quantum computer QC is potentially functional without these means and/or commands outside of the quantum computer QC. For example, should a Quantum computer system QUSYS that waits for an external start command due to the programming of the central control device ZSE and/or the programming of a control device μC of a quantum computer QC of the quantum computer system QUSYS, still be covered by the claims.

The mobile, possibly relocatable energy supply EV preferably comprises one or more possibly relocatable charging devices LDV with one or more power supplies PWR of the charging device en LDV, one or more possibly relocatable separating devices TS, one or more possibly relocatable energy reserves BENG and one or more possibly .replaceable energy processing devices SRG. The mobile energy supply EV preferably includes an energy processing device SRG, in particular a voltage converter or a voltage regulator or a current regulator, which prevents changes in the energy content of the energy reserve BENG of the energy supply EV, for example the state of charge of an accumulator as an energy reserve BENG of the energy supply EV, from affecting the quantum computer QC and/or the quantum computer system QUSYS. The mobile energy supply EV supplies the energy processing device SRG with energy and the energy processing device SRG supplies electrical energy, for example to the quantum computer QC and possibly further parts of the quantum computer system QUSYS. In this case, the energy supply EV supplies the quantum computer QC, for example, with electrical energy only indirectly via the energy processing device SRG.

Typically, the quantum computer QC is set up and provided according to the proposal to be able to work with a reduced first number of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC even at room temperature. Room temperature as the operating temperature of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC leads to a broadening of the resonances in the resonance spectrum, so that they overlap. The proposed quantum computer QC therefore preferably has a possibly relocatable cooling device KV, which can be relocated together with the quantum computer QC. The cooling device KV in question, which may be relocatable, is preferably suitable and/or provided for reducing the temperature of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the quantum computer QC nuclear quantum bits. The lowering of the operating temperature of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC leads to a narrowing of the resonances in the resonance spectrum, so that they overlap to a lesser extent or not at all. Such cooling by means of a cooling device KV preferably lowers the temperature of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC to the extent that the quantum computer QC works with a second number of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC that is increased compared to the first number of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC can.

The quantum computer QC preferably comprises a closed loop helium gas cooling system HeCLCS, which is also referred to as a closed cycle cryocooler, as a possibly relocatable cooling device KV. For example, we refer to https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cryocooler.

A further form of the proposal relates to a quantum computer which has a possibly relocatable second energy supply. The possibly relocatable second energy supply can be completely or partially identical to the first possibly relocatable energy supply (Bat). Preferably, this second possibly relocatable energy supply BENG supplies the possibly relocatable cooling device KV with energy. This has the advantage that the first energy supply is not disturbed by transient disturbances in the electric motors of the deployable cooling device KV.

Another aspect of the proposal concerns a quantum computer QC for use in a mobile device. Use in a smartphone or a portable quantum computer system QUSYS or in a motor vehicle or in a weapon system is very particularly preferred. This means that the paper presented here proposes a deployable weapon system with a quantum computer QC being part of the deployable weapon system. The use of the quantum computer QC as part of the fire control system of the weapon system or of the navigation system GPS, NAV of the weapon system is particularly preferred. The weapon system particularly preferably uses the quantum computer QC to solve NP-complete problems, such as, for example, but not only the identification of targets, the classification of targets, the assignment of targets to known enemy objects such as aircraft and/or missile types, vehicle types, ship types, missile types , floating body types, types of underwater vehicles, types of underwater objects, types of spacecraft, types of satellites, etc. Furthermore, the selection of the order of target engagement and/or the selection of the weapon means and/or the choice of ammunition to engage the targets are among the problems that the weapon system solves with the help of the quantum computer QC. In addition, the deployable weapon system can use the quantum computer QC to determine and/or modify and/or monitor the route of the respective projectile or warhead or weapon carrier to the target using the quantum computer QC.

Such a method begins with the acquisition of environmental data by the quantum computer system QUSYS in step A). The environmental data is typically recorded by means of suitable sensors, which can be part of the quantum computer system QUSYS or which are connected to this quantum computer system QUSYS via data connections and transmit environmental data to the quantum computer system QUSYS. In a step B), the quantum computer system QUSYS identifies objects in the environment of the quantum computer system QUSYS, where this environment can also be remote from the quantum computer system QUSYS. In a step C), the quantum computer system QUSYS classifies the identified objects in the environment of the quantum computer system QUSYS. In step C), the quantum computer system QUSYS typically classifies the objects according to their level of danger and/or vulnerability and/or strategic effect in order to maximize the effectiveness of a weapon. This classification in step C) is preferably carried out using a neural network model, which the quantum computer system QUSYS preferably executes. The quantum computer system QUSYS preferably uses one or more quantum operations for manipulating the quantum state of one or more quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of one or more quantum computers QC1 to QC16 of the quantum computer system QUSYS for this step C) in order to classify the objects. In a step D, the quantum computer system QUSYS specifies the weapons and/or the ammunition and/or the configuration and/or the order of the objects attacked and/or the objects attacked and/or the objects not attacked. This specification is preferably made in step D) using a neural network model, which the quantum computer system QUSYS preferably executes. In step D), the quantum computer system QUSYS preferably uses one or more quantum operations to manipulate the quantum state of one or more quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of one or more quantum computers QC1 to QC16 of the quantum computer system QUSYS to make these determinations. In a step E), the quantum computer system QUSYS preferably proposes one or more of these defined attack scenarios to an operator, for example one or more pilots and/or one or more fire control officers or the like. If they give the fire order, the quantum computer system QUSYS can, for example, implement the released attack scenario in a step F). this is in 12 shown.

The quantum computer QC preferably has a shielding AS. The shielding AS preferably shields the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC, ie for example the NV centers, from electromagnetic fields and/or electromagnetic waves.

The quantum computer QC preferably includes an optical system OS that directs the electromagnetic radiation from the light source LD onto the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC, ie for example the paramagnetic centers or the NV centers. The optical system OS preferably includes a confocal microscope.

The optical system OS preferably comprises a first camera CM1, which captures the fluorescence radiation FL from the paramagnetic centers NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or from clusters of such paramagnetic centers, for example from NV centers and/or clusters of NV centers. Other fluorescent defect centers with other fluorescence wavelengths are conceivable. Such other fluorescent defect centers with other fluorescence wavelengths can thus have a fluorescence radiation with a fluorescence wavelength that is different from the fluorescence wavelength λ _fl of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and therefore, for example, by means of a dichroic mirror instead of the semi-transparent mirror STM or can be optically separated from the pump radiation LB and the fluorescence radiation FL of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC by means of an optical filter. The substrate D is preferably mounted on a positioning table. The positioning table preferably includes a translational positioning device XT in the X direction and a translational positioning device YT in the Y direction, which the control device μC of the quantum computer QC preferably controls via the control data bus SDB. The first camera CM1 preferably captures the position of the substrate D relative to the optical system OS and thus the position of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC in the substrate D. The first camera CM1 thus captures the position of the paramagnetic centers, for example of the NV centers relative to the optical system OS. If the substrate D shifts relative to the optical system OS, for example due to mechanical vibrations or other disturbances, then an image processing system of the quantum computer QC detects this mechanical shift, for example by Off evaluation of the position of fluorescent paramagnetic defect centers. The image processing system preferably uses the first camera CM1 to capture the fluorescence pattern of the defect centers and compares their position on the image with target positions. The image processing system preferably determines a displacement vector and repositions the substrate D using the positioning table XT, YT relative to the optical system OS as a function of the determined displacement vector. The image processing device preferably carries out this repositioning in such a way that the position of the quantum dot of the quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, for example the paramagnetic center or a cluster of paramagnetic centers, relative to the optical system OS is preferably essentially unchanged after the repositioning has been completed. The image processing system is preferably part of the quantum computer QC. Typically, the controller µC of the quantum computer works as the image processing system. However, the image processing system can also be a separate sub-device of the quantum computer QC. In that case, the control device μC preferably controls the separate image processing system via the control data bus SDB. The image processing system can then be part of the first camera interface CIF, for example. Instead of an image processing system, other positional displacement sensors can also detect the displacements of the substrate D relative to the optical system. The proposed quantum computer QC then readjusts the position of the substrate D relative to the optical system OS on the basis of the position displacement data of such position displacement sensors. For example, such position displacement sensors can transmit the detected position displacement data to the control device µC of the quantum computer QC via the control data bus SDB, so that the control device µC of the quantum computer QC, for example depending on this recorded position displacement data via the control data bus SDB, moves the positioning table by means of the translatory positioning device XT in the X direction and by means of the translational positioning device YT in the Y direction, which the control device μC repositions the substrate D with respect to the optical system OS as a function of this determined position displacement data, as if essentially no displacement had taken place. This ensures that the quantum computer QC works even with vibrations, accelerations and the like.

The quantum computer QC preferably comprises a photodetector PD and an amplifier V. The photodetector PD detects the fluorescence radiation FL of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC when the light source LD irradiates them with its electromagnetic radiation, which serves as pump radiation LB . The quantum computer QC preferably uses this to read out the quantum state of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC are preferably paramagnetic centers as quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The paramagnetic centers are preferably NV centers in diamond. The amplifier V amplifies and/or filters the receiver output signal S0 from the photodetector PD to form an amplified receiver output signal S1. The amplified receiver output signal can, for example, also be an ordered set of data in a memory of the amplifier V, with the computer core CPU of the control device μC preferably being able to read this memory of the amplifier V at least partially via the control data bus SDB.

Furthermore, in parallel or as an alternative to this optical readout of the state of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC, the quantum computer QC can also carry out an electronic readout of quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. For this purpose, the quantum computer QC can alternatively or in parallel to the photodetector PD and the amplifier V have a device for electronically reading out the states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The device for electronically reading out the states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC preferably comprises electrically conductive lines for applying electric fields in the effective area of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and contacts for sucking off charge carriers in the area the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. Furthermore, the device for electronically reading out the states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC preferably includes devices for providing the control signals for controlling the said electrically conductive lines for applying electric fields in the effective range of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. Furthermore, the device for electronically reading out the states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC, NV3 preferably includes devices amplifiers for amplifying the sucked off via the contacts for the suction of charge carriers in the area of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC electric currents of charge carriers. The proposed quantum computer QC preferably has one or more digital-to-analog walls ler that participate in generating the control signals for driving said electrically conductive lines LH1, LH2, LH3, LV1 for applying electric fields in the effective range of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The first horizontal driver stage HD1 preferably has an analog-to-digital converter for driving the first quantum dot NV1 to be driven of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, which the computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably control via the control data bus STB. The second horizontal driver stage HD2 preferably has an analog-to-digital converter for driving the second quantum dot NV2 to be driven of the second quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, which the computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably control via the control data bus STB. The third horizontal driver stage HD3 preferably has an analog-to-digital converter for driving the third quantum dot NV3 to be driven of the third quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, which the computer core CPU of the control device μC can preferably control via the control data bus STB. The control device μC preferably controls one or more of these digital-to-analog converters via an internal control data bus SDB of the quantum computer QC.

Summary

The document presented here describes a quantum computer QC, which preferably comprises NV centers in diamond as quantum bits. Here, the NV centers in diamond also stand for other paramagnetic centers with equivalent properties. Other materials are also conceivable.

The quantum computer QC uses nuclear spins of atomic nuclei that are strongly coupled to these quantum bits - the NV centers - as nuclear quantum bits, which are strongly bound to the quantum bits, here in the form of NV centers, which the document presented here also refers to as strong nuclear quantum bits.

The quantum computer QC uses weakly bound to the quantum bits, here in the form of NV centers, nuclear spins of atomic nuclei weakly coupled to these quantum bits - the NV centers - as nuclear quantum bits, which the document presented here also refers to as weak nuclear quantum bits.

The resonance energy for the coupling of these weakly coupled nuclear spins of these atomic nuclei weakly coupled to the respective quantum bit - here the respective NV center - depends only weakly on the respective spin state of the electron configuration of the respective quantum bit weakly coupled with this nuclear spin - here the NV- center - off. The quantum computer QC is preferably set up to perform a SWOP of the quantum state of a quantum bit - here the NV center - with the quantum state of a nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit weakly bound to this quantum bit - here this NV center - under Hartmann-Hahn conditions by means of a microwave pulse to control this quantum bit - here this NV center. The quantum computer QC is preferably set up to perform a SWOP of the quantum state of a quantum bit - here an NV center - with the quantum state of a nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit strongly bound to this quantum bit - here this NV center - by means of a radio wave pulse using the strong coupling between this quantum bit - here this NV center - and the strongly bound nuclear spins of a nuclear quantum bit. The quantum computer QC preferably includes means MW/RF-AWFG, MWA for generating the radio wave pulse and/or the microwave pulse. The quantum computer QC preferably includes means MGx, MGy, MGz, MSx, MSy, MSz, MFSx, MFSy, MFSz for setting the magnetic flux density B to meet the Hartmann-Hahn condition. The quantum computer QC preferably includes a light source LD for irradiating the quantum bits—here the NV centers—with pump radiation LB of the pump radiation wavelength λ _pmp . The quantum computer QC typically includes a control device μC, which includes at least one memory RAM, NVM. A quantum computer program with OP codes and with at least one symbol for a quantum OP code as OP code is preferably stored in the memory RAM, NVM. This also means that typically at least one of the memories RAM, NVM is set up to store a quantum computer program with OP codes and with at least one symbol for a quantum OP code as OP code. The control device μC is preferably set up to process the quantum computer program. The control device μC is typically set up to control the light source LD and the means MGx, MGy, MGz, MSx, MSy, MSz, MFSx, MFSy, MFSz for setting the magnetic flux density B and the means MW/RF-AWFG, MWA for generating the To control radio wave pulse and / or the microwave pulse depending on the OP-codes and / or quantum OP-codes of the quantum computer program. The quantum op-codes in memory RAM, NVM typically include CROT instructions for manipulation of a strongly bound nuclear spin. For the purposes of this paper, the quantum op-codes in memory RAM, NVM CROT instructions for manipulating a strongly bound nuclear spin include when these quantum op-codes at least comprise a CROT operation of at least one quantum bit and/or at least one nuclear quantum bit when executed. A quantum OP code within the meaning of the document presented here is an op code which, when executed by the quantum computer QC and/or the control device μC, results in a manipulation and/or reading of at least one quantum bit and/or nuclear quantum bit. Typically, in memory RAM, the quantum op-codes include NVM CROT instructions for manipulating a weakly bound nuclear spin of a weakly bound nuclear quantum bit to a quantum bit. A memory RAM, NVM of the control device µC is preferably set up to provide information, in particular as a flag, for one or more or all nuclear spins for which the quantum computer QC is set up to use them as nuclear quantum bits, which indicates whether it is a nuclear quantum bit - here in the form of a nuclear spin - strongly bound to a quantum bit - here an NV center - or a nuclear quantum bit - here in the form of a nuclear spin - weakly bound to a quantum bit - here an NV center - acts. The memory RAM, NVM of the control device μC preferably has information ready for one or more or all nuclear spins, in which the quantum computer QC is set up to use them as nuclear quantum bits, which indicates to which quantum bit - here NV center - the nuclear spin in question is bound as a nuclear quantum bit. The control device μC executes a CROT OP code and/or a CROT operation of a nuclear quantum bit—here a nuclear spin—preferably depending on this information that is in the memory RAM, NVM.

Preferably, the memory RAM, NVM for at least one nuclear quantum bit preferably in the form of a nuclear spin of an atomic nucleus, which the quantum computer QC uses as a nuclear quantum bit, information about which quantum bit - here NV center - this nuclear quantum bit - here in the form of this nuclear spin - can be coupled. The memory RAM, NVM preferably includes, for at least this one nuclear spin of an atomic nucleus, which the quantum computer QC uses as a nuclear quantum bit, information about the position and/or group of positions of this at least one atomic nucleus in the crystal lattice relative to the position of the assigned paramagnetic center used as a quantum bit - here the assigned NV center - is located in the crystal lattice.

Preferably, the quantum computer QC is set up so that the quantum computer QC for reading out the nuclear quantum states of n nuclear spins of n atomic nuclei of n nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC, which are coupled to a quantum bit - here an NV center - 2 ⁿ CROT -Run gates to check combinations of quantum states. In this case, n is preferably an integer greater than 2. The quantum computer QC is preferably set up to detect the transition of the quantum state of the quantum bit - here the NV transition of the NV center - when the n nuclear spins of the n atomic nuclei of the nuclei n nuclear quantum bits are located in one of these 2" combinations of quantum states of these n quantum bits (quantum bits and nuclear quantum bits as a community).

Advantage

The quantum computer presented here can realize a higher number of quantum bits with improved fidelity by different control of nuclear spins of atomic nuclei of nuclear quantum bits that are weakly and strongly coupled to the NV centers. However, the advantages are not limited to this.

character list

• 1 shows the exemplary relocatable quantum computer QC described above in a schematically simplified manner.
• 2 shows two exemplary quantum bits QUB1, QUB2.
• 3 Figure 12 shows the block diagram of an exemplary quantum computer QC with an exemplary three-bit quantum register indicated schematically.
• 4 shows an exemplary quantum computer system QUSYS with an exemplary central control unit ZSE.
• 5 shows an exemplary aircraft FZ as an exemplary vehicle with multiple deployable quantum computers QC1, QC2.
• 6a shows another example of use of the proposed deployable quantum computer QC in an aircraft FZ.
• 6b shows a deployable quantum computer QC in a sea container SC on a low-loader TL with a tractor ZM.
• 6c shows an exemplary aircraft carrier FZT as an exemplary floating body.
• 6d shows a factory building FHB as an example of a stationary device in which several relocatable quantum computers QC have been introduced here by way of example.
• 7 shows another example of a vehicle with a proposed quantum computer system QUSYS with two quantum computers QC here by way of example, which is an example of a submarine SUB.
• 8th shows a vehicle with a first quantum computer QC1, a second quantum computer QC2, a central control unit ZSE and an external data bus EXTDB, which connects them to a quantum computer system QUSYS, the vehicle in the example being the 8th an exemplary motor vehicle is KFZ.
• 9 shows a check whether the solution of an NP-complete problem is in fact a solution.
• 10 shows a quantum computer system QUSYS with a daisy-chain arrangement of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16.
• 11 shows a quantum computer system QUSYS with several sub-quantum computer systems.
• 12 shows the solution of an NP-complete problem using a mobile relocatable quantum computer QC.
• 13 shows an exemplary structure of an amplifier V, as shown in FIG 1 is drawn.
• 14 shows an example of a garment with a deployable quantum computer system QUSYS.
• 15 FIG. 12 shows an example of a satellite or spacecraft as an example of a vehicle with a deployable quantum computing system QUSYS.
• 16 shows an example of a smartphone with a deployable quantum computer system QUSYS.
• 17 largely corresponds to the 1 , whereby the mechanical basic construction MGK is also shown.
• 18 shows the different positions of the coupling nuclear spins.
• 19 shows the energy splitting shift by hyperfine WW hf Zeeman, nZ and quadrupole Q.
• 20 shows a proposed pulse sequence for characterizing a quantum bit in the form of an NV center.
• 21 shows the pulse sequence for a Ramsey or Hahn echo.
• 22 shows an example of driving a nuclear spin of the atomic nucleus of a nuclear quantum bit that is strongly coupled to the NV center of the quantum bit.
• 23 shows an example of the gating of a nuclear spin of the atomic nucleus of a nuclear quantum bit weakly coupled to the NV center of the quantum bit.
• 24 Figure 12 shows an example of a Bernstein-Vazirani code in the Quiskit quantum computer program description language.
• 25 shows the source code of the example 24 (BV code) in the form of exemplary assembler opcodes that the quantum computer QC executes.
• 26 shows the example of an addition of 2m times 3 bit values.
• 27 shows a quantum computer QC mounted in a gimbal KAH.
• 28 shows the exemplary topology of four exemplary NV centers based quantum bit systems (white with black solid border circle: NV center as electronic quantum dots NV electronic quantum bits QUB, white with black dashed border circle: ¹⁴ N or ¹⁵ N nitrogen core as nuclear quantum dots CI nuclear quantum bits CQUB, filled in black: ¹³ C carbon nuclei as nuclear quantum dots CI nuclear quantum bits CQUB).
• 29 shows a magnetic field above a bar magnet (radius 1 mm, length 5 mm) as a function of the radial coordinate (r) and distance coordinate (z), with the alignment suitable for NV centers in the (111) orientation (θ=arctan( sqrt(3/2))=50.77°) along the black line Pth.
• 30 shows a schematic representation of an exemplary waveguide structure of a coplanar waveguide CWG in 50 Ω technology.

Description of the figures

The figures explain the proposal in a schematic and simplified manner. The disclosure of the document presented here is not limited to the figures and also includes other combinations.

figure 1

1 shows the exemplary relocatable quantum computer QC described above in a schematically simplified manner. The document presented here does not repeat the description at this point.

figure 2

The 2 shows two exemplary quantum bits QUB1, QUB2. In the following, the document presented here initially describes the first quantum bit QUB1. The second quantum bit QUB2 results analogously. The substrate D has an underside US on which a backside contact BSC is attached. The substrate D is particularly preferably made of diamond. The quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the first electronic quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the second nuclear ones are preferably irradiated Quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with pump radiation LB from the underside US of the substrate D. The nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the second nuclear quantum bits include preferably strong and/or nuclear spins weakly bound to the respective NV1, NV2, NV3 of the first electronic quantum bits of the quantum computer QC as second nuclear quantum bits. The document presented here also designates the second nuclear quantum bits synonymously as nuclear quantum bits. The document presented here also designates the nuclear spins of the nuclear quantum bits synonymously as nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the second nuclear quantum bits. The isotopes of the substrate D preferably have essentially no nuclear magnetic moment μ. An epitaxial layer DEPI is applied to the substrate D to improve the electronic properties. The substrate D and/or the epitaxial layer DEPI preferably comprise essentially only isotopes without a nuclear magnetic moment μ. The substrate D and/or the epitaxial layer DEPI preferably comprises essentially only one isotope type of an isotope without a nuclear magnetic moment μ. The package made up of substrate D and epitaxial layer DEPI has a surface OF. A vertical line LV1 is applied to the surface OF as part of an exemplary crossbar structure, through which a vertical electric current IV1 modulated with a vertical modulation flows. The surface OF and the vertical line LV1 are covered by an insulation IS. There may be additional insulation between the vertical line LV1 and the surface OF in order to electrically insulate the vertical line LV1. A first horizontal line LH1, through which a first horizontal electrical current IH1 modulated with a first horizontal modulation flows, is applied to the insulation IS. The first vertical line LV1 and the first horizontal line LH1 are preferably electrically isolated from one another. The angle α ₁₁ between the first horizontal line LH1 and the first vertical line LV1 is preferably a right angle of 90°. The first horizontal line LH1 and the first vertical line LV1 preferably cross above the paramagnetic center of the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC. The first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC is preferably an NV center in diamond. The first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC is preferably located directly below the crossing point of the first horizontal line LH1 and the first vertical line LV1 at a first distance d1 below the surface OF in the epitaxial layer DEPI. The first distance d1 is preferably between 10 μm and 20 μm, worse between 5 μm and 40 μm, worse between 2.5 μm and 80 μm. In the case of diamond as the material of the epitaxial layer DEPI, the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC can be an NV center, for example. The use of SiV and/or TR12 centers and other paramagnetic centers in diamond is also conceivable. If the horizontal modulation of the first horizontal current IH1 is shifted by +/-π/2 compared to the vertical modulation of the first vertical current IV1, then a rotating magnetic field B _NV , for example, results at the location of the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, affecting the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC. The control device µC can do this of the quantum computer QC to manipulate the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC. In this case, the control device μC selects the frequency in such a way that the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC resonates with the rotating magnetic field B _NV . The duration of the pulse then determines the angle of rotation of the quantum information of the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC. The direction of polarization determines the direction.

The 2 includes, for example, six nuclear quantum dots of the second nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC viz
Firstly, a first nuclear quantum dot CI1 ₁ of the first second nuclear quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, strongly bound to the first quantum dot NV1 of the second quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, which is associated with the first quantum dot NV1 of the first first electronic quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, and secondly, one second, strongly bound to the first quantum dot NV1 of the second first electronic quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, nuclear quantum dot CI1 ₂ of the second second nuclear quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, which is associated with the first quantum dot NV1 of the first first electronic quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, and thirdly a third , weakly bound to the first quantum dot NV1 of the second first electronic quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, nuclear quantum dot CI1 ₃ of the third second nuclear quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, associated with the first quantum dot NV1 of the first first electronic quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, and fourth, a first, strongly bound to the second quantum dot NV2 of the second first electronic quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, nuclear quantum dot CI2 ₁ of the first second nuclear quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, associated with the second quantum dot NV2 of the second first electronic quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, and fifth, a second, strongly to the second quantum dot NV2 of the second first electronic quantum bit of the quantum computer QC bound nuclear quantum dot CI2 ₂ of the second second nuclear quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, which is associated with the second quantum dot NV2 of the second first electronic quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, and sixth, a third, weakly attached the second quantum dot NV2 of the second first electronic quantum bit of the quantum computer QC bound nuclear quantum dot CI2 ₃ of the third second nuclear quantum bit of the quantum computer QC associated with the second quantum dot NV2 of the second first electronic quantum bit of the quantum computer QC.

Each of the nuclear quantum dots of the second nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC forms a respective nuclear quantum bit (second nuclear quantum bit) with the lines LV1, LH1, LH2. In the respective nuclear quantum bit, the quantum dot NV1, NV2 is replaced by the nuclear quantum dot CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ in QUB1 and CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ in QUB2.

Isotopes with a magnetic nuclear spin preferably form the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ of the second nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC in the substrate D. In the case of diamond as the material of the epitaxial layer DEPI or of the substrate D, a nuclear quantum dot of a second nuclear quantum bit of the quantum computer QC can be, for example, a ¹³ C isotope or an atomic nucleus of a nitrogen atom of an NV center.

2 12 shows an exemplary quantum register with a first first electronic quantum bit QUB1 and a second first electronic quantum bit QUB2. The electronic quantum bits QUB1, QUB2 of the quantum register have a common substrate D and a common epitaxial layer DEPI. The first vertical line of the first first electronic quantum bit QUB1 is the first vertical line LV1 of the second first electronic quantum bit QUB2. The first vertical line LV1 and the first horizontal line LH1 preferably cross above the first quantum dot NV1 of the first first electronic quantum bit QUB1 of the quantum computer QC, which preferably lies at a first distance d1 below the surface OF, at a preferably right angle α ₁₁ of 90 °. The first vertical horizontal line LV1 and the second horizontal line LH2 preferably cross above the second quantum dot NV2 of the second quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, which is preferably a second distance d2 below the surface, preferably at a right angle α ₁₂ . Preferably, the first distance d1 and the second distance d2 are similar to each other. With NV centers in diamond as quantum dots NV1, NV2 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC, these distances d1, d2 are preferably 10 nm to 20 nm. A first vertical current IV1 modulated with a horizontal modulation flows through the first vertical line LV1. A first horizontal current IH1 modulated with a first horizontal modulation flows through the first horizontal line LH1. A second horizontal current IH2 modulated with a second horizontal modulation flows through the second horizontal line LH2. The first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bits of the quantum computer QC is spaced from the second quantum dot NV2 of the second quantum bit of the quantum computer QC by a distance sp12.

The 2 shows an exemplary core-electron-core-electron quantum register CECEQUREG.

The core-electron-core-electron quantum register comprises an electron-electron quantum register in which the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit QUB1 of the quantum computer QC can couple with the second quantum dot NV2 of the second quantum bit QUB2 of the quantum computer QC.

The core-electron core-electron quantum register comprises a first core-electron quantum register in which the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit QUB1 of the quantum computer QC can couple with the first core quantum dot CI1 ₁ of the first core quantum bit of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC.

The core-electron core-electron quantum register comprises a second core-electron quantum register in which the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit QUB1 of the quantum computer QC can couple with the second core quantum dot CI1 ₂ of the second core quantum bit of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC.

The core-electron core-electron quantum register includes a third core-electron quantum register in which the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit QUB1 of the quantum computer QC can couple with the third core quantum dot CI1 ₃ of the second core quantum bit of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC.

The core-electron core-electron quantum register includes a fourth core-electron quantum register in which the second quantum dot NV2 of the second quantum bit QUB2 of the quantum computer QC can couple with the first core quantum dot CI2 ₁ of the fourth core quantum bit of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC.

The core-electron core-electron quantum register includes a fifth core-electron quantum register in which the second quantum dot NV2 of the second quantum bit QUB2 of the quantum computer QC couple with the second nuclear quantum dot 1,CI2 ₂ of the fifth core quantum bit of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC can.

The core-electron core-electron quantum register includes a sixth core-electron quantum register in which the second quantum dot NV2 of the second quantum bit QUB2 of the quantum computer QC can couple with the third core quantum dot CI2 ₃ of the sixth core quantum bit of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC.

This is the simplest form of a quantum bus with a first quantum ALU QUALU1 (NV1, CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ ) and a second quantum ALU QUALU2 (NV2, CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ ). The control device μC _can use _{the first} quantum point NV1 of the first quantum bit of the _quantum computer _QC and the _second Quantum dot NV2 of the second quantum bit of the quantum computer QC entangle with each other. The first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC and the second quantum dot NV2 of the second quantum bit of the quantum computer QC preferably serve to transport the dependency and the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ the nuclear Quantum computer QC quantum bits for calculations and storage. The fact that the range of the coupling of the quantum dots NV1, NV2 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with each other is greater than the range of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC is used here among themselves and that the T2 time of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC is longer than that of the quantum dots NV1, NV2 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC.

Typically, the distance between the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC and the second quantum dot NV2 of the second quantum bit of the quantum computer QC is greater than the electron-nucleus coupling range, so the state of the core quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC the state of the second quantum dot NV2 of the second quantum bit of the quantum computer ters QC cannot influence and the state of the second quantum dot NV2 of the second quantum bit of the quantum computer QC cannot influence the state of the nuclear quantum points CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC.

Typically, the distance between the nuclear quantum dots CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC and the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC is greater than the electron-nucleus coupling range, so the state of the nuclear quantum dots CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC cannot affect the state of the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC and the state of the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC the state of the nuclear quantum dots CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC cannot directly affect.

2 FIG. 1 shows an exemplary quantum register with a second horizontal shielding line SH2 and with a first horizontal shielding line SH1 and with a third horizontal shielding line SH3. The additional shield lines allow the injection of further currents to improve the selection of the quantum dots of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC during the execution of the operations by energizing the vertical and horizontal lines. The two additional lines allow an even better adjustment.

2 shows an exemplary two-bit electron-electron quantum register with a common first vertical line LV1, several shielding lines and two quantum dots NV1, NV2 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. In the 2 In order to explain the readout process, a first vertical shielding line SV1 is drawn in parallel to the first vertical line LV1. Since this is a cross-sectional image, the corresponding second vertical shielding line SV2, which also runs parallel to the first vertical line LV1 on the other side thereof, is not shown. In this example, the shielding lines are connected to the substrate D by contacts. If an extraction field is now created between two shielding lines running in parallel by applying an extraction voltage between these shielding lines SV1, SV2, a measurable current flow occurs when the light source LD irradiates the quantum dots NV1, NV2 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with pump radiation LB and this is in the are in the right quantum state. More can be found, for example, in Petr Siyushev, Milos Nesladek, Emilie Bourgeois, Michal Gulka, Jaroslav Hruby, Takashi Yamamoto, Michael Trupke, Tokuyuki Teraji, Junichi Isoya, Fedor Jelezko, "Photoelectrical imaging and coherent spin-state readout of single nitrogenvacancy centers in diamond" , Science 363, 728-731 (2019) 15 February 2019.

The two quantum dots NV1, NV2 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC of 2 are each part of several core-electron quantum registers. Each quantum dot NV1, NV2 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC is the in the example 2 Part of a respective QuantenALU QUALU1, QUALU2.

The first quantum dot NV1 first quantum bits of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC can in the example 2 interact with a first nuclear quantum point CI1 ₁ of the first nuclear quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC when the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG supplies the first horizontal line LH1 and the first vertical line LV1 with a first horizontal current IH1 and a first vertical current IV1 energized by the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG with a first electron-nuclear radio wave resonance frequency f _{RWEC1_1} for the first quanta ALU QUALU1 or a first nuclear-electron microwave resonance frequency f _{MWCE1_1} for the first quanta ALU QUALU1 modulated. The quantum computer QC measures this first electron-nuclear radio wave resonance frequency f _{RWEC1_1} for the first quanta ALU QUALU1 and this first nuclear-electron microwave resonance frequency (f _{MWCE1_1} ) for the first quanta ALU QUALU1 preferably in an initialization step once by an ODMR measurement. The processor core CPU of the quantum computer QC stores the measured values in a memory NVM, RAM of the processor core CPU of the control device μC, which it calls up when the processor core CPU is to control the corresponding first core-electron quantum register CEQUREG1. The computer core CPU of the control device μC then sets the frequencies accordingly.

In the example, the first quantum dot NV1 of the quantum bits of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC can be the 2 interact with a second nuclear quantum point CI1 ₂ of the second nuclear quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC when the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG the first horizontal line LH1 and the first verti cal line LV1 energized with a first horizontal current IH1 and a first vertical current IV1, which the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG with a second electron-nuclear radio wave resonance frequency f _{RWEC2_1} for the first quantum ALU QUALU1 or a second nuclear Electron microwave resonance frequency f _{MWCE2_1} modulated for the first QuantenALU QUALU1. The quantum computer QC measures this second electron-nuclear radio wave resonance frequency f _{RWEC2_1} for the first quanta ALU QUALU1 and this second nuclear-electron microwave resonance frequency (f _{MWCE2_1} ) for the first quanta ALU QUALU1 preferably in an initialization step once by an ODMR measurement. The processor core CPU of the quantum computer QC stores the measured values in a memory NVM, RAM of the processor core CPU of the control device μC, which it calls up when the processor core CPU is to control the corresponding first core-electron quantum register CEQUREG1. The computer core CPU of the control device μC then sets the frequencies accordingly.

The first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC can in the example of 2 interact with a third nuclear quantum point CI1 ₃ of the third nuclear quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC when the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG supplies the first horizontal line LH1 and the first vertical line LV1 with a first horizontal current IH1 and a first vertical current IV1 energized by the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG with a third electron-nuclear radio wave resonance frequency f _{RWEC3_1} for the first QuantenALU QUALU1 or a third nuclear-electron microwave resonance frequency f _{MWCE3_1} for the first QuantenALU QUALU1 modulated. The quantum computer QC measures this third electron-nuclear radio wave resonance frequency f _{RWEC3_1} for the first quanta ALU QUALU1 and this third nuclear-electron microwave resonance frequency (f _{MWCE3_1} ) for the first quanta ALU QUALU1 preferably in an initialization step once by an ODMR measurement. The processor core CPU of the quantum computer QC stores the measured values in a memory NVM, RAM of the processor core CPU of the control device μC, which it calls up when the processor core CPU is to control the corresponding first core-electron quantum register CEQUREG1. The computer core CPU of the control device μC then sets the frequencies accordingly.

The second quantum dot NV2 of the quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 can in the example 2 interact with a first nuclear quantum point CI2 ₁ of the first nuclear quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC when the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG supplies the second horizontal line LH2 and the first vertical line LV1 with a second horizontal current IH2 and a first vertical current IV1 energized by the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG with a fourth electron-nuclear radio wave resonance frequency f _{RWEC1_2} for the second QuantenALU QUALU2 or a fourth nuclear-electron microwave resonance frequency f _{MWCE1_2} for the second QuantenALU QUALU2 modulated. The quantum computer QC measures this fourth electron-nuclear radio wave resonance frequency f _{RWEC1_2} for the second quanta ALU QUALU2 and this fourth nuclear-electron microwave resonance frequency (f _{MWCE1_2} ) for the second quanta ALU QUALU2 preferably in an initialization step once by an ODMR measurement. The processor core CPU of the quantum computer QC stores the measured values in a memory NVM, RAM of the processor core CPU of the control device μC, which it calls up when the processor core CPU is to control the corresponding first core-electron quantum register CEQUREG1. The computer core CPU of the control device μC then sets the frequencies accordingly.

In the example, the second quantum dot NV2 of the quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC 2 interact with a second nuclear quantum point CI2 ₂ of the second nuclear quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 when the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG supplies the second horizontal line LH2 and the first vertical line LV1 with a second horizontal current IH2 and a first vertical Current IV1 energized that the microwave and / or radio wave frequency generator MW / RF-AWFG with a fifth electron-nuclear radio wave resonance frequency f _{RWEC2_2} for the second QuantenALU QUALU2 or a fifth nuclear-electron microwave resonance frequency f _{MWCE2_2} for the second QuantenALU QUALU2 modulated. The quantum computer QC measures this fifth electron-nuclear radio wave resonance frequency f _{RWEC2_2} for the second QuantenALU QUALU2 and this fifth nuclear-electron microwave resonance frequency (f _{MWCE2_2} ) for the second QuantenALU QUALU2 preferably in an initialization step once by an ODMR measurement. The processor core CPU of the quantum computer QC stores the measured values in a memory NVM, RAM of the processor core CPU of the control device μC, which it calls up when the processor core CPU is to control the corresponding first core-electron quantum register CEQUREG1. The computer core CPU of the control device μC then sets the frequencies accordingly.

The second quantum dot NV2 of the quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 can in the example 2 interact with a third nuclear quantum point CI2 ₃ of the third nuclear quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC when the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG supplies the second horizontal line LH2 and the first vertical line LV1 with a second horizontal current IH2 and a first vertical current IV1 energized by the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG with a sixth electron-nuclear radio wave resonance frequency f _{RWEC2_2} for the second QuantenALU QUALU2 or a sixth nuclear-electron microwave resonance frequency f _{MWCE3_2} for the second QuantenALU QUALU2 modulated. The quantum computer QC measures this sixth electron-nuclear radio wave resonance frequency f _{RWEC3_2} for the second QuantenALU QUALU2 and this sixth nuclear-electron microwave resonance frequency (f _{MWCE3_2} ) for the second QuantenALU QUALU2 preferably in an initialization step once by an ODMR measurement. The processor core CPU of the quantum computer QC stores the measured values in a memory NVM, RAM of the processor core CPU of the control device μC, which it calls up when the processor core CPU is to control the corresponding first core-electron quantum register CEQUREG1. The computer core CPU of the control device μC then sets the frequencies accordingly.

Since the coupling range of the quantum dots NV1, NV2 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC is greater, they can be coupled with one another. The second quantum dot NV2 second quantum bits of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC can in the example of 2 interact with the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC when the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG connects the first horizontal line LH1 and the second horizontal line LH2 and the first vertical line LV1 with a first horizontal current IH1 and a second horizontal current IH2 and a first vertical current IV1 energized by the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator MW/RF-AWFG with an electron1-electron2 microwave resonance frequency f _MWEE12 for the coupling of the first quantum dot NV1 of the first Quantum bits of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC are modulated with the second quantum dot NV2 of the second quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC. The computer core CPU of the quantum computer QC measures this electron1-electron2 microwave resonance frequency f _MWEE12 for the coupling of the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC preferably once in said initialization step by a further ODMR measurement. The processor core CPU of the quantum computer QC stores the measured values in a memory RAM, NVM of the processor core CPU of the control device µC, which this processor core CPU calls up when the corresponding electron-electron quantum register comprising the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC and the second quantum dot NV2 of the second quantum bit of the quantum computer QC is to be controlled. The computer core CPU of the control device μC then sets the frequencies accordingly.

figure 3

3 shows the block diagram of an exemplary quantum computer QC with an exemplary schematically indicated three-bit quantum register, which could possibly also be replaced by a three-bit core-electron-core-electron quantum register (CECEQUREG) with three quantum ALUs. An extension to an n-bit quantum register is easily possible for a person skilled in the art.

The core of the exemplary control device 3 is a control device μC, which preferably includes a computer core CPU. The overall device preferably has a magnetic field control, preferably in the form of a first magnetic field control MFSx and a second magnetic field control MFSy and a third magnetic field control MFSz, which preferably receives its operating parameters from said control device μC and preferably returns operating status data to this control device μC. The magnetic field control MFSx, MFSy, MFSz is preferably a multi-dimensional controller whose task is to compensate for an external magnetic field through active counter-control. The magnetic field control MFSx, MFSy, MFSz preferably uses one or more magnetic field sensors MSx, MSy, MSZ for this purpose, which preferably detects the magnetic flux in the quantum computer QC preferably in the vicinity of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and not in the Figure for a better overview drawn nuclear quantum points CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC recorded. The magnetic field sensors MSx, MSy, MSZ are preferably quantum sensors. Here is an example of the registrations DE 10 2018 127 394.0 , DE 10 2019 130 114.9 , DE 10 2019 120 076.8 and DE 10 2019 121 137.9 referred. With the help of the magnetic field control device, for example in the form of the first magnetic field generating means MGx and the second magnetic field generating means MGy and the third magnetic field generating means MGz and controls the Magnetic field control MFSx, MFSy, MFSz the magnetic flux density B in the vicinity of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ not shown in the figure for a better overview , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The document presented here proposes using preferably quantum sensors as magnetic field sensors MSx, MSy, MSZ, since these have higher accuracy in order to sufficiently stabilize the magnetic field.

The control device μC preferably controls the horizontal and vertical driver stages HD1, HD2, HD3 via a control unit ACBA, which preferably energize the horizontal lines LH1, LH2, LH3 and vertical lines LV1 with the respective horizontal and vertical currents and the correct frequencies and times Generate burst durations and burst positions relative to a time starting point t ₀ .

The control unit A CBA sets the frequency and the pulse duration of the first horizontal shielding current ISH1 for the first horizontal shielding line SH1 in the first horizontal driver stage HD1 in accordance with the specifications of the control device μC.

The control unit A CBA adjusts the frequency and the pulse duration of the second horizontal shielding current ISH2 for the second horizontal shielding line SH2 in the first horizontal driver stage HD1 and in the second horizontal driver stage HD2 according to the specifications of the control device μC.

The control unit A CBA adjusts the frequency and the pulse duration of the third horizontal shielding current ISH3 for the third horizontal shielding line SH3 in the second horizontal driver stage HD2 and in the third horizontal driver stage HD3 according to the specifications of the control device μC.

The control unit A CBA sets the frequency and the pulse duration of the fourth horizontal shielding current ISH4 for the fourth horizontal shielding line SH4 in the third horizontal driver stage HD3 and in the fourth horizontal driver stage HD4, which is only indicated due to lack of space, according to the specifications of the control device μC.

The control unit A CBA sets the frequency and the pulse duration of the first horizontal current IH1 for the first horizontal line LH1 in the first horizontal driver stage HD1 in accordance with the specifications of the control device μC.

The control unit A CBA sets the frequency and the pulse duration of the second horizontal current IH2 for the second horizontal line LH2 in the second horizontal driver stage HD2 in accordance with the specifications of the control device μC.

The control unit A CBA sets the frequency and the pulse duration of the third horizontal current IH3 for the third horizontal line LH3 in the third horizontal driver stage HD3 in accordance with the specifications of the control device μC.

The control unit A CBA sets the frequency and the pulse duration of the first vertical shielding current ISV1 for the first vertical shielding line SV1 in the first vertical driver stage HV1 in accordance with the specifications of the control device μC.

The control unit A CBA sets the frequency and the pulse duration of the first vertical current IV1 for the first vertical line LV1 in the first vertical driver stage VD1 in accordance with the specifications of the control device μC.

Synchronized by the control unit A CBA, these driver stages VD1, HD1, HD2, HD3, HD4 feed their current into the lines SV1, LV1, SV2, SH1, LH1, SH2, LH2, SH3, LH3, SH4 a.

When the quantum states of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC or the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC necessary.

A control unit B CBB is connected to the control device μC via the control data bus SDB. The control device configures the A control unit B CBB via the control data bus SDB and sets operating parameters and reads out data and operating states via the control data bus SDB. The control unit B CBB preferably records the respective photocurrent that the receiver stages HS1, HS2, HS3, VS1 record and makes the measurement data available to the control device μC via the control data bus SDB.

Beforehand, the control device μC configures a first horizontal receiver stage HS1 via the control data bus SDB and typically via the control unit B CBB in such a way that it removes the currents fed in from the first horizontal driver stage HD1 on the other side of the lines.

Beforehand, the control device μC configures a second horizontal receiver stage HS2 via the control data bus SDB and typically via the control unit B CBB in such a way that it draws the currents fed in from the second horizontal driver stage HD2 on the other side of the lines.

Beforehand, the control device μC configures a third horizontal receiver stage HS3 via the control data bus SDB and typically via the control unit B CBB in such a way that it draws the currents fed in from the third horizontal driver stage HD3 on the other side of the lines.

Beforehand, the control device μC configures a first vertical receiver stage VS1 via the control data bus SDB and typically via the control unit B CBB in such a way that it removes the currents fed in from the first vertical driver stage VD1 on the other side of the lines.

Furthermore, the exemplary system of 3 a light source LD for pump radiation LB within the meaning of this document. The control device μC can use a light source driver LDRV to irradiate the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC with the pump radiation LB via the optical system OS. When irradiated with this pump radiation LB, the paramagnetic centers of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC produce photoelectrons, which are detected by the first horizontal receiver stage HS1 and/or the second horizontal receiver stage HS2 and/or the third horizontal receiver stage HS3 and/or the first vertical receiver stage VS1 can be extracted by applying an extraction field, for example to the connected shielding lines SH1, SH2, SH3, SH4, SV1, SV2.

The microwave and / or radio wave frequency generator MW / RF-AWFG for generating largely freely definable waveforms (English: Arbitrary Wave Form Generator) includes in the example of 3 the control unit A CBA, the first horizontal driver stage HD1, the second horizontal driver stage HD2, the third horizontal driver stage HD2 and the first vertical driver stage VD1.

In addition, the microwave and / or radio wave frequency generator MW / RF-AWFG for generating largely freely definable waveforms (English: Arbitrary Wave Form Generator) can also be interpreted in such a way that in the example of 3 the control unit B CBB, the first horizontal receiver stage HS1, the second horizontal receiver stage HS2, the third horizontal receiver stage HS2 and the first vertical receiver stage VS1.

The lines SV1, LV1, SV2, SH1, LH1, SH2, LH2, SH3, LH3, SH4 form in the example of 3 the exemplary microwave and/or radio wave antenna mWA.

figure 4

4 shows an exemplary quantum computer system QUSYS with an exemplary central control unit ZSE. In this example, the exemplary central control unit ZSE is connected to a multiplicity of quantum computers QC1 to QC16 via a preferably bidirectional data bus, the external data bus EXTDB. Such a quantum computer system QUSYS preferably comprises more than one quantum computer QC1 to QC16. In the example of 4 each of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16 includes a respective control device μC1 to μC16. The quantum computer system QUSYS preferably includes a charging device LDV, which charges an energy reserve BENG with the energy from a power supply PWR of the charging device LDV and/or supplies an energy conditioning device SRG with electrical energy. The energy processing device SRG supplies one or more device parts of the quantum computer system QUSYS with electrical energy from the energy reserve BENG and/or with electrical shear energy of the charging device LDV. The energy processing device SRG preferably supplies one or more device parts of the quantum computer system QUSYS with electrical energy from the energy reserve BENG if a device part of the quantum computer system QUSYS performs a quantum operation to manipulate a quantum dot NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and/or to manipulate a core quantum dot CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 1 , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , _{CI3 1 ,} CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC executes. In the example of 4 For example, 16 quantum computers QC1 to QC16 are connected to the central control device ZSE via the external data bus EXTDB. The external data bus EXTDB can be any suitable data transmission system. For example, it can be wired, wireless, fiber optic, optical, acoustic, or radio-based. In the case of a wired system, the external data bus EXTDB can be a single-wire data bus, such as a LIN bus, or a two-wire data bus, such as a CAN data bus, in whole or in part. The external data bus EXTDB can be, for example, a more complex data bus with multiple conductors and/or multiple logic levels, etc., in whole or in part. The external data bus EXTDB can be, for example, an Ethernet data bus in whole or in part. The external data bus EXTDB can consist entirely of one type of data bus or be composed of different data transmission paths of different types. The external data bus EXTDB can be star-shaped as in the example 4 be arranged. The external data bus EXTDB can also be implemented in whole or in part, for example as in a daisy chain (https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Daisy_Chain) as a concatenation of the bus nodes in the form of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16, in which case each the control devices of the relevant quantum computer of this part of the quantum computer system QUSYS preferably have more than one data interface in order to be able to connect more than one external data bus EXTDB to the relevant quantum computer, for example for such a chain. It is conceivable that one or more quantum computers of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16 then act as bus masters and thus as central control devices ZSE for subordinate sub-networks of the quantum computer system QUSYS.

It is therefore also conceivable that the central control device ZSE of the quantum computer system QUSYS is the control device µC of a quantum computer QC or that the central control device ZSE of the quantum computer system QUSYS is a quantum computer QC with is a control device μC, in which case the 4 on the "normal" computer properties of the control device µC, which control the quantum computer system QUSYS as the central control device ZSE. From the perspective of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16, the central control device ZSE corresponds to an external monitoring computer of the quantum computer system QUSYS.

The data transmission network of the quantum computer system QSYS can correspond in whole or in part to a linear chain of bus nodes in the form of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16 along part of the external data bus EXTDB or along the external data bus EXTDB, which are also closed to form a ring (keyword: token ring). .

The data transmission network of the quantum computer system QSYS can be wholly or partially a star structure of bus nodes in the form of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16, which are connected to one or more data lines and/or data transmission media. A star structure is present, for example, in radio transmission of data. One, several or all of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16 can also be connected to the central control device ZSE via a point-to-point connection. In that case, the central control device ZSE must have a separate data interface for each point-to-point connection.

The data transmission network of the quantum computer system QSYS can be set up as a tree structure, with individual quantum computers having more than one data bus interface, for example, and being able to serve as a bus master, i.e. central control device ZSE for the sub-network of the data transmission network made up of data buses and quantum computers.

The quantum computer system QUSYS can thus be structured hierarchically, with the control devices μC of individual quantum computers being the central control device ZSE of sub-quantum computer systems. The sub-quantum computer systems are themselves quantum computer systems QUSYS. The central control device ZSE of the sub-quantum computer system is preferably itself a quantum computer, which is preferably itself part of a higher-level quantum computer system QUSYS.

This hierarchy allows different calculations to be processed in parallel in different sub-quantum computer systems, with the number of quantum computers used being chosen differently depending on the task.

The quantum computer system QUSYS thus preferably comprises a plurality of computer units coupled to one another. The computer units are typically computer cores CPU of the control devices μC of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16. Such a computing unit can use an artificial intelligence program that can be coupled to the quantum computers and/or the quantum registers and/or the quantum bits. Both the input into the artificial intelligence program can depend on the state of the quantum dots of the quantum bits of these components of the quantum computer system, and the activation of the quantum bits and quantum dots of these components of the quantum computer system can depend on the results of the artificial intelligence program. The artificial intelligence program can be executed both in the central control device ZSE and in the control devices μC1 to μC16 of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16. In this case, only parts of the artificial intelligence program can be executed in the central control device ZSE, while other parts of the artificial intelligence program are executed in the control devices μC of quantum computers within the quantum computer system. Also, only parts of the artificial intelligence program can be executed in one of the control devices µC1 to µC16 of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16, while other parts of the artificial intelligence program are executed in other control devices µC1 to µC16 of other quantum computers QC1 to QC16 within the quantum computer system QUSYS become. This processing of a program of the artificial intelligence can thus be distributed over the quantum computer system QUSYS or be concentrated in a control device of the control devices μC1 to μC16 of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16. The artificial intelligence program interacts with quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16. In reality, the control device can also be a system of control devices μC1 to μC16. A control device can, for example, be the central control device ZSE of a quantum computer system QSYS with one or more quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16 and/or one or more control devices µC of one or more quantum computers QC1 to QC16, each with one or more Quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16 include. More complex topologies with further interconnected computer nodes and data bus branches are conceivable. The control device, which as described can also be a combination of control devices, executes an artificial intelligence program. Such an artificial intelligence program can be, for example, a neural network model with neural network nodes.

For example, one or more of the control devices of the control devices μC1 to μC16 of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16 and/or the central control unit ZSE can execute a machine learning method. The paper presented here refers, for example, to Akinori Tanaka, Akio Tomiya, Koji Hashimoto, "Deep Learning and Physics (Mathematical Physics Studies)" February 21, 2021, Publisher: Springer; 1st ed. 2021 Edition, ISBN-10: 9813361077, ISBN-13: 978-9813361072 and Ovidiu Calin, "Deep Learning Architectures: A Mathematical Approach (Springer Series in the Data Sciences)", Springer; 1st ed. 2020 edition (February 14, 2021), ISBN-10: 3030367231, ISBN-13: 978-3030367237. The methods explained in these documents are part of the disclosure of the document presented here, insofar as a quantum computer QC, as presented in the document presented here, executes. One of the most common artificial intelligence techniques that a proposed quantum computer QC and/or a proposed quantum computer system QUSYS can execute is machine learning. Machine learning is a self-adaptive algorithm that a proposed quantum computer QC and/or a proposed quantum computer system QUSYS can execute. The so-called deep learning, which a proposed quantum computer QC and/or a proposed quantum computer system QUSYS can execute, is typically a subset of machine learning. In machine learning, a proposed quantum computer QC and/or a proposed quantum computer system QUSYS uses a series of hierarchical layers or a hierarchy of concepts in order to carry out the machine learning process. The proposed quantum computer QC or the proposed quantum computer system QUSYS preferably uses a model of artificial neural networks that are organized and constructed virtually like the human brain. The virtual neurons of the neural network model, which the proposed quantum computer QC or the proposed quantum computer system QUSYS executes, are preferably connected to one another virtually like a network. The first virtual layer of the neural network, the visible input layer, processes a raw data input, such as the individual pixels of an image. The data input contains variables accessible to observation, hence "visible layer". This first virtual layer of the neural network model forwards its outputs to the next virtual layer of the network model when the neural network model is executed by the proposed quantum computer QC or by the proposed quantum computer system QUSYS. This second virtual layer processes the information from the previous virtual layer and also forwards the result when the neural network model is executed by the proposed quantum computer QC or by the proposed quantum computer system QUSYS. The next third virtual layer of the neural network model receives the information from the second virtual layer when the neural network model is executed by the proposed quantum computer QC or by the proposed quantum computer system QUSYS. The third virtual layer of the neural network model processes this information further when the neural network model is executed by the proposed quantum computer QC or by the proposed quantum computer system QUSYS. These layers are called hidden layers. The features they contain are becoming increasingly abstract. Their values are not given in the original data. Instead, when the neural network model is executed by the proposed quantum computer QC or by the proposed quantum computer system QUSYS, the neural network model should preferably determine which concepts are useful for explaining the relationships in the observed data. This now continues across all virtual layers of the artificial neural network model. The result is output in the visible last virtual layer when the neural network model is executed by the proposed quantum computer QC or by the proposed quantum computer system QUSYS. This breaks down the desired complex data processing into a series of nested simple mappings, each describing a different layer of the neural network model.

The neural network model typically uses one or more input values and/or one or more input signals. The neural network model typically provides one or more output values and/or one or more output signals. It is now proposed here to supplement the artificial intelligence program with a program that executes one or more of the above-mentioned quantum operations on one or more of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16. This coupling CAN, FOR EXAMPLE, IN ONE direction take place by controlling one or more quantum dots NV1 to NV3. in particular by means of horizontal lines LH1, LH2, LH3 and/or vertical lines LV1, from one or more output values and/or one or more output signals of the neural network model. In the other direction, states of one or more quantum dots are read out at a time and used as input in the artificial intelligence program, in this example the neural network model. The value of one or more input values and/or one or more input signals of the artificial intelligence program, here the neural network model, then depends on the state of one or more of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the respective quantum computer QC and/or one or several nuclear quantum points CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 1, CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , _{CI3 2 ,} CI33 of the nuclear quantum bits of the respective quantum computer QC.

figure 5

5 shows an aircraft FZ with several deployable quantum computers QC1, QC2. In the example of 5 the exemplary aircraft FZ has a first quantum computer QC1 and a second quantum computer QC2 and a central control unit ZSE, which is connected to the exemplary two quantum computers QC1, QC2 via an external data bus EXTDB. The external data bus EXTDB is the preferred part of the proposed aircraft FZ. The deployable quantum computers QC1, QC2 preferably solve NP-hard problems in the proposed aircraft FZ.

• • https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/NP_(Komplexit%C3%A4tsklasse) und
• • https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/NP-hardness

For example, see for more information on NP-hard problems

• • https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/NP_(complexity%C3%A4tsclass) and
• • https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/NP-hardness

Such problems can, for example, relate to the arrangement of certain loads in the cargo hold or optimization problems, such as the optimal travel route. It is also conceivable that the deployable quantum computers QC1, QC2 in the aircraft FZ carry out or support artificial intelligence tasks. The relocatable quantum computers QC1, QC2 are preferably connected via the external data bus EXTDB to the central control device ZSE, which typically has a different control unit of the Aircraft FZ is. For example, the central control device ZSE can be a computer system in the cockpit of the aircraft FZ or in a server room of the aircraft FZ. The proposed aircraft FZ thus preferably includes a quantum computer system QUSYS with at least one quantum computer QC1, QC2.

The quantum computers QC1, QC2 can also support the pilots and the other computer systems of the aircraft FZ. For example, the quantum computers QC1, QC2 of the aircraft FZ can support the flight attitude control system FLR and/or the navigation system and the autopilot NAV or take over their function in whole or in part. Of course, the functions of a quantum computer QC are not limited to these functions of an aircraft FZ.

• Airborne Weather Radar

For example, in question:

• Airborne Weather Radar

Evaluation of the Airborne Weather Radar: The weather radar is usually installed in the front behind a radome, a closed protective cover (radar nose), of the FZ aircraft. It determines the weather in the area. The weather radar can transmit data to one or more quantum computers QC1, QC2 via the external data bus EXTDB. The quantum computers QC1, QC2 can then evaluate the weather radar data. The quantum computers QC1, QC2 preferably receive further data, for example via radio interfaces of the aircraft FZ from other places, such as weather services, headquarters of the airlines, aircraft manufacturers, etc. Typical NP complete problems that can be solved particularly well with quantum computers QC in this context are the evaluation of the Weather data and the optimization of the flight route with regard to danger, flight time, costs, etc. The quantum computers QC1, QC2 can carry out these calculations of NP-complete problems and warn the pilots of dangerous weather phenomena at an early stage and submit optimization proposals. If necessary, conventional computer systems of the aircraft can verify the results of the quantum computer programs that were executed on the quantum computers QC1, QC2 again in a conventional manner, since then no optimization search is necessary, and confirm the correctness of the quantum computer calculation to the pilot. The writing presented here refers to this as an example 9 .

ECAM (Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring) or EICAS (Engine Indication and Crew Alerting System)

A further possible application is, for example, support for the ECAM (Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring) by the quantum computers QC1, QC2 of the quantum computer system QUSYS of the aircraft. This electronic system preferably displays the most important engine parameters in the aircraft and checks all aircraft systems, such as fuel and hydraulics. It reports errors, especially non-statistical errors - in particular defects and malfunctions, and gives tips on how to fix the problem. This electronic system typically displays the most important engine parameters in the aircraft FZ and checks all aircraft systems, such as for fuel and hydraulics. It reports suspected or detected errors, especially non-statistical errors - in particular defects and malfunctions, and gives tips on how to fix the problem. For this purpose, the quantum computers QC1, QC2 can carry out quantum computer calculations in order to be able to recognize the probabilities of critical combinations of aircraft and environmental parameters and to determine measures, sequences of measures and flight routes, etc. in such a way that the probability of critical situations is minimized with maximum effectiveness.

TCAS (Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System)

The TCAS is an on-board early warning system of the proposed aircraft FZ to avoid aircraft collisions in the air. If two planes are on a collision course, it recommends a suitable evasive maneuver to the two pilots to avert an impending collision. The quantum computers QC1, QC2 can, for example, taking into account the weather conditions etc., suggest alternative courses which firstly have a minimal collision probability and secondly are also optimal with regard to the weather conditions.

figure 6

Figure 6a

6a shows another example of use of the proposed deployable quantum computer QC in an aircraft FZ. In the example of 6a it is a military aircraft FZ. A military aircraft may be, for example, an interceptor, a long-range bomber, or a general fighter, or a helicopter, or the like.

It can also be a drone or the like.

In the example of 6a the fighter plane includes a quantum computer QC. For example, the quantum computer QC, in cooperation with a central control unit ZSE of the aircraft FZ, can solve the NP-complete problem of risk assessment of objects in the vicinity of the aircraft and along the route to the target, target selection and target determination and the sequence of target engagement, ammunition and weapon selection and process the fastest and at the same time the least risky route to the destination. In the example, the quantum computer QC is the 6 connected via an external data bus EXTDB within the aircraft FZ to the central control unit ZSE. The quantum computer QC preferably corresponds to a quantum computer QC 1 or the previous description.

In the example of 6a the exemplary combat aircraft FZ is armed with a first rocket RKT and a second rocket RKT. Arming with other weapons such as automatic cannons, jamming transmitters, reconnaissance devices etc. is also conceivable instead of arming with RKT rockets and/or in addition to arming with rockets. In this respect, the rockets are only examples of additional equipment that can be transported as payload by the FZ combat aircraft. In this respect, the aircraft FZ is only an example of a vehicle in the broadest sense.

In the example of 6a the vehicle in the form of the FZ aircraft has a quantum computer system QUSYS similar to the 4 with one or more central control devices ZSE, which are connected to one or more quantum computers QC via one or more external data buses EXTDB.

In the example of 6a the payload in the exemplary form of two RKT rockets each has its own quantum computer systems QUSYS similar to the 4 with one or more central control devices ZSE of the respective payload, which are connected via one or more external data buses EXTDB of the respective payload to one or more quantum computers QC of the respective payload. In the example of 6a each of the two exemplary rockets RKT has its own quantum computer system QUSYS of the respective rocket RKT similar to the 4 with one or more respective central control devices ZSE of the respective rocket RKT, which are connected to one or more quantum computers QC of the respective rocket RKT via one or more external data buses EXTDB of the respective rocket RKT.

In the state shown, the combat aircraft FZ therefore has several quantum computer systems QUSYS. A first quantum computer system QUSYS comprises at least one central control unit ZSE of the combat aircraft FZ and at least one external data bus EXTDB of the combat aircraft FZ and at least one quantum computer QC of the combat aircraft FZ. An exemplary second quantum computer system QUSYS comprises at least one central control unit ZSE of the first exemplary rocket RKT and at least one external data bus EXTDB of the first exemplary rocket RKT and at least one quantum computer QC of the first exemplary rocket RKT. An exemplary third quantum computer system QUSYS comprises at least one central control unit ZSE of the second exemplary rocket RKT and at least one external data bus EXTDB of the second exemplary rocket RKT and at least one quantum computer QC of the second exemplary rocket RKT.

The document presented here proposes that an external data bus EXTDB connects the first quantum computer system to the second and third quantum computer systems as long as the payloads are connected to the aircraft FZ.

After the RKT rockets have been fired, i.e. when the aircraft FZ separates from its payload in the form of the RKT rockets, a quantum computer system separator QCTV separates the quantum computer system QUSYS of the separated payload, here the launched RKT rocket, from the quantum computer system QUSYS of the aircraft FZ. The vehicle here is an aircraft FZ, for example. However, a vehicle within the meaning of the document presented here can also be a motor vehicle, a two-wheeler, a tricycle or a truck, a commercial vehicle, a robot, a transport vehicle, a drone, a robotic drone, a missile, a floating body, a submersible body , a ship, a submarine, a sea mine, a land mine, a rocket, a projectile, a satellite, a space station, a trailer, a barge, a container, in particular a sea container or the like. The quantum computer system separation device QCTV preferably separates an external data bus EXTDB, which, for example, connects a first quantum computer system QUSYS to a second quantum computer system QUSYS, if necessary, so that the quantum computer system QUSYS, which previously included the first and the second quantum computer system QUSYS, is separated by the quantum computer system separation device QCTV in two separate quantum computer systems QUSYS disintegrates. Conversely, the quantum computer system separator QCTV can also connect a previously separate first quantum computer system QUSYS to a previously separate second quantum computer system QUSYS, for example via one or more external data buses EXTDB and couple them if necessary, so that a new, enlarged quantum computer system QUSYS is created, which then connects the first and second Quantum computer system QUSYS comprises by connecting these two quantum computer systems via quantum computer system separation device merged into one quantum computer system QUSYS. In such a new quantum computer system QUSYS from at least two previously separate quantum computer systems QUSYS, the central control unit ZSE of the quantum computer system QUSYS of the vehicle, here the combat aircraft FZ, preferably has a higher priority than the central control unit ZSE of the quantum computer system QUSYS of the payload, here the rocket RKT. This merging is particularly advantageous during the charging process, in which the payload is connected to the vehicle.

After the payload has been separated from the vehicle, the QUSYS quantum computer system can preferably act autonomously for the payload. In the example of 6a This means that after the separation of the rocket RKT as an exemplary payload from the combat aircraft FZ as an exemplary vehicle, the quantum computer system QUSYS of the rocket RKT can preferably act autonomously. However, it is conceivable that the quantum computer system QUSYS of the payload, here in the form of an RKT rocket, after separation from the vehicle, here in the form of the FZ combat aircraft, via a wireless or wired or via an optical fiber or a functionally equivalent data transmission link with the quantum computer system QUSYS of the vehicle, here the combat aircraft FZ, remains connected. In the extreme case, it is conceivable that, for example, each of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16 of the 4 the quantum computer QC of an individual vehicle, which are connected to a central control unit ZSE in a lead vehicle and/or to one another via a radio link as an external data bus EXTDB. For example, an exemplary quantum computer system QUSYS can be a drone swarm, in which each of the drones includes one or more quantum computers QC that communicate with one another wirelessly, for example via radio links or laser beam connections as an external data bus EXTDB. In the exemplary case of a swarm of drones, the quantum computer system QUSYS of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16 of the exemplary drones can therefore also not include a central control device ZSE. All drones are preferably designed roughly the same and then organize themselves preferably using swarm technologies.

In the example of 6a each rocket RKT includes a quantum computer QC. The quantum computer QC can, for example, in cooperation with a central control unit ZSE of the rocket RKT in question, the NP-complex problem of risk assessment of objects in the vicinity of the rocket RKT in question and along the route of the rocket RKT in question to the target, the target selection and target determination and the order of the Target engagement ammo and weapon selection and edit the quickest yet least risky route to the target. The RKT missile can also be a drone or a cruise missile that can engage multiple targets if necessary. The quantum computer QC of the rocket RKT in question is the in the example 6a connected via an external data bus EXTDB within the rocket RKT in question to the central control unit ZSE of the rocket RKT in question. The quantum computer QC of the rocket RKT in question preferably corresponds to a quantum computer QC 1 or the previous description.

Figure 6b

The 6b shows an exemplary deployable quantum computer QC in a sea container SC on a low loader TL with a tractor ZM. Both the sea container SC and the low-loader TL as well as the towing vehicle ZM can include one or more quantum computers QC and/or one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS. Within the sea container SC can or several quantum computers QC and/or one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS can be placed. All of these quantum computers QC and / or quantum computer systems QUSYS can during transport and / or before and / or after one or more quantum computer system QUSYS, as in the example of 6a explained in particular be interconnected at times. In the example of 6c an additional energy reserve BENG supplies the quantum computer system QUSYS with the quantum computer QC within the exemplary sea container SC with electrical energy.

Figure 6c

The 6c shows an exemplary aircraft carrier FZT. The exemplary aircraft carrier FZT comprises one or more quantum computers QC and/or one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS. The example aircraft carrier FZT is an example of a warship that includes one or more quantum computers QC and/or one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS. The example aircraft carrier FZT is an example of a ship that includes one or more quantum computers QC and/or one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS. The exemplary aircraft carrier FZT is an example of a floating body that includes one or more quantum computers QC and/or one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS. The example aircraft carrier FZT is an example of a vehicle that includes one or more quantum computers QC and/or one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS. The quantum computers QC and/or quantum computer systems QUSYS are preferably relocatable quantum computers QC within the meaning of the document presented here. For example, quantum computer systems QUSYS and/or quantum computer QC of aircraft FZ on the aircraft carrier FZT can be connected during transport by the aircraft carrier FZT and/or in the aircraft carrier FZT with one or more quantum computers QC and/or quantum computer systems QUSYS on the aircraft carrier FZT, for example via one or more quantum computer system separators QCTV and one or more external data buses EXTDB connected to larger quantum computer systems QUSYS.

In the example of 6c the aircraft carrier FZT includes, for example, one or more quantum computers QC and/or one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS. One or more of these quantum computers QC and/or one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS can, for example, in cooperation with a central control unit ZSE of the aircraft carrier FZT, solve the NP-complete problem of risk assessment of objects in the vicinity of the aircraft carrier FZT and along the route to a target, the target selection and target definition and the sequence of target engagements of aircraft, ammunition and weapon selection and edit the fastest and at the same time the least risky route to the target. The quantum computer(s) QC and/or the quantum computer system or quantum computer systems QUSYS on the aircraft carrier FZT are preferably connected to one another and to those of other devices on the aircraft carrier FZT via an external data bus EXTDB and, if appropriate, suitable quantum computer system separator devices QCTV within the aircraft carrier FZT. A quantum computer QC of the aircraft carrier FZT preferably corresponds to a quantum computer QC of 1 or the previous description.

Figure 6d

The 6d shows a factory building FHB as an example of a stationary device in which several quantum computers QC have been introduced here by way of example. In the example of 6d the normal power grid PWR supplies the deployable quantum computer systems QUSYS with their quantum computers QC within the exemplary stationary devices FBH with electrical energy. The stationary device FHB can, for example, comprise one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS with one or more quantum computers QC. The quantum computer(s) QC and/or the quantum computer system or quantum computer systems QUSYS of the stationary device FHB are preferably connected to one another and to those of other devices of the stationary device FHB via an external data bus EXTDB and possibly suitable quantum computer system separating devices QCTV within the stationary device FHB. A quantum computer QC of the stationary device FHB preferably corresponds to a quantum computer QC of 1 or the previous description.

figure 7

7 shows another example of a vehicle with a proposed quantum computer system QUSYS with two quantum computers QC here as an example. It is an exemplary submarine SUB. The exemplary submarine SUB has an energy system ERS as an energy source of the submarine SUB. The energy system ERS also represents the energy supply PWR of the charging device LDV of the quantum computer system QUSYS of the submarine SUB. The submarine SUB typically has a very large energy reserve BTR. A drive ENG drives in the example 7 the submarine SUB via one or more exemplary ship screws SCHR.

In the example of 7 the submarine SUB has a plurality of RKT missiles as armament. It can also be cruise missiles or other devices that are located on the submarine SUB as devices that can be separated from the submarine SUB. In this respect, the RKT rockets are only examples of devices that can be separated from a vehicle and, for example, as here, are on or in the vehicle, here a submarine SUB, as payload. For example, one or more of the missiles RKT of the submarine SUB may comprise one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS and/or one or more quantum computers QC. The one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS and/or one or more quantum computers QC are preferred by means of a quantum computer system separator QCTV and an external data bus EXTDB with the one and/or more quantum computer systems QUSYS and/or the one or more quantum computers QC1, QC2 of the submarine SUB tied together. The document presented here already describes the separation and connection of quantum computer systems QUSYS in the description of the 6a . Here the submarine SUB takes the role of the aircraft FZ 6a a. The relationships disclosed there also apply here to the extent applicable and are claimed to the extent applicable and reasonable. A missile launch control RKTC is an example of a fire control system of a vehicle. Here the vehicle is the submarine SUB. In the example of 7 the missile launch control RKTC and the submarine SUB can each have one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS and/or one or more quantum computers QC. Since the missile launch control RKTC is part of the submarine, the one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS and/or the one or more quantum computers QC of the missile launch control RKTC are also part of the submarine SUB. An external data bus EXTDB preferably connects the one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS and/or the one or more quantum computers QC of the missile launch control RKTC to the one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS and/or the one or more quantum computers QC of the submarine SUB.

In the example of 7 the submarine SUB has a plurality of torpedoes TRP as armament. They may be cruise missiles or other devices that are located on the submarine SUB as devices that can be separated from the submarine SUB and are separated, for example, via the torpedo tubes as an example of a mechanical separation device, for example by firing. In this respect, the torpedoes TRP are only examples of devices that can be separated from a vehicle and, for example, as here, are on or in the vehicle, here a submarine SUB, as payload. For example, one or more of the torpedoes TRP of the submarine SUB may comprise one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS and/or one or more quantum computers QC. The one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS and/or one or more quantum computers QC are preferred by means of a quantum computer system separator QCTV and an external data bus EXTDB with the one and/or more quantum computer systems QUSYS and/or the one or more quantum computers QC1, QC2 of the submarine SUB tied together. The document presented here already describes the separation and connection of quantum computer systems QUSYS in the description of the 6a . Here the submarine SUB takes the role of the aircraft FZ 6a a. The relationships disclosed there also apply here to the extent applicable and are claimed to the extent applicable and reasonable. A torpedo launch control TRPC is an example of a fire control system of a vehicle. Here the vehicle is the submarine SUB. In the example of 7 the torpedo launch control TRPC and the submarine SUB can each have one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS and/or one or more quantum computers QC. Since the torpedo launch control TRPC is part of the submarine SUB, the one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS and/or the one or more quantum computers QC of the torpedo launch control RKTC are also part of the submarine SUB. An external data bus EXTDB preferably connects the one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS and/or the one or more quantum computers QC of the torpedo launch control TRPC with the one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS and/or the one or more quantum computers QC of the submarine SUB.

In addition, the submarine SUB in the example of the 7 preferably via a large number of sensors SENS which, for example, are connected by an external data bus EXTDB to one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS and/or quantum computers QC on board the submarine SUB. This can be, for example, sound sensors and/or ultrasonic sensors, conductivity sensors, antennas, sensors for electromagnetic and/or ionizing radiation, particle detectors, pressure sensors, speed sensors, position sensors, attitude sensors, acceleration sensors, magnetometers, LIDAR sensors, RADAR sensors, quantum sensors and the like. The SENS sensors can also be sensor systems, sensor arrays and other measuring systems. The SENS sensors can record measured values inside and outside the vehicle, here a submarine SUB.

In the example of 7 For example, one or more quantum computers QC and/or one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS on board the vehicle, here a submarine SUB, for example in cooperation with a central control unit ZSE of the vehicle, the NP-complete problem of the risk assessment of objects in the vicinity of the vehicle, here example of the submarine SUB, and/or along the course to the vehicle's target, the target selection and target determination and the order of target engagement, the ammunition and weapon selection and the fastest and at the same time the least risky route of the vehicle to the target. The quantum computers QC1, QC2 of the submarine SUB and the other device parts are shown in the example of FIG 7 connected via an external data bus EXTDB within the submarine SUB to the central control unit ZSE of the submarine SUB. The quantum computers QC1, QC2 and the other parts of the device preferably correspond to a quantum computer QC 1 or the previous description.

figure 8

8th shows an exemplary vehicle with a first quantum computer QC1, a second quantum computer QC2, a central control unit ZSE and an external data bus EXTDB, which connects them to a quantum computer system QUSYS. The vehicle is in the example 8th an exemplary motor vehicle KFZ. The vehicle includes a GPS receiver for determining the current position on the earth's surface and a navigation system NAV as exemplary sensors SENS. The vehicle may include one or more quantum computers QC and/or one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS, which may be interconnected via one or more external data buses EXTDB. The one or more external data buses can connect the one or more quantum computers QC and/or one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS to one or more actuators and/or one or more sensors. The sensors can also be sensor systems. For example, it can be acceleration and position sensors, impact sensors, ultrasonic measurement systems, radar systems, LIDAR systems, sensor systems of the drive and the energy store, etc. The actuators can be transmitters, lasers, motors, etc.

In the example of 8th For example, one or more quantum computers QC and/or one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS on board the vehicle, here a car KFZ, for example in interaction with a central control unit ZSE of the vehicle, the NP-complete problem of risk assessment of objects in the vicinity of the vehicle, here example of the car KFZ, and / or edit along the route to the destination of the vehicle, the destination selection and destination and the order of arrival and the fastest and at the same time the least risky route of the vehicle to the destination. The quantum computer QC1, QC2 of the vehicle, here an example of the car KFZ, and the other device parts of the vehicle, here an example of the car KFZ, are in the example 8th via an external data bus EXTDB within the vehicle, here for example the car KFZ, preferably with the central control unit ZSE of the vehicle, here for example the car KFZ. The quantum computers QC1, QC2 and the other parts of the device preferably correspond to a quantum computer QC 1 or the previous description.

figure 9

9 shows a typical solution of an NP-complete problem. The elaboration of the proposal presented here showed that solving a problem with a quantum computer takes place in four instead of three steps.

Computer programs that run on conventional computers with Harvard or non-Neumann architecture prefer to solve problems using the steps of analysis, elaboration and synthesis.

In the analysis step (step A)), the computer adapts the problem to the way the computer works. For example, a reading routine translates a text file containing readable numbers into binary data that is stored in the computer's memory.

In a second step, the elaboration (step B), the computer then carries out a calculation, for example, in which these binary data serve as input data, for example, and determines binary result data.

In a third step, the synthesis step (step D), the computer adapts this result to the intended use. For example, in the example described here, the computer could convert the binary result data into readable digits of the corresponding numbers in an output text file.

The elaboration has now shown that, especially in safety-relevant applications, after solving an NP-complete problem in elaboration step B) using a quantum computer QC, the quantum computer system QUSYS must carry out a check in step C). In this test step, the quantum computer system QUSYS or the quantum computer QC preferably uses a conventional computer core CPU or a central control unit ZSE to check whether the solution determined in the elaboration is actually a solution. Quantum operations are always statistical operations that can also deliver incorrect results. If necessary, the quantum computer system QUSYS repeats the calculation.

figure 10

10 equals to 4 , the 16 quantum computers QC1 to QC16 of the quantum computer system QUSYS now being inserted into the external data bus EXTDB by way of example. The control device μC, for example, each of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16 has, for example, two external data interfaces DBIFa and DBIFb instead of a data bus interface DBIF, as in 1 shown. In this way, for example, the central control unit ZSE can allocate a unique bus node address to each of the quantum computers QC. Typically, the control devices µC of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16 only pass on data that they from the data bus side with the central control device ZSE to the quantum computer and bus node of the other half of the data bus if they themselves have already received a valid bus node address from the central control device ZSE. In this way, the central control device ZSE can gradually assign a quantum computer address as bus node address of the external data bus EXTDB to all quantum computers of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16, starting with the first quantum computer QC1. After switching on or after a system reset, all quantum computers QC1 to QC16 preferably have an invalid default quantum computer address, which is typically the same for all, as the initial bus node address. As a result, the central control device can provide the quantum computer of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16 which has not yet been provided with a valid bus node address and is closest to it with a valid bus node address. As a result, in the next step, the central control device ZSE can reach and initialize the underlying quantum computer of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16 and so on until all quantum computers of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16 have received a valid quantum computer address as the bus node address. The quantum computer system QSYS preferably carries out an initialization of the quantum computers QC1 to QC16 of the quantum computer system QUSYS after switching on. The initialization of the quantum computer system QUSYS preferably also includes carrying out an auto-addressing method for assigning bus node addresses to the bus nodes of the external data bus EXTDB. In the example of 10 the bus nodes are the quantum computers QC1 to QC16. In the example of 10 the central control device ZSE preferably assumes the role of a bus master, which generates and assigns the bus node addresses and controls the quantum computers QC1 to QC16.

figure 11

11 shows an exemplary quantum computer system QUSYS with four sub-quantum computer systems.

The first quantum computer QC1 forms a first sub-quantum computer system with the second quantum computer QC2 and the third quantum computer QC3 and the fourth quantum computer QC4. A first sub-data bus UDB1 connects the quantum computers QC1, QC2, QC3, QC4 of the first sub-quantum computer system. The first quantum computer QC1 can serve as a bus master for the other quantum computers QC2, QC3, QC4 of the first sub-quantum computer system.

The fifth quantum computer QC5 forms a second sub-quantum computer system with the sixth quantum computer QC6 and the seventh quantum computer QC7 and the eighth quantum computer QC8. A second sub data bus UDB2 connects the second sub quantum computers QC5, QC6, QC7, QC8 quantum computer system. The fifth quantum computer QC5 can serve as a bus master for the other quantum computers QC6, QC7, QC8 of the second sub-quantum computer system.

The ninth quantum computer QC9 forms a third sub-quantum computer system with the tenth quantum computer QC10 and the eleventh quantum computer QC11 and the twelfth quantum computer QC12. A third sub-data bus UDB3 connects the quantum computers QC9, QC10, QC11, QC12 of the third sub-quantum computer system. The ninth quantum computer QC9 can serve as a bus master for the other quantum computers QC10, QC11, QC12 of the third sub-quantum computer system.

The thirteenth quantum computer QC13 forms a fourth sub-quantum computer system with the fourteenth quantum computer QC14 and the fifteenth quantum computer QC15 and the sixteenth quantum computer QC16. A fourth sub-data bus UDB4 connects the quantum computers QC13, QC14, QC15, QC16 of the fourth sub-quantum computer system. The thirteenth quantum computer QC13 can serve as a bus master for the other quantum computers QC14, QC15, QC16 of the fourth sub-quantum computer system.

In the example of 11 the external data bus EXTDB connects the first quantum computer QC1 and the fifth quantum computer QC5 and the ninth quantum computer QC9 and the thirteenth quantum computer QC13 and the central control unit ZSE.

figure 12

12 shows the solution of an NP-complete problem using a mobile relocatable quantum computer QC. Such a method begins with the acquisition of environmental data by the quantum computer system QUSYS in step A). The environmental data is typically recorded by means of suitable sensors, which can be part of the quantum computer system QUSYS or which are connected to this quantum computer system QUSYS via data connections and transmit environmental data to the quantum computer system QUSYS. In a step B), the quantum computer system QUSYS identifies objects in the environment of the quantum computer system QUSYS, where this environment can also be remote from the quantum computer system QUSYS. In a step C), the quantum computer system QUSYS classifies the identified objects in the environment of the quantum computer system QUSYS. In step C), the quantum computer system QUSYS typically classifies the objects according to their level of danger and/or vulnerability and/or strategic effect in order to maximize the effectiveness of a weapon. This classification in step C) is preferably carried out using a neural network model, which the quantum computer system QUSYS preferably executes. For this step C), the quantum computer system QUSYS preferably uses one or more quantum operations to manipulate the quantum state of one or more quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of one or more quantum bits of one or more quantum computers QC1 to QC16 of the quantum computer system QUSYS to classify the objects. In a step D, the quantum computer system QUSYS specifies the weapons and/or the ammunition and/or the configuration and/or the order of the objects attacked and/or the objects attacked and/or the objects not attacked. This specification is preferably made in step D) using a neural network model, which the quantum computer system QUSYS preferably executes. In step D), the quantum computer system QUSYS preferably uses one or more quantum operations to manipulate the quantum state of one or more quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of one or more quantum bits of one or more quantum computers QC1 to QC16 of the quantum computer system QUSYS to make these determinations. In a step E), the quantum computer system QUSYS preferably proposes one or more of these defined attack scenarios to an operator, for example one or more pilots and/or one or more fire control officers or the like. If they give the fire order, the quantum computer system QUSYS can, for example, implement the released attack scenario in a step F).

This exemplary application can be generalized to solve NP-complete problems. Such a generalized method begins with the acquisition of data by the quantum computer system QUSYS in step A). The data is typically recorded using suitable sensors and/or databases or other data sources, which can be part of the quantum computer system QUSYS or which are connected to this quantum computer system QUSYS via data connections and transmit the data to the quantum computer system QUSYS. In a step B), the quantum computer system QUSYS identifies suitable data objects. In a step C), the quantum computer system QUSYS classifies the identified data objects. Typically, in step C), the quantum computer system QUSYS classifies the objects according to categories that are necessary for the solution of the respective Problems are relevant to maximize impact. This classification in step C) is preferably carried out using a neural network model, which the quantum computer system QUSYS preferably executes. For this step C), the quantum computer system QUSYS preferably uses one or more quantum operations to manipulate the quantum state of one or more quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of one or more quantum bits of one or more quantum computers QC1 to QC16 of the quantum computer system QUSYS to carry out the classification of the data objects. In a step D), the quantum computer system QUSYS specifies the means for achieving the purpose and the parameters and means configurations when using these means and/or the order of the processed or unprocessed data objects and/or the order of the means used. This specification is preferably made in step D) using a neural network model, which the quantum computer system QUSYS preferably executes. In step D), the quantum computer system QUSYS preferably uses one or more quantum operations to manipulate the quantum state of one or more quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of one or more quantum bits of one or more quantum computers QC1 to QC16 of the quantum computer system QUSYS to make these determinations. In a step E), the quantum computer system QUSYS preferably proposes one or more of these specified scenarios to an operator or the like. If they give a start signal, the quantum computer system QUSYS can, for example, implement the released scenario in a step F).

figure 13

The 13 shows an exemplary structure of an amplifier V, as shown in FIG 1 is drawn. An internal amplifier IVV of the amplifier V amplifies and filters the receiver output signal S0 to an output signal V1 of the internal amplifier IVV of the amplifier V. An analog-to-digital converter ADCV of the amplifier V converts the output signal V1 of the internal amplifier IVV of the amplifier V to digitized sampled values on a data line V2 between the control device μCV of the amplifier V and the analog-to-digital converter ADCV of the amplifier V. The control device μCV of the amplifier V and places these sampled values preferably in a memory MEMV of the amplifier V; via a memory data bus MEMDBV between control device μCV of amplifier V and memory MEMV of amplifier V. The control device µC of the relocatable quantum computer QC can then access the data in the memory MEMV of the amplifier V via the control data bus SDB, the data interface VIF of the amplifier V, the internal control data bus SDBV of the amplifier V and the control device µCV of the amplifier V and process them further.

figure 14

14 shows an example of a garment with a deployable quantum computer system QUSYS. For the follow-up work, the writing presented here refers to the writing as an example WO 2020 239 172 A1 , which discloses a method for CMOS integration.

The document presented here proposes incorporating one or more quantum computers QC1, QC2 and a central control unit ZSE into the material of a garment KLST. The quantum computer system QUSYS preferably corresponds to the quantum computer system QUSYS 4 , 10 or 11 or similar. The item of clothing can also be a watch or the like.

figure 15

15 FIG. 12 shows an example of a satellite or spacecraft as an example of a vehicle with a deployable quantum computing system QUSYS. The document presented here proposes integrating one or more quantum computers QC1, QC2 and a central control unit ZSE in the satellite or the spacecraft. The quantum computer system QUSYS preferably corresponds to the quantum computer system QUSYS 4 , 10 or 11 or similar.

figure 16

16 shows an example of a smartphone with a deployable quantum computer system QUSYS. The document presented here proposes integrating one or more quantum computers QC1, QC2 and a central control unit ZSE into the smartphone. For the follow-up work, the writing presented here refers to the writing as an example WO 2020 239 172 A1 , which discloses a method for CMOS integration. The quantum computer system QUSYS preferably corresponds to the quantum computer system QUSYS 4 , 10 or 11 or similar.

figure 17

17 largely corresponds to the 1 . In addition, the mechanical basic construction MGK is drawn. Preferably connects the in 17 Schematically drawn mechanical basic construction MGK the optical functional elements (LD, DBS, OS, D, KV, XT, YT, MWA, MGX, MGy, MGz, MGz, PM, PV, MSy, MSx, MSz, STM, PD, CM1, CM2 ) of the quantum computer QC with each other. The basic mechanical construction MGK is preferably mechanically connected to the housing GH of the quantum computer QC via fourth means, for example vibration dampers. The fourth means prevent or dampen the transmission of structure-borne noise etc. from the housing GH of the quantum computer QC or other parts of the device of the quantum computer QC to the mechanical basic construction MGK with the optical functional elements (LD, DBS, OS, D, KV, XT, YT, MWA, MGX, MGy, MGz, MGz, PM, PV, MSy, MSx, MSz, STM, PD, CM1, CM2) of the quantum computer QC. Preferably, the quantum computer QC itself is mechanically damped by appropriate fourth means attached to or in the mobile device, for example a vehicle. The document presented here refers to the varied definition of the term vehicle in this context in this document.

The leads from device parts of the quantum computer QC that are not directly mechanically connected to the mechanical basic construction MGK to device parts (LD, DBS, OS, D, KV, XT, YT, MWA, MGX, MGy, MGz, MGz, PM, PV, MSy , MSx, MSz, STM, PD, CM1, CM2), which are directly connected to the mechanical basic construction MGK, preferably have fifth means that are set up to transmit structure-borne noise and forces from the device parts of the quantum computer QC that are not directly are mechanically connected to the mechanical basic construction MGK to device parts (LD, DBS, OS, D, KV, XT, YT, MWA, MGX, MGy, MGz, MGz, PM, PV, MSy, MSx, MSz, STM, PD, CM1 , CM2).

figure 18

18 shows the different positions of the coupling nuclear spins.

The following coupling strengths were found for the coupling strengths of the coupling nuclear spins of the nuclear quantum bits when the technical teaching presented here was worked out. number position coupling strength 1 J position right next to the nitrogen 126MHz 2 A position 13.8MHz 3 B position 13.2MHz 4 C position Not used in drafting 5 D position 6.5MHz 6 E position 4.2MHz 7 F position 4.2MHz 8th G position 2.6MHz 9 H position 2.6MHz 10 weakly coupled 0.8MHz

figure 19

• Q= Quadrupol Anteil
• hf= Hyperfeinwechselwirkung
• nZ=nuklearer Zeeman Aufspaltung

19 shows the shift in energy splitting by hyperfine WW hf Zeeman, nZ and quadrupole Q. Here:

• Q= quadrupole part
• hf= hyperfine interaction
• nZ=nuclear Zeeman fission

figure 20

20 shows a proposed pulse sequence for characterizing a quantum bit in the form of an NV center.

The pulse sequence begins with a laser pulse from the light source LD. The duration and amplitude of the laser pulse depend on the optical conditions within the quantum computer QC. The document presented here recommends determining these values through a series of experiments on the actual quantum computing device.

In the example presented here, the laser pulse is followed by a CROT θ signal via the microwave as a microwave burst with the microwave frequency and duration τ _MW to address the relevant NV center. The CROT θ signal rotates the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center by the angle θ.

This CROT θ signal is again followed by a laser pulse with the pump radiation at the pump radiation wavelength. The photodetector PD records the intensity of the fluorescence radiation of the NV center. The quantum computer QC can, for example, count the detected photons and increase a counter by one count each time it detects a photon of the fluorescence radiation. The quantum computer QC now measures the number of photons detected in a given period of time for a time duration τ _MW . Depending on the duration τ _MW of the microwave burst, a sinusoidal distribution of the counting steps results: the Rabi oscillation. If the Rabi frequency is known, a microwave pulse of a given duration τ _MW can rotate the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center by a given angle θ. The angle is then given as θ=π(τ _MW /τ _MWπ ). Here τ _MWπ is half the time period of the Rabi oscillation.

The control device μC of the quantum computer QC preferably stores the period duration or half the temporal period duration or the Rabi frequency in one of its memories for use in controlling the NV center.

In this way, the quantum computer QC can define the microwave burst for the execution of an X-gate or an H-gate or a CROT-gate.

These routines are needed to characterize the system of the quantum computer QC.

figure 21

21 shows the pulse sequence for a Ramsey or Hahn echo.

After the NV center has been initialized by means of a laser pulse from the light source LD, a first (π/2) CROT command around the X-axis defines the X-axis by means of a corresponding microwave burst. This is followed by a π-CROT command around the x-axis using a corresponding second microwave burst. After a time τ since the beginning of the first microwave pulse, a -π-CROT command occurs about the x-axis by means of a corresponding third microwave burst. The microwave phase of the third microwave burst is phase-shifted by 180° with respect to the microwave phase of the first microwave burst. The measurements are now carried out for different times τ. The result is the oscillation signal that has the time constant T2. This is the T2 time you are looking for.

These routines are needed to characterize the system of the quantum computer QC.

figure 22

22 shows an example of driving a nuclear spin of the atomic nucleus of a nuclear quantum bit that is strongly coupled to the NV center of the quantum bit. The control takes place in the ESLAC.

After the NV center has been initialized by means of a laser pulse from the light source LD, a first π-CROT command around the X-axis defines the X-axis by means of a corresponding microwave burst.

This command couples the nuclear spin of the ¹³ C isotope to the NV center.

In the example presented here, the laser pulse is followed by a CROT θ signal via the radio wave as a radio wave burst with the radio wave frequency and duration τ _RF for addressing the relevant NV center. The CROT-θ signal rotates the nuclear spin of the ¹³ C isotope coupled to the NV center by the angle θ.

This CROT θ signal is followed by a π-CROT command around the X-axis by means of a corresponding microwave burst, which again decouples the NV center and the ¹³ C isotope from each other.

This π-CROT command about the X-axis is again followed by a laser pulse with the pump radiation at the pump radiation wavelength. The photodetector PD records the intensity of the fluorescence radiation of the NV center. The quantum computer QC can, for example, count the detected photons and increase a counter by one count each time it detects a photon of the fluorescence radiation. The quantum computer QC now measures the number of photons detected in a given period of time for a time duration τ _RF . Depending on the time duration τ _RF of the radio wave burst, a sinusoidal distribution of the counting steps results: the Rabi oscillation. If the Rabi frequency is known, a radio wave pulse of a given duration τ _RF can rotate the nuclear spin of the ¹³ C nucleus by a given angle θ. The angle is then given as 8=π(τ _RF /τ _RFπ ). Here τ _RFπ is half the time period duration of the Rabi oscillation.

The control device μC of the quantum computer QC preferably stores the period duration or half the temporal period duration or the Rabi frequency in one of its memories for use in controlling the ¹³ C isotope via the NV center.

In this way, the quantum computer QC can define the radio wave burst for the execution of an X gate or an H gate or a CROT gate.

In the example, the coupling strength of the nuclear spin of the ¹³ C isotope with the NV center is 13.3MHz.

These routines are needed to characterize the system of the quantum computer QC.

figure 23

23 shows an example of the gating of a nuclear spin of the atomic nucleus of a nuclear quantum bit weakly coupled to the NV center of the quantum bit.

In the method, the quantum computer QC transfers the information of the quantum state of the NV center to the quantum state of the nuclear spin of the respective atomic nucleus under a Hartmann-Hahn (HH) condition.

After the NV center has been initialized by means of a laser pulse from the light source LD, a first π/2 CROT command around the X-axis defines the X-axis by means of a corresponding microwave burst.

Then the quantum computer QC performs a CROT around the Y-axis. This is the so-called spin lock. This causes the orientation of the spin of the NV center electron to rotate at a Rabi (spinlock) frequency. The quantum computer QC tunes the Rabi frequency by adjusting the magnetic field B so that the Rabi frequency resonates with the Lamor frequency of the nuclear spin of the atomic nucleus. The quantum computer QC preferably uses the first magnetic field generating means MGx and/or the second magnetic field generating means MGy and/or the third magnetic field generating means MGz for setting the magnetic field.

Because the Rabi frequency of the NV center then resonates with the Lamor frequency of the nuclear spin of the atomic nucleus, a defined spin-spin-SWAP (spin exchange) can take place. The transition of the spin-spin swap is again characterized by a time constant as a coupling constant. This makes a partial spin-spin swap controllable. (e.g. 50% spin exchange). The spinlock time τ _SL controls this transition.

The 23 FIG. 12 shows an exemplary sequence for coupling a nuclear spin of a ¹³ C isotope weakly coupled to the NV center as a nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit.

The coupling strength is in the example of 23 at 1 .803MHz.

This method under Hartmann-Hahn (HH) condition is particularly effective for coupling between NV centers and nuclear spins weakly coupled to them.

This command couples the weakly coupled nuclear spin of the ¹³ C isotope to the NV center.

This spinlock signal is followed by a π/2-CROT command around the X-axis by means of a corresponding microwave burst, which again decouples the NV center and the ¹³ C isotope from each other.

This π/2-CROT command about the X-axis is again followed by a laser pulse with the pump radiation at the pump radiation wavelength. The photodetector PD records the intensity of the fluorescence radiation of the NV center. The quantum computer QC can, for example, count the detected photons and increase a counter by one count each time it detects a photon of the fluorescence radiation. The quantum computer QC now measures the number of photons detected in a specified period for a time duration τ _SL of the spinlock time. Depending on the duration τ _SL of the spinlock time, a sinusoidal distribution of the counting steps results: the Rabi oscillation. If the Rabi frequency is known, a spinlock time of a predetermined duration τ _SL can rotate the weakly bound nuclear spin of the ¹³ C atomic nucleus by a predetermined angle θ. The angle is then given as θ=π(τ _SL /τ _SLπ ). Here τ _SLπ is half the time period of the Rabi oscillation.

The control device μC of the quantum computer QC preferably stores the period duration or half the temporal period duration or the Rabi frequency in one of its memories for use in driving the weakly bound nuclear spin of the ¹³ C isotope via the NV center.

In this way, the quantum computer QC can define the spinlock microwave burst for the execution of an X gate or an H gate or a CROT gate on the weakly bound nuclear spin of the weakly bound nuclear quantum bit.

In the example, the coupling strength of the nuclear spin of the ¹³ C isotope with the NV center is 1.803MHz.

These routines are needed to characterize the system of the quantum computer QC.

figure 24

24 shows an example of a Bernstein-Vazirani code in the quantum computer program description language Quiskit ( 24a)

The control device μC or another processor translates these standard gates into CROT commands with the aid of a transpiler. ( 24b) .

For better compactness, the CROT commands are denoted by the letter R. The second letter after the R denotes the axis of rotation. The value in brackets indicates the angle of rotation.
q_0 referred to in the 24b a first nuclear spin of a first nuclear quantum bit.
q_1 referred to in the 24b a second nuclear spin of a second nuclear quantum bit.
q_2 referred to in the 24b the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center as a quantum bit.

figure 25

25 shows the source code of the example 24 (BV code) in the form of exemplary assembler opcodes that the quantum computer QC executes. The quantum op-codes are given in a human-readable text file. A quantum op-code within the meaning of the document presented here is an op-code whose execution involves the quantum computer QC manipulating at least one quantum bit of the quantum computer QC. Preferably, the transpiler encodes the CROT op-codes by binary numbers of machine code. The exemplary syntax of the example of the 25 provides one opcode per line. These simple commands in the form of these op-codes cause the quantum computer QC to generate simple, executable pulses.

NV_1_X1

Initialisierung der X-Achse durch einen π-Mikrowellenpuls auf das NV-Zentrum als Quantenbit (CROT mit 180°)

qn1_CXNOT

CROT um 180° mit X Drehachse auf das nukleare Quantenbit 1 (π-Puls) (hier das ¹⁴N-Stickstoffatom des NV-Zentrums), wenn NV m=1 ist. (q_1 in 24b)

qn1_CHYNOT

CROT um 90° mit Y Drehachse auf das nukleare Quantenbit 1 (π/2-Puls) (hier das ¹⁴N-Stickstoffatom des NV-Zentrums), wenn NV m=1 ist. (q_1 in 24b)

qn2_3/2CXNOT

CROT um 270° mit X Drehachse auf das nukleare Quantenbit 2 (3π/2-Puls) (hier ein ¹³C-Isotop, das an das NV-Zentrum gekoppelt ist), wenn NV m=1 ist.. (q_0 in 24b)

qn2_CHYNOT

CROT um 90° mit Y Drehachse auf das nukleare Quantenbit 2 (π/2-Puls) (hier ein ¹³C-Isotop, das an das NV-Zentrum gekoppelt ist), wenn NV m=1 ist. (q_0 in 24b)

NV_1_X2

CROT des Elektronenspins der Elektronenkonfiguration des NV-Zentrums um π mit Drehachse X mit viel Mikrowellenleistung also unabhängig von Zustand des nuklearen Quantenbits 1 (hier das ¹⁴N-Stickstoffatom des NV-Zentrums) (q_2 in 24b),

NV_1_X3

CROT des Elektronenspins der Elektronenkonfiguration des NV-Zentrums um π mit Drehachse X abhängig von Zustand des nuklearen Quantenbits 2 (hier ein ¹³C-Isotop, das an das NV-Zentrum gekoppelt ist), wenn der nukleare Spin des ¹³C-Isotops down ist (q_2 in 24b).

NV_1_RY2

CROT des Elektronenspins der Elektronenkonfiguration des NV-Zentrums um π/2 mit Drehachse Y abhängig von Zustand des nuklearen Quantenbits 2 (hier ein ¹³C-Isotop, das an das NV-Zentrum gekoppelt ist), wenn der nukleare Spin des ¹³C-Isotops down ist (q_2 in 24b).

NV_1_RY3

CROT des Elektronenspins der Elektronenkonfiguration des NV-Zentrums um π/2 mit Drehachse Y abhängig von Zustand des nuklearen Quantenbits 2 (hier ein ¹³C-Isotop, das an das NV-Zentrum gekoppelt ist), wenn der nukleare Spin des ¹³C-Isotops up ist (q_2 in 24b).

NV_1_Y3

CROT des Elektronenspins der Elektronenkonfiguration des NV-Zentrums um π mit Drehachse Y abhängig von Zustand des nuklearen Quantenbits 2 (hier ein ¹³C-Isotop, das an das NV-Zentrum gekoppelt ist), wenn der nukleare Spin des ¹³C-Isotops down ist (q_2 in 24b).

NV_1_RY2

CROT des Elektronenspins der Elektronenkonfiguration des NV-Zentrums um π/2 mit Drehachse Y abhängig von Zustand des nuklearen Quantenbits 2 (hier ein ¹³C-Isotop, das an das NV-Zentrum gekoppelt ist), wenn der nukleare Spin des ¹³C-Isotops down ist (q_2 in 24b).

NV_1_RY3

CROT des Elektronenspins der Elektronenkonfiguration des NV-Zentrums um π/2 mit Drehachse Y abhängig von Zustand des nuklearen Quantenbits 2 (hier ein ¹³C-Isotop, das an das NV-Zentrum gekoppelt ist), wenn der nukleare Spin des ¹³C-Isotops up ist (q_2 in 24b).

qn1_CXNOT:

CROT um 180° mit X Drehachse auf das nukleare Quantenbit 1 (π-Puls) (hier das ¹⁴N-Stickstoffatom des NV-Zentrums), wenn NV m=1 ist. (q_1 in 24b)

qn1_CHYNOT

CROT um 90° mit Y Drehachse auf das nukleare Quantenbit 1 (π/2-Puls) (hier das ¹⁴N-Stickstoffatom des NV-Zentrums), wenn NV m=1 ist. (q_1 in 24b)

qn2_3/2CXNOT

CROT um 270° mit X Drehachse auf das nukleare Quantenbit 2 (3π/2-Puls) (hier ein ¹³C-Isotop, das an das NV-Zentrum gekoppelt ist), wenn NV m=1 ist.. (q_0 in 24b)

qn2_CHYNOT

CROT um 90° mit Y Drehachse auf das nukleare Quantenbit 2 (π/2-Puls) (hier ein ¹³C-Isotop, das an das NV-Zentrum gekoppelt ist), wenn NV m=1 ist. (q_0 in 24b)

The OP codes of the 25 are:

NV_1_X1

Initialization of the X-axis by a π-microwave pulse on the NV center as a quantum bit (CROT with 180°)

qn1_CXNOT

CROT by 180° with X axis of rotation onto the nuclear quantum bit 1 (π pulse) (here the ¹⁴ N nitrogen atom of the NV center) when NV m=1. (q_1 in 24b)

qn1_CHYNOT

CROT by 90° with Y axis of rotation onto the nuclear quantum bit 1 (π/2 pulse) (here the ¹⁴ N nitrogen atom of the NV center) when NV m=1. (q_1 in 24b)

qn2_3/2CXNOT

CROT by 270° with X axis of rotation onto the nuclear quantum bit 2 (3π/2 pulse) (here a ¹³ C isotope coupled to the NV center) when NV m=1.. (q_0 in 24b)

qn2_CHYNOT

CROT by 90° with Y axis of rotation onto the nuclear quantum bit 2 (π/2 pulse) (here a ¹³ C isotope coupled to the NV center) when NV m=1. (q_0 in 24b)

NV_1_X2

CROT of the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center around π with rotation axis X with a lot of microwave power, i.e. independent of the state of the nuclear quantum bit 1 (here the ¹⁴ N nitrogen atom of the NV center) (q_2 in 24b) ,

NV_1_X3

CROT of the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center around π with rotation axis X dependent on the state of the nuclear quantum bit 2 (here a ¹³ C isotope coupled to the NV center) when the nuclear spin of the ¹³ C isotope is down (q_2 in 24b) .

NV_1_RY2

CROT of the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center around π/2 with rotation axis Y depending on the state of the nuclear quantum bit 2 (here a ¹³ C isotope coupled to the NV center) when the nuclear spin of the ¹³ C isotope down is (q_2 in 24b) .

NV_1_RY3

CROT of the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center around π/2 with rotation axis Y depending on the state of the nuclear quantum bit 2 (here a ¹³ C isotope coupled to the NV center) when the nuclear spin of the ¹³ C isotope up is (q_2 in 24b) .

NV_1_Y3

CROT of the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center around π with rotation axis Y depending on the state of the nuclear quantum bit 2 (here a ¹³ C isotope coupled to the NV center) when the nuclear spin of the ¹³ C isotope is down (q_2 in 24b) .

NV_1_RY2

CROT of the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center around π/2 with rotation axis Y depending on the state of the nuclear quantum bit 2 (here a ¹³ C isotope coupled to the NV center) when the nuclear spin of the ¹³ C isotope down is (q_2 in 24b) .

NV_1_RY3

CROT of the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center around π/2 with rotation axis Y depending on the state of the nuclear quantum bit 2 (here a ¹³ C isotope coupled to the NV center) when the nuclear spin of the ¹³ C isotope up is (q_2 in 24b) .

qn1_CXNOT:

CROT by 180° with X axis of rotation onto the nuclear quantum bit 1 (π pulse) (here the ¹⁴ N nitrogen atom of the NV center) when NV m=1. (q_1 in 24b)

qn1_CHYNOT

CROT by 90° with Y axis of rotation onto the nuclear quantum bit 1 (π/2 pulse) (here the ¹⁴ N nitrogen atom of the NV center) when NV m=1. (q_1 in 24b)

qn2_3/2CXNOT

CROT by 270° with X axis of rotation onto the nuclear quantum bit 2 (3π/2 pulse) (here a ¹³ C isotope coupled to the NV center) when NV m=1.. (q_0 in 24b)

qn2_CHYNOT

CROT by 90° with Y axis of rotation onto the nuclear quantum bit 2 (π/2 pulse) (here a ¹³ C isotope coupled to the NV center) when NV m=1. (q_0 in 24b)

figure 26

26 shows the example of an addition of 2m times 3 bit values. For the realization, the algorithm uses many Toffoli gates (CCNOT gates). In contrast to quantum computers based on superconducting quantum bits, the quantum computer presented here manages with single gate operations. Quantum computers based on superconducting quantum bits require up to 23 quantum gates to realize a single Toffoli gate (CCNOT gate).

The quantum computer presented here realizes the Toffoli gate (CCNOT gate) with NV- ¹⁴ N- ¹³ C couplings of the corresponding spins.

figure 27

27 shows a quantum computer QC mounted in a gimbal KAH. The cardanic suspension KAH makes it possible to protect the quantum computer QC against rotational accelerations and/or rotations about the first axis AX1 and the second axis AX2. In the example of 27 example gimbal KAH includes a first post P1 and a second post P2. By way of example, a first suspension ring R1 is suspended on the first post P1 and the second post P2 of the cardanic suspension KAH so that it can rotate about a first axis AX1. A first power coupling EK1 electrically conductively connects the power supply line PWR of the first post P1 to the power supply line PWR of the first suspension ring R1 so as to be rotatable about the first axis. A second suspension ring R2 is mounted rotatably about a second axis AX2 in the first suspension ring R1 of the gimbal KAH. A second energy coupling EKe connects the line of the power supply PWR of the first suspension ring R1 in an electrically conductive manner and rotatable about the second axis AX2 with the line of the power supply PWR of the second suspension ring R2.

The quantum computer QC is fixed to the second suspension ring R2. As a result, the quantum computer QC is rotatably mounted on the gimbal KAH about the first axis AX1 and rotatable about the second axis AX2. Preferably, the line of the power supply PWR of the second suspension ring R2 supplies the quantum computer QC with electrical power.

The gyro KR is fixedly mounted to the second suspension ring R2. As a result, the gyroscope KR is mounted on the cardanic suspension KAH so that it can rotate about the first axis AX1 and can rotate about the second axis AX2. Preferably, a drive of the gyroscope KR drives the gyroscope KR with electrical energy from the line of the power supply PWR of the second suspension ring R2.

For the purposes of the document presented here, the cardanic suspension KAH of the quantum computer QC and the gyroscope KR can preferably be regarded as part of the quantum computer.

It is conceivable that the cardanic suspension KAH has a first drive which can rotate the first suspension ring R1 relative to the first post P1 and/or the second post P2 about the first axis AX1 by a first angle of rotation. It is conceivable that the first drive rotates the first suspension ring R1 about the first axis AX1 by a predetermined first angle of rotation depending on a signal from the quantum computer QC and/or the control device μC.

It is conceivable that a first rotation angle sensor of the cardanic suspension KAH detects the rotation in the form of a first value of the first rotation angle of the first suspension ring R1 relative to the first post P1 and/or the second post P2 about the first axis AX1 and via a first rotation angle signal line and possibly interposed signal couplings to the quantum computer QC and / or its control device μC reports. In this case, a signal coupling allows the first suspension ring R1 to be rotated relative to the first post P1 by any desired first angle of rotation, without the rotation angle signal line being twisted or interrupted.

It is conceivable that the cardanic suspension KAH has a second drive which can rotate the second suspension ring R2 about the second axis AX2 by a second angle of rotation in relation to the first suspension ring R1. It is conceivable that the second drive rotates the second suspension ring R2 about the second axis AX2 by a predetermined second angle of rotation depending on a signal from the quantum computer QC and/or the control device μC.

The first axis AX1 is preferably arranged perpendicular to the first axis AX1.

It is conceivable that a second angle of rotation sensor of the cardanic suspension KAH detects the rotation of the second suspension ring R1 in relation to the first suspension ring R1 and reports it to the quantum computer QC and/or its control device µC via a second angle of rotation signal line and possibly interposed signal couplings. In this case, a signal coupling preferably allows the second suspension ring R2 to be rotated relative to the first suspension ring R1 by any second angle of rotation, without the second angle-of-rotation signal line being twisted or interrupted.

The gyroscope or gyroscopes KR assume that when the first drives and second drives of the quantum computer QC are disengaged, non-existent or not driven, the quantum computer QC also adjusts its alignment when the cardanic suspension KAH rotates about the first axis AX1 and/or second axis AX2 does not change.

The cardanic suspension KAH preferably comprises a gyroscope KR for each axis (AX1, AX2) of the cardanic KAH. The axes of different gyroscopes KR are preferably perpendicular to one another.

Of course, instead of the quantum computer QC, only essential parts of the quantum computer QC, such as the substrate D with the quantum bits QUB and/or nuclear quantum bits CQUB, can be located instead of the quantum computer QC. The signals of the other device parts of the quantum computer must then be transported to these device parts or transported away from them by means of suitable signal couplings without twisting.

figure 28

28 shows the exemplary topology of four exemplary NV centers based quantum bit systems (white with black solid border circle: NV center as electronic quantum dots NV electronic quantum bits QUB, white with black dashed border circle: ¹⁴ N or ¹⁵ N nitrogen core as nuclear quantum dots CI nuclear quantum bits CQUB, filled in black: ¹³ C carbon nuclei as nuclear quantum dots CI nuclear quantum bits CQUB).

A first exemplary simple quantum bit system (see 28a) is composed of the electron spin of an NV center and a nuclear spin of the nitrogen nucleus of the NV center and at least two nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei of two ¹³ C isotopes in the vicinity of the NV center. The term "in the vicinity" means that the respective electron spin of the respective electron configuration of the respective NV center with the respective magnetic moment of the respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear atomic nuclei of the ¹³ C isotopes or the respective atomic nuclei of the respective nitrogen atoms of the respective NV centers can interact, for example, by dipole-dipole interaction and that coupling and/or entanglement between the nuclear spins of the nuclear atomic nuclei of the ¹³ C isotopes or the nitrogen atoms on the one hand and the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center on the other hand is possible .

A second exemplary simple quantum bit system (See 28b) is composed of the electron spins of two NV centers and the two nuclear spins of the respective atomic nuclei of the respective nitrogen atoms of the respective NV centers and preferably at least two respective nuclear spins of two respective atomic nuclei of two respective ¹³ C isotopes in the respective environment of the respective NV center built. Each NV center of the two NV centers is thus preferably associated with at least two respective nuclear spins of two respective atomic nuclei of two respective ¹³ C isotopes. The quantum bit system thus comprises two electronic spins of the two NV centers and six nuclear spins and thus a total of eight quantum bits - two electronic quantum bits NV and six nuclear quantum bits CI. respective

A third example simple quantum bit system (See 28c ) is composed of the electron spins of four NV centers and the four nuclear spins of the respective atomic nuclei of the respective nitrogen atoms of the respective NV centers and preferably at least two respective nuclear spins of two respective atomic nuclei of two respective ¹³ C isotopes in the respective environment of the respective NV center built. Each NV center of the two NV centers is thus preferably associated with at least two respective nuclear spins of two respective atomic nuclei of two respective ¹³ C isotopes. The quantum bit system thus comprises four electronic spins of the four NV centers and 12 nuclear spins and thus a total of sixteen quantum bits - four electronic quantum bits NV and 12 nuclear quantum bits CI.

A fourth exemplary simple quantum bit system (See 28d ) is composed of the electron spins of n linearly arranged NV centers and the n nuclear spins of the respective atomic nuclei of the respective nitrogen atoms of the respective NV centers and preferably at least two respective nuclear spins of two respective atomic nuclei of two respective ¹³ C isotopes in the respective environment of the respective NV center. Each NV center of the n NV centers is thus preferably associated with at least two respective nuclear spins of two respective atomic nuclei of two respective ¹³ C isotopes. The quantum bit system thus comprises n electronic spins of the n NV centers and 3*n nuclear spins and thus a total of 4*n quantum bits - four electronic quantum bits NV and 12 nuclear quantum bits CI. In the 18d only a section of 4 NV centers of the chain of n NV centers is shown.

figure 29

29 shows the magnetic field above a bar magnet (radius 1 mm, length 5 mm) as a function of the radial coordinate (r) and distance coordinate (z). The appropriate orientation for NV centers in (111) orientation (θ=arctan(sqrt(3/2))=50.77°) is along the green line.

figure 30

30 shows a schematic representation of an exemplary waveguide structure of a coplanar waveguide CWG with a single line LTG in 50 Ω technology. The preferably used coplanar waveguide CWG is preferably a strip conductor (micro-strip lines) on the surface of the diamond chip or the substrate D.

These waveguides (micro-strip lines) on the surface of the diamond chip or the substrate D preferably carry the electromagnetic signals in the radio frequency range and/or in the microwave frequency range to the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D.

Such waveguides are preferably designed as coplanar CWG waveguides with a defined characteristic impedance, preferably 50 ohms (50 Ω) ( 30 ). To connect the coplanar waveguide CWG, the structure is provided on both sides with an adaptation structure APS, which allows connection of other waveguides, such as coaxial cables and/or semi-ridged lines and/or plugs, for example SMA plugs, without the joints , permitted.

The coplanar waveguide CWG preferably includes the line LTG for feeding, for transporting and for removing the signal and a first ground plate GND and a second ground plate GND between which the line LTG is routed. The line LTG preferably serves as a microwave and/or radio wave antenna mWA. The paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots of the diamond chip or of the substrate D are preferably located between the line LTG and one of the two ground plates GND, so that they Pump radiation LB can be irradiated by the optical system OS and so that the optical system OS can detect the fluorescence radiation of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D .

Instead of a single conductor, there can also be two parallel conductors, a first conductor LTG1 and a second conductor LTG2, in the space between the first ground plane GND and the second ground plane GND. The first conductor LTG1 preferably transports the microwaves in a first microwave frequency range and the second conductor LTG2 transports the radio waves in a radio frequency range and/or a low-frequency range.

The coplanar waveguide CWG does not touch the edge of the diamond chip or the substrate D, since this is conductive and would short-circuit the coplanar stripline. (please refer 30 ).

Therefore, the coplanar waveguide CWG preferably has a spacing of more than 1 μm, better a spacing of more than 2 μm, better a spacing of more than 5 μm, better a spacing of more than 10 μm, better a spacing of more than 20 μm, better a spacing of more than 50 μm, better a distance of more than 100 μm, better a distance of more than 200 μm, better a distance of more than 500 μm to the edge of the diamond chip or the substrate D.

The gap width of the strip line is as small as possible to increase the field amplitude and is preferably less than 100 μm, better less than 50 μm, better less than 20 μm, better less than 10 μm, better less than 5 μm, better less than 2 μm, better less than 1 μm, better less than 500nm, better less than 200nm, better less than 100nm, , better less than 50nm, better less than 20nm, better less than 10nm. In the case of optical reading, however, this gap width cannot be chosen to be arbitrarily small. Experiments have shown that the gap width in the case of optical reading is preferably less than 4 μm, preferably less than 1 μm, particularly preferably approximately 100 nanometers.

The electrical power to be introduced to control the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D is minimized by a small gap width of the strip line structure. This reduces the necessary energy consumption of the one or more devices MW/RF-AWFG for generating an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and at the respective location of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC.

figure 31

31 shows a schematic representation of an exemplary waveguide structure of a coplanar waveguide CWG with two lines, a first line LTG1 and a second line LTG2, in 50 Ω technology. The preferably used coplanar waveguide CWG is preferably a strip conductor (micro-strip lines) on the surface of the diamond chip or the substrate D.

The first gap width SB1 of the first slot of the coplanar waveguide CWG with two lines LTG1, LTG2 between the first ground plane GND1 of the coplanar waveguide CWG and the first line LTG1 of the coplanar waveguide CWG ( 31 ) is as small as possible to increase the field amplitude and is preferably less than 100 µm, preferably less than 50 µm, preferably less than 20 µm, preferably less than 10 µm, preferably less than 5 µm, preferably less than 2 µm, preferably less than 1 µm, preferably less than 500 nm, better less than 200nm, better less than 100nm, better less than 50nm, better less than 20nm, better less than 10nm. The first gap width SB1 is preferably equal to the third gap width SB3 and can possibly be equal to the second gap width SB2. In the case of optical readout, however, this first gap width SB1 cannot be chosen to be arbitrarily small. Experiments have shown that the first gap width SB1 in the case of optical reading is preferably less than 4 μm, preferably less than 1 μm, particularly preferably approximately 100 nanometers.

The second gap width SB2 of the second slot of the two-line coplanar waveguide CWG LTG1,LTG2 between the first line LTG1 of the coplanar waveguide CWG and the second line LTG2 of the coplanar waveguide CWG ( 31 ) is as small as possible to increase the field amplitude and is preferably less than 100 µm, preferably less than 50 µm, preferably less than 20 µm, preferably less than 10 µm, preferably less than 5 µm, preferably less than 2 µm, preferably less than 1 µm, preferably less than 500 nm, better less than 200nm, better less than 100nm, better less than 50nm, better less than 20nm, better less than 10nm. The second gap width SB2 can possibly be equal to the third gap width SB3 and can possibly be equal to the first gap width SB1. In the case of optical readout, however, this second gap width SB2 cannot be chosen to be arbitrarily small. Experiments have shown that the second gap width SB2 is preferably less than 4 μm, preferably less than 1 μm, particularly preferably approx. 100 nanometers in the case of optical reading.

The third gap width SB3 of the third slot of the coplanar waveguide CWG with two lines LTG1, LTG2 between the second ground plane GND2 of the coplanar waveguide CWG and the second line LTG2 of the coplanar waveguide CWG ( 31 ) is as small as possible to increase the field amplitude and is preferably less than 100 µm, preferably less than 50 µm, preferably less than 20 µm, preferably less than 10 µm, preferably less than 5 µm, preferably less than 2 µm, preferably less than 1 µm, preferably less than 500 nm, better less than 200nm, better less than 100nm, better less than 50nm, better less than 20nm, better less than 10nm. The third gap width SB3 is preferably equal to the first gap width SB1 and can possibly be equal to the second gap width SB2. In the case of optical readout, however, this third gap width SB3 cannot be chosen to be arbitrarily small. Experiments have shown that the first gap width SB3 in the case of optical reading is preferably less than 4 μm, preferably less than 1 μm, particularly preferably approximately 100 nanometers.

The width LTGB1 of the first line LTG1 is preferably equal to the width LTGB2 of the second line LTG2.

The width LTGB1 of the first line LTG1 and the second gap width SP2 are preferably selected relative to the first gap width SP1 such that the first line LTG1 with the first ground plane GND1 and a second line LTG2 connected to ground and the second ground plane GND2 form a waveguide with a first Characteristic impedance for signals on the first line LTG1 forms.

The width LTGB2 of the second line LTG2 and the second gap width SP2 are preferably selected relative to the second gap width SP2 such that the second line LTG2 with the second ground plane GND2 and a first line LTG2 connected to ground and the first ground plane GND1 form a waveguide with the second Characteristic impedance for signals on the second line LTG2 forms.

The resistance value of the second characteristic impedance for signals on the second line LTG2 is preferably equal to the resistance value of the first characteristic impedance for signals on the first line LTG1.

The width LTGB1 of the first line LTG1 and the second gap width SP2 are preferably selected relative to the first gap width SP1 such that the first line LTG1 with the first ground plane GND1 and a second line LTG2 connected to ground and the second ground plane GND2 form a waveguide with a first Characteristic impedance for signals on the first line LTG1 forms.

The width LTGB2 of the second line LTG2 and the second gap width SP2 are preferably selected relative to the second gap width SP2 such that the second line LTG2 with the second ground plane GND2 and a first line LTG2 connected to ground and the first ground plane GND1 form a waveguide with the second Characteristic impedance for signals on the second line LTG2 forms.

The resistance value of the second characteristic impedance for signals on the second line LTG2 is preferably equal to the resistance value of the first characteristic impedance for signals on the first line LTG1.

The first line LTG1 of the waveguide CWG (micro-strip lines) on the surface of the diamond chip or the substrate D preferably carries the electromagnetic signals in the microwave frequency range to the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D.

The second line LTG2 of the waveguide CWG (micro-strip lines) on the surface of the diamond chip or the substrate D preferably carries the electromagnetic signals in the radio frequency range and/or in the low-frequency range to the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or or the color centers and/or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or of the substrate D.

Such waveguides are preferably designed as coplanar CWG waveguides with a defined characteristic impedance, preferably 50 ohms (50 Ω) ( 30 ). To connect the coplanar waveguide CWG, the first line LTG1 is provided at both ends with an adaptation structure APS, which allows the junction-free connection of other waveguides, such as coaxial cables and/or semi-ridged lines and/or plugs, for example SMA connectors, allowed. To connect the coplanar waveguide CWG, the second line LTG2 is provided at both ends with an adaptation structure APS, which allows the junction-free connection of other waveguides, such as coaxial cables and/or semi-ridged lines and/or plugs, for example SMA connectors, allowed.

The coplanar waveguide CWG preferably comprises a first line LTG1 for feeding, transporting and extracting the microwave signal with a microwave frequency and a second line LTG2 for feeding, transporting and extracting the radio wave signal with a radio wave frequency and/or a frequency of the low frequency range and a first ground plate GND1 and a second ground plate GND2 between which the first line LTG1 and the second line LTG2 are routed. The first line LTG1 and the second line LTG2 are preferably used together as a microwave and/or radio wave antenna mWA. The paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or of the substrate D are preferably located in the slot between the first line LTG1 and the second line LTG2, so that optical system OS they can irradiate from above with pump radiation LB and so that the optical system OS the fluorescence radiation FL of the paramagnetic centers and / or the NV centers and / or the color centers and / or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D can capture.

The coplanar waveguide CWG preferably does not touch the edge of the diamond chip or substrate D since this is conductive and would short out the coplanar waveguide CWG. (please refer 30 ).

Therefore, the coplanar waveguide CWG preferably has a distance d _min of more than 1 μm, better a distance of more than 2 μm, better a distance of more than 5 μm, better a distance of more than 10 μm, better a distance of more than 20 μm, better one The distance of more than 50 μm, better a distance of more than 100 μm, better a distance of more than 200 μm, better a distance of more than 500 μm to the edge of the diamond chip or the substrate D.

The electrical power to be introduced to control the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D is provided by a small gap width (SB1, SB2, SB3) of the Slots of the coplanar waveguide CWG minimized. This reduces the necessary energy consumption of the one or more devices MW/RF-AWFG for generating an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and at the respective location of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC.

figure 32

The 32 essentially corresponds to the 17 , the quantum computer QC now comprising a cryostat KRST with a cryostat chamber and the adjustment device now, for example, comprising a translational positioning device XT in the X direction and a translational positioning device YT in the Y direction and a translational positioning device ZT in the Z direction. Instead, the use of a tripod or, better yet, a hexapod would be conceivable, which would be controlled by the control device μC of the quantum computer QC. The positioning device PV of the permanent magnet PM is now also arranged on the adjustment device (XT, YT, ZT). Thus, the positioning of the permanent magnet PM relative to the substrate D does not change when the adjustment device (XT, YT, ZT) re-positions the substrate D with respect to the optical system OS. The positioning of the positioning device PV relative to the substrate D is thus fixed in this construction. The positioning device PV changes the positioning of the permanent magnet PM relative to the substrate D. The control device μC and/or another partial device of the quantum computer QC control the positioning device PV. and thus the positioning of the permanent magnet PM in relation to the substrate D.

An optical window OW allows the pump radiation LB of the optical system OS to enter the interior of the cryostat chamber of the cryostat KRST. The optical window OW allows the exit of the fluorescence radiation FL of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D. The cryostat chamber of the cryostat KRST has further passages . In the example in the figure, this includes a bushing for the control data bus SDB for connecting the temperature sensor ST. Furthermore, a feedthrough for the radio wave and/or microwave line for connecting the line LTG of the waveguide CWG on the surface of the substrate D is one of the feedthroughs that the cryostat chamber of the cryostat KRST has by way of example. In addition, the exemplary cryostat chamber of the cryostat KRST in the example in the figure includes feedthroughs for the exemplary coolants of the exemplary closed loop helium gas cooling system HeCLCS for supplying the cooling device KV inside the cryostat chamber of the cryostat KRST. In addition, the exemplary cryostat chamber of the cryostat KRST in the example in the figure includes bushings for control lines of the adjustment devices XT, XT, ZT for the adjustment and readjustment of the position of the substrate D relative to the optical system OS. Finally, the exemplary cryostat chamber of the cryostat KRST in the example in the figure includes bushings for the control lines of the positioning device PV of the permanent magnet PM opposite the substrate D. It is conceivable to have other device parts (e.g. CM2, CIF2, MGx, MGy, MGz etc.) inside the To place the cryostat chamber of the cryostat KRST and to provide respective feedthroughs for their respective control.

glossary

vehicle

However, a vehicle within the meaning of the document presented here can also be a motor vehicle, a two-wheeler, a tricycle or a truck, a commercial vehicle, a robot, a transport vehicle, a drone, a robotic drone, a missile, a floating body, a submersible body , a ship, a submarine, a sea mine, a land mine, a rocket, a projectile, a satellite, a space station, a trailer, a barge, a container, in particular a sea container and/or smartphone and/or an article of clothing and/or a piece of jewelry and/or a wearable quantum computer system and/or a mobile quantum computer system and/or vehicle and/or robot and/or airplane and/or rumbling vehicle and/or underwater vehicle and/or surface water craft and/or underwater water craft and/or or a mobile medical device and/or a deployable weapon system and/or warhead and/or surface or underwater vehicle and/or missile and/or other mobile device and/or mobile device and/or the like. If the document presented here describes a specific vehicle, the description also includes and claims all other vehicles described above, insofar as this makes sense in the relevant context. In particular, all applications to weapons and weapon systems and mobile medical devices that can typically be relocated at least temporarily are also included. In the sense of the document presented here, this document interprets the term vehicle very broadly as a "transportable device" which may, in particular, temporarily have its own drive and/or auxiliary means for transport on water and/or on land and/or in in the air and/or in space.

horizontal

The adjective "horizontal" is used in this disclosure as part of the name of the device parts and associated sizes unless expressly stated otherwise. This happens because the quantum bits are numbered consecutively. This allows the columns (vertical) and rows (horizontal) to be better distinguished within two-dimensional quantum bit arrays. A “horizontal line” is therefore a line within such a two- or one-dimensional arrangement that runs along a line. The associated current is then referred to as “horizontal line current” in an analogous manner, for example, to give an example for naming a variable.

isotopically pure

A material is isotopically pure within the meaning of this disclosure if the concentration of isotopes other than the basic isotopes that dominate the material is so low that the technical purpose is sufficiently low for the production and sale of products with an economically sufficient production yield is achieved. This means that disturbances emanating from such isotope impurities do not disturb the functionality of the quantum bits, or at most only slightly disturb them. In relation to diamond, this means that diamond preferably consists essentially of ¹² C isotopes as basic isotopes, which have no magnetic moment.

Vicinity

For example, when this disclosure refers to a “device that is near the normal point (LOTP) or at the normal point (LOTP) for generating a circularly polarized microwave field”, the term proximity is to be understood as such that this device exerts or can exert an intended effect with its polarized microwave field or otherwise on the quantum dot (NV), which is located on the plumb line (LOT), which in turn intends to do so in connection with the disclosure presented here it is to be understood that the intended effect allows a method step to be carried out in the functional steps for the intended use of a device proposed here.

NP completeness

In computer science, a problem is called NP-complete (complete for the class of problems that can be solved non-deterministically in polynomial time) if it is one of the most difficult problems in the class NP, i.e. it is both in NP and NP-hard is. Colloquially, this means that it probably cannot be solved efficiently.

Formally, NP-completeness is only defined for decision problems (possible solutions only "yes" or "no"), while one speaks of NP-equivalence for other problem types (e.g. search problems or optimization problems). Colloquially, however, this distinction is often not made, so that one generally speaks of "NP-complete problems", regardless of whether a decision problem is present or not. This is possible because different problem types can be transferred into one another (reduced to one another).

• • in der Komplexitätsklasse NP liegt: Ein deterministisch arbeitender Rechner benötigt nur polynomiell viel Zeit, um zu entscheiden, ob eine vorgeschlagene Lösung eines zugehörigen Suchproblems tatsächlich eine Lösung ist, und
• • zu den NP-schweren Problemen gehört: Alle anderen Probleme, deren Lösungen deterministisch in polynomieller Zeit überprüft werden können, können auf das Problem derart zurückgeführt werden, dass diese Rückführung auf einem deterministischen Rechner höchstens polynomielle Zeit in Anspruch nimmt. Man spricht von einer Polynomialzeitreduktion.

A decision problem is NP-complete if it

• • is in the complexity class NP: A deterministically working computer only needs a polynomial amount of time to decide whether a proposed solution of an associated search problem is actually a solution, and
• • Belongs to the NP-hard problems: All other problems whose solutions can be verified deterministically in polynomial time can be reduced to the problem in such a way that this reduction takes at most polynomial time on a deterministic computer. One speaks of a polynomial time reduction.

NP-complete problems can probably not be solved efficiently, since their solution takes a long time on real computers. In practice, this does not always have a negative effect, which means that there are solution methods for many NP-complete problems that can be used to solve them in an acceptable time for orders of magnitude that occur in practice.

• • Für kein NP-vollständiges Problem konnte bisher nachgewiesen werden, dass es in polynomieller Zeit lösbar wäre.
• • Falls nur ein einziges dieser Probleme in polynomieller Zeit lösbar wäre, dann wäre jedes Problem in NP in polynomieller Zeit lösbar, was große Bedeutung für die Praxis haben könnte (jedoch nicht notwendigerweise haben muss).

Many problems that arise in practice and are important are NP-complete, which makes NP-completeness a central concept in computer science. This importance is further reinforced by the so-called P-NP problem:

• • So far, no NP-complete problem has been shown to be solvable in polynomial time.
• • If just one of these problems were solvable in polynomial time, then every problem in NP would be solvable in polynomial time, which could (but need not) have great practical implications.

Since Cook's introduction of NP-completeness, completeness has been expanded into a general concept for arbitrary complexity classes.

Quantum computer program and quantum operation and quantum op code

In the sense of the document presented here, a quantum computer program is a program that includes at least one quantum operation and is executed by a control device μC of a relocatable quantum computer QC. One or more binary data in the memory NVN, RAM of the control device μC of the relocatable quantum computer QC preferably encode such a quantum operation. For example, it can be a predetermined data word. A quantum operation within the meaning of the document presented here manipulates at least the quantum state of at least one quantum dot of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the relocatable quantum computer QC and/or manipulates at least the quantum state of at least one nuclear quantum dot of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits (nuclear quantum bits) of the deployable quantum computer QC. The technical teaching of the document presented here also designates the data word that symbolizes such a quantum operation as a quantum op code. A quantum computer program thus comprises at least one quantum op-code. The quantum op-code can also include multiple data words.

Pure substrate

A pure substrate within the meaning of this disclosure is present when the concentration of atoms other than the basic atoms that dominate the material of the substrate is so low that the technical purpose is sufficiently important for the production and sale of products an economically sufficient production yield is achieved. This means that disturbances originating from such atomic impurities do not disturb the functionality of the quantum bits, or at most only slightly disturb them. In relation to diamond, this means that the diamond preferably essentially consists of carbon atoms and contains no or only an insignificant number of foreign atoms. Preferably, the substrate contains as little ferromagnetic impurities as possible, such as Fe and/or Ni, since their Mag net fields can interact with the spin of the quantum dot (NV) of the respective quantum bit of the quantum computer QC.

insignificant phase shift

For purposes of this disclosure, an insignificant phase rotation of the state vector of a quantum dot of a quantum bit of the quantum computer QC is a phase rotation that can be considered insignificant or correctable for operation and functionality. It can therefore be assumed to be equal to zero in a first approximation.

vertical

The adjective "vertical" is used in this disclosure as part of the name of the device parts and associated sizes unless expressly stated otherwise. This happens because the quantum bits are numbered consecutively. This allows the columns (vertical) and rows (horizontal) to be better distinguished within two-dimensional quantum bit arrays. A "vertical line" is therefore a line within such a two- or one-dimensional arrangement that is routed along a column. The assigned current is then referred to as “vertical line current” in an analogous manner, for example, to give an example for naming a variable.

ZPL table

The table is only an exemplary compilation of some possible paramagnetic centers. These can be used as quantum bits. The document presented here strongly recommends the use of NV centers as paramagnetic centers of quantum dots of quantum bits of the quantum computer QC. The functionally equivalent use of other paramagnetic centers in other materials of the crystal of the substrate D is explicitly possible. The pump radiation wavelengths λ _pmp of the pump radiation LB are also exemplary. Other pump radiation wavelengths λ _pmp are generally possible if they are shorter than the wavelength of the ZPL to be excited. Material of the crystal of the substrate D impurity center ZPL exemplary pump radiation wavelength (λ _pmp ) reference diamond NV Center 520nm, 532nm diamond SiV center 738nm 685 nm /2/, /3/, /4/ diamond GeV center 602 nm 532nm /4/, /5/ diamond SnV center 620nm 532nm /4/, /6/ diamond PbV center 520nm, 450nm /4/, /7/ 552 nm /4/, /7/ 715 nm 532nm /7/ diamond ST1 center 555 nm 532nm /15/ diamond TR12 center 471 nm 410nm /16/ silicon G center 1278.38nm 637 nm /8th/ silicon carbide V _SI center 862nm(V1) 4H, 730nm /1/, /9/, /10/ 858.2nm(V1') 4H 730nm /1/, /9/, /10/ 917nm(V2) 4H, 730nm /1/, /9/, /10/ 865nm(V1) 6H, 730nm /1/, /9/, /10/ 887nm(V2) 6H, 730nm /1/, /9/, /10/ 907nm(V3) 6H 730nm /1/, /9/, /10/ silicon carbide DV center 1078-1132nm 6H 730nm /9/ silicon carbide V _C V _SI center 1093-1140nm 6H 730nm /9/ silicon carbide CAV center 648.7nm 4H, 6H, 3C 730nm /9/ 651.8nm 4H, 6H, 3C 730nm /9/ 665.1nm 4H, 6H, 3C 730nm /9/ 668.5nm 4H, 6H, 3C 730nm /9/ 671.7nm 4H, 6H, 3C 730nm /9/ 673nm 4H, 6H, 3C 730nm /9/ 675.2nm 4H, 6H, 3C 730nm /9/ 676.5nm 4H, 6H, 3C 730nm /9/ silicon carbide N _C V _SI center 1180nm-1242nm 6H 730nm /9/, /13/, /14/

List of reference literature for the above table

• /1/ Marina Radulaski, Matthias Widmann, Matthias Niethammer, Jingyuan Linda Zhang, Sang-Yun Lee, Torsten Rendler, Konstantinos G. Lagoudakis, Nguyen Tien Son, Erik Janzen, Takeshi Ohshima, Jörg Wrachtrup, Jelena Vučković, "Scalable Quantum Photonics with Single Color Centers in Silicon Carbide”, Nano Letters 17 (3), 1782-1786 (2017), DOI: 10.1021/acs.nanolett.6b05102, arXiv:1612.02874
• /2/ C Wang, C Kurtsiefer, H Weinfurter, and B Burchard, "Single photon emission from SiV centers in diamond produced by ion implantation" J. Phys. B: At. Mol.Opt. Phys., 39(37), 2006
• /3/ Björn Tegetmeyer, "Luminescence properties of SiV-centers in diamond diodes" doctoral thesis, University of Freiburg, January 30, 2018
• /4/ Carlo Bradac, Weibo Gao, Jacopo Forneris, Matt Trusheim, Igor Aharonovich, "Quantum Nanophotonics with Group IV defects in Diamond", DOI:10.1038/s41467-020-14316-x, arXiv:1906.10992
• /5/ Rasmus H⌀y Jensen, Erika Janitz, Yannik Fontana, Yi He, Olivier Gobron, Ilya P. Radko, Mihir Bhaskar, Ruffin Evans, Cesar Daniel Rodriguez Rosenblueth, Lilian Childress, Alexander Huck, Ulrik Lund Andersen, "Cavity- Enhanced Photon Emission from a Single Germanium-Vacancy Center in a Diamond Membrane”, arXiv:1912.05247v3 [quant-ph] 25 May 2020
• /6/ Takayuki Iwasaki, Yoshiyuki Miyamoto, Takashi Taniguchi, Petr Siyushev, Mathias H. Metsch, Fedor Jelezko, Mutsuko Hatano, "Tin-Vacancy Quantum Emitters in Diamond", Phys. Rev. Lett. 119, 253601 (2017), DOI: 10.1103/PhysRevLett.119.253601, arXiv:1708.03576 [quant-ph]
• /7/ Matthew E. Trusheim, Noel H. Wan, Kevin C. Chen, Christopher J. Ciccarino, Ravishankar Sundararaman, Girish Malladi, Eric Bersin, Michael Walsh, Benjamin Lienhard, Hassaram Bakhru, Prineha Narang, Dirk Englund, "Lead- Related Quantum Emitters in Diamond” Phys. Rev. B 99, 075430 (2019), DOI: 10.1103/PhysRevB.99.075430, arXiv:1805.12202 [quant-ph]
• /8/ M. Hollenbach, Y. Berencen, U. Kentsch, M. Helm, G. V. Astakhov "Engineering telecom single-photon emitters in silicon for scalable quantum photonics" Opt. Express 28, 26111 (2020), DOI: 10.1364/OE .397377, arXiv:2008.09425 [physics.app-ph]
• /9/ Castelletto and Alberto Boretti, "Silicon carbide color centers for quantum applications" 2020 J. Phys. Photonics2 022001
• /10/ V. Ivády, J. Davidsson, N. T. Son, T. Ohshima, I. A. Abrikosov, A. Gali, "Identification of Si-vacancy related room-temperature quantum bits in 4H silicon carbide", Phys. Rev.B, 2017, 96,161114
• /11/ J Davidsson, V Ivády, R Armiento, NT Son, A Gali, I A Abrikosov, "First principles predictions of magneto-optical data for semiconductor point defect identification: the case of divacancy defects in 4H-SiC" , New J. Phys., 2018, 20, 023035
• /12/ J. Davidsson, V. Ivády, R. Armiento, T. Ohshima, NT Son, A. Gali, IA Abrikosov "Identification of divacancy and silicon vacancy quantum bits in 6H-SiC", Appl. physics Latvia 2019, 114, 112107
• /13/ SA Zargaleh, S Hameau, B Eble, F Margaillan, H J von Bardeleben, J L Cantin, W Gao , "Nitrogen vacancy center in cubic silicon carbide: a promising quantum bit in the 1.5 µm spectral range for photonic quantum networks” Phys. Rev.B, 2018, 98, 165203
• /14/ SA Zargaleh et al "Evidence for near-infrared photoluminescence of nitrogen vacancy centers in 4H-SiC" Phys. Rev.B, 2016, 94, 060102
• /15/ Balasubramanian P, Metsch MH, Reddy, Prithvi R, Lachlan J, Manson NB, Doherty MW, Jelezko F, "Discovery of ST1 centers in natural diamond" Nanophotonics, Vol. 8, No. 11, 2019 , pages 1993-2002. https://doi.org/10.1515/nanoph-2019-0148
• /16/ J Foglszinger, A Denisenko, T Kornher, M Schreck, W Knolle, B Yavkin, R Kolesov, J Wrachtrup "ODMR on Single TR12 Centers in Diamond" arXiv:2104.04746v1 [physics. optics]

Non-statistical error of the quantum computer QC

A non-statistical error of the quantum computer QC in the sense of the document presented here is a defect or a malfunction of a device part of the quantum computer QC and/or a loss of data and/or a data corruption and/or an unauthorized change of a quantum state of a quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, which cannot be explained by the natural statistical errors when reading out quantum states. A non-statistical error of the quantum computer QC within the meaning of the document presented here is typically also a sufficiently probable suspicion of a defect or malfunction of a device part of the quantum computer QC and/or a sufficiently probable suspicion of a loss of data and/or a sufficiently probable suspicion of data corruption and/or a sufficiently probable suspicion of an unauthorized change in a quantum state of a quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, whereby these presumed non-statistical errors cannot be explained by the natural statistical errors when reading out quantum states.

A non-statistical quantum error is a non-statistical error which, for physical reasons, cannot be reliably detected by a conventional watchdog and/or Q&A watchdog, in particular due to the quantum nature of a device part or method step involved in the non-statistical quantum error.

Miscellaneous

The above description is not exhaustive and does not limit this disclosure to the examples shown and/or described. Other variations to the disclosed examples may be understood and practiced by those of ordinary skill in the art given the drawings, disclosure, and claims. The indefinite article "a" or "an" and its inflections do not exclude a plurality, while the mention of a definite number of elements does not exclude the possibility of there being more or fewer elements. A single entity may perform the functions of multiple elements recited in the disclosure, and conversely, multiple elements may perform the function of one entity. Numerous alternatives, equivalents, variations, and combinations are possible without departing from the scope of the present disclosure. Unless otherwise stated, all features of the present invention can be freely combined with one another. This applies to the entire document presented here, in particular every statement and every combination of noun and adjective in the document presented here. Unless otherwise stated, the features described in the description of the figures can also be freely combined with the other features as features of the invention. A limitation of individual features of the exemplary embodiments to the combination with other features of the exemplary embodiments is expressly not intended. In addition, physical features of the device can also be reworded as method features and method features can be reworded as physical features of the device. Such a reformulation is thus automatically disclosed. The applicable claim results from the applicable claims.

In the foregoing detailed description, reference is made to the accompanying drawings. The examples in the specification and drawings should be considered and are only illustrative should not be construed as limiting to the specific example or element being described. Several examples can be derived from the foregoing description and/or the drawings and/or the claims by modifying, combining or varying certain elements. Furthermore, examples or elements that are not literally described can be derived from the description and/or the drawings by a person skilled in the art.

Reference List

ADCV

amplifier V analog-to-digital converter;

APS

Customization Structure. The adaptation structure is used to adapt the geometric size of a conductor (LTG, LTG1, LTG2), so that it can be contacted using lines and/or plugs, for example, without causing a surge in impedance.;

AS

Shielding;

AX1

first axis of rotation of the gimbal KAH;

AX2

second axis of rotation of the gimbal KAH;

BENG

first energy reserve;

BENG2

second energy reserve;

BNV

rotating magnetic field;

BSC

rear contact;

BTR

Energy reserve of the vehicle (submarine, car, etc.);

CBA

control unit A;

CBB

control unit B;

CECEQUREG

core-electron-core-electron quantum register;

CEQUREG1

first core-electron quantum register;

CEQUREG2

second core-electron quantum register;

CI1

first nuclear quantum dot of the first nuclear quantum bit of the quantum computer QC. The exemplary first nuclear quantum point CI1 of a nuclear quantum bit of the quantum computer QC is preferably an isotope with a magnetic nuclear moment in the substrate D, with the substrate D in the region of the nuclear quantum point CI1 of the nuclear quantum bit of the quantum computer QC preferably being essentially or even more preferred includes absolutely no isotopes with a nuclear magnetic moment. In this context, the document presented here refers to the technical teaching of those already cited DE 10 2020 007 977 B4 .;

CI11

first nuclear quantum dot CI1 ₁ of the first nuclear quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC with a first nuclear spin of an exemplary first ¹³ C-carbon isotope strongly bound to the first quantum dot NV1 (for the exemplary case that the first quantum dot has an NV center in diamond is). The exemplary first nuclear quantum dot CI1 ₁ of the first nuclear quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC is preferably an isotope with a nuclear magnetic moment in the substrate D, with the substrate D in the region of the nuclear quantum dot CI1 ₁ preferably being essentially or even more so preferably includes absolutely no isotopes with a nuclear magnetic moment. In this context, the document presented here refers to the technical teaching of those already cited DE 10 2020 007 977 B4 . The first nuclear quantum dot CI1 ₁ of the first nuclear quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC is in the 3 not shown for a better overview. The reader should assume that in the 3 the first nuclear quantum dot CI1 ₁ of the first nuclear quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC is coupled to the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC as shown in FIG 2 the first nuclear quantum dot CI1 ₁ of the first nuclear quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC is coupled to the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC;

CI12

second nuclear quantum dot CI1 ₂ of the second nuclear quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC with a second nuclear spin of a second exemplary ¹³ C-carbon isotope strongly bound to the first quantum dot NV1 (for the exemplary case that the first quantum dot has an NV center in diamond is). The exemplary second nuclear quantum point CI1 ₂ of the second nuclear quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC is preferably an isotope with a magnetic nuclear moment in the substrate D, with the substrate D in the region of the nuclear quantum point CI1 ₂ of the nuclear quantum bit of the quantum computer QC preferably essentially or even more preferably absolutely no isotopes with a nuclear magnetic moment. In this context, the document presented here refers to the technical teaching of those already cited DE 10 2020 007 977 B4 . The second nuclear quantum point CI1 ₂ of the second quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC is in the 3 not shown for a better overview. The reader should assume that in the 3 the second nuclear quantum dot CI1 ₂ of the second nuclear quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC is coupled to the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC as shown in FIG 2 the second nuclear quantum dot CI1 ₂ of the second nuclear quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC is coupled to the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC;

CI13

third nuclear quantum dot CI1 ₃ of the third nuclear quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC with a third nuclear spin of a third exemplary ¹³ C-carbon isotope weakly bound to the first quantum dot NV1 (for the exemplary case that the first quantum dot has an NV center in diamond is). The exemplary third nuclear quantum point CI1 ₃ of the third nuclear quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC is preferably an isotope with a magnetic nuclear moment in the substrate D, with the substrate D in the region of the nuclear quantum point CI1 ₃ of the third nuclear quantum bit of the quantum computer QC preferably comprises essentially or even more preferably absolutely no isotopes having a nuclear magnetic moment. In this context, the document presented here refers to the technical teaching of those already cited DE 10 2020 007 977 B4 . The third nuclear quantum point CI1 ₃ of the third nuclear quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC is in the 3 not shown for a better overview. The reader should assume that in the 3 the third nuclear quantum dot CI1 ₃ of the third nuclear quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC is coupled to the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC as shown in FIG 2 the third nuclear quantum point CI1 ₃ of the third nuclear quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC is coupled to the first quantum point NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC;

CI2

second nuclear quantum dot of the second nuclear quantum bit of the quantum computer QC. The exemplary second nuclear quantum point CI2 of the second nuclear quantum bit of the quantum computer QC is preferably an isotope with a magnetic nuclear moment in the substrate D, with the substrate D in the region of the nuclear quantum point CI2 of the second nuclear quantum bit of the quantum computer QC preferably being essentially or still more preferably absolutely no isotopes having a nuclear magnetic moment. In this context, the document presented here refers to the technical teaching of those already cited DE 10 2020 007 977 B4 .;

CI21

first nuclear quantum dot CI2 ₁ of the first nuclear quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC with a first nuclear spin of a first exemplary ¹³ C-carbon isotope strongly bound to the second quantum dot NV2 (for the exemplary case that the second quantum dot NV2 has an NV center in diamond is). The exemplary first nuclear quantum point CI2 ₁ of the first nuclear quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC is preferably an isotope with a magnetic nuclear moment in the substrate D, with the substrate D in the region of the first nuclear quantum point CI2 ₁ of the first nuclear quantum bit of the Quantum computer QC preferably comprises essentially or even more preferably absolutely no isotopes with a nuclear magnetic moment. In this context, the document presented here refers to the technical teaching of those already cited DE 10 2020 007 977 B4 . The first nuclear quantum dot CI2 ₁ of the first nuclear quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC is in the 3 not shown for a better overview. The reader should assume that in the 3 the first nuclear quantum dot CI2 ₁ of the first nuclear quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC is coupled to the second quantum dot NV2 of the second quantum bit of the quantum computer QC as shown in FIG 2 the first nuclear quantum dot CI2 ₁ of the first nuclear quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC is coupled to the second quantum dot NV2 of the second quantum bit of the quantum computer QC;

CI22

second nuclear quantum dot CI2 ₂ of the second nuclear quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC with a second nuclear spin of a second exemplary ¹³ C-carbon isotope strongly bound to the second quantum dot NV2 (for the exemplary case that the second quantum dot NV2 has an NV center in diamond is). The exemplary second nuclear quantum point CI2 ₂ of the second nuclear quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC is preferably an isotope with a magnetic nuclear moment in the substrate D, with the substrate D in the region of the second nuclear quantum point CI2 ₂ of the second nuclear quantum bit of the Quantum computer QC preferably comprises essentially or even more preferably absolutely no isotopes with a nuclear magnetic moment. In this context, the document presented here refers to the technical teaching of those already cited DE 10 2020 007 977 B4 . The second nuclear quantum dot CI2 ₂ of the second nuclear quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC is in the 3 not shown for a better overview. The reader should assume that in the 3 the second nuclear quantum dot CI2 ₂ of the second nuclear quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC is coupled to the second quantum dot NV2 of the second quantum bit of the quantum computer QC as shown in FIG 2 the second nuclear quantum dot CI2 ₂ of the second nuclear quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC is coupled to the second quantum dot NV2 of the second quantum bit of the quantum computer QC;

CI23

third nuclear quantum dot CI2 ₃ of the third nuclear quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC with a third nuclear spin of a third exemplary ¹³ C-carbon isotope strongly bound to the second quantum dot NV2 (for the exemplary case that the second quantum dot NV2 has an NV center in diamond is). The exemplary third nuclear quantum point CI2 ₃ of the third nuclear quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC is preferably an isotope with a magnetic nuclear moment in the substrate D, with the substrate D in the region of the third nuclear quantum point CI2 ₃ of the third nuclear quantum bit of the Quantum computer QC preferably comprises essentially or even more preferably absolutely no isotopes with a nuclear magnetic moment. In this context, the document presented here refers to the technical teaching of those already cited DE 10 2020 007 977 B4 . The third nuclear quantum dot CI2 ₃ of the third nuclear quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC is in the 3 not shown for a better overview. The reader should assume that in the 3 the third nuclear quantum dot CI2 ₃ of the third nuclear quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC is coupled to the second quantum dot NV2 of the second quantum bit of the quantum computer QC as shown in FIG 2 the third nuclear quantum point CI2 ₃ of the third nuclear quantum bit of the second quantum ALU QUALU2 of the quantum computer QC is coupled to the second quantum point NV2 of the second quantum bit of the quantum computer QC;

CI3

third nuclear quantum dot of the third nuclear quantum bit of the quantum computer QC. The exemplary third nuclear quantum point CI3 of the third nuclear quantum bit of the quantum computer QC is preferably an isotope with a magnetic nuclear moment in the substrate D, with the substrate D in the region of the nuclear quantum point CI3 of the third nuclear quantum bit of the quantum computer QC preferably being essentially or still more preferably absolutely no isotopes having a nuclear magnetic moment. In this context, the document presented here refers to the technical teaching of those already cited DE 10 2020 007 977 B4 ;

CI31

first nuclear quantum dot CI3 ₁ of the first nuclear quantum bit of the third quantum ALU QUALU3 of the quantum computer QC. The exemplary first nuclear quantum point CI3 ₁ of the first nuclear quantum bit of the third quantum ALU QUALU3 of the quantum computer QC is preferably an isotope with a magnetic nuclear moment in the substrate D, with the substrate D in the region of the first nuclear quantum point CI3 ₁ of the first nuclear quantum bit of the Quantum computer QC preferably comprises essentially or even more preferably absolutely no isotopes with a nuclear magnetic moment. In this context, the document presented here refers to the technical teaching of those already cited DE 10 2020 007 977 B4 . The first nuclear quantum dot CI3 ₁ of the first nuclear quantum bit of the third quantum ALU QUALU3 of the quantum computer QC is in the 3 and in the 2 not shown for a better overview. The reader should assume that in the 3 the first nuclear quantum dot CI3 ₁ of the first nuclear quantum bit of the third quantum ALU QUALU3 of the quantum computer QC is coupled to the third quantum dot NV3 of the third quantum bit of the quantum computer QC as shown in FIG 2 the first nuclear quantum dot CI1 ₁ of the first nuclear quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC is coupled to the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC;

CI32

second nuclear quantum dot CI3 ₂ of the second nuclear quantum bit of the third quantum ALU QUALU3 of the quantum computer QC. The exemplary second nuclear quantum point CI3 ₂ of the second nuclear quantum bit of the third quantum ALU QUALU3 of the quantum computer QC is preferably an isotope with a magnetic nuclear moment in the substrate D, with the substrate D in the region of the second nuclear quantum point CI3 ₂ of the second nuclear quantum bit of the Quantum computer QC preferably comprises essentially or even more preferably absolutely no isotopes with a nuclear magnetic moment. In this context, the document presented here refers to the technical teaching of those already cited DE 10 2020 007 977 B4 . The second nuclear quantum dot CI3 ₂ of the second nuclear quantum bit of the third quantum ALU QUALU3 of the quantum computer QC is in the 3 and in the 2 not shown for a better overview. The reader should assume that in the 3 the second core quantum dot CI3 ₂ of the second quantum bit of the third quantum ALU QUALU3 of the quantum computer QC is coupled to the third quantum dot NV3 of the third quantum bit of the quantum computer QC as shown in FIG 2 the second nuclear quantum dot CI1 ₂ of the second nuclear quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC is coupled to the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC;

C133

third nuclear quantum point CI3 ₃ of the third nuclear quantum bit of the third quantum ALU QUALU3 of the quantum computer QC. The exemplary third nuclear quantum point CI3 ₃ of the third nuclear quantum bit of the third quantum ALU QUALU3 of the quantum computer QC is preferably an isotope with a magnetic nuclear moment in the substrate D, with the substrate D in the region of the third nuclear quantum point CI3 ₃ of the third nuclear quantum bit of the Quantum computer QC preferably comprises essentially or even more preferably absolutely no isotopes with a nuclear magnetic moment. In this context, the document presented here refers to the technical teaching of those already cited DE 10 2020 007 977 B4 . The third nuclear quantum dot CI3 ₃ of the third nuclear quantum bit of the third quantum ALU QUALU3 of the quantum computer QC is in the 3 and in the 2 not shown for a better overview. The reader should assume that in the 3 the third core quantum point CI3 ₃ of the third quantum bit of the third quantum ALU QUALU3 of the quantum computer QC is coupled to the third quantum point NV3 of the third quantum bit of the quantum computer QC as shown in FIG 2 the first core quantum dot CI1 ₁ of the first quantum bit of the first quantum ALU QUALU1 of the quantum computer QC is coupled to the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC;

CIF

first camera interface;

CIF2

second camera interface;

CM1

first camera;

CM2

second camera;

CPU

computer core;

CWG

coplanar waveguide (preferably a stripline);

D

substrate;

d1

first distance at which the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC is below the surface OF of the substrate D of the quantum computer QC;

d2

second distance in which the second quantum dot NV2 of the second quantum bit of the quantum computer QC is below the surface OF of the substrate D of the quantum computer QC;

DBIF

data interface;

DBIFa

data interface A;

DBIFb

data interface B;

DBS

dichroic mirror;

DEV

Power supply of other device parts of the quantum computer QC, this typically also relates to device parts with different reference numbers. For a better overview, the power supply lines of the other parts of the device of the quantum computer QC are shown in FIG 1 not drawn;

dmin

minimum distance between the line structures (GND, LTG, LTG1, LTG1, GND1, GND2) on the diamond chip or the substrate D and the edge of the diamond chip or the substrate D;

EK1

first energy coupling of the example gimbal KAH;

EK2

second energy coupling of example gimbal KAH;

CLOSELY

propulsion of the vehicle;

ERS

energy system;

EXDB

external data bus;

EV

Power supply;

λfl

fluorescence radiation wavelength;

λpmp.

pump radiation wavelength;

FHB

factory floor or stationary device;

fHF

microwave and/or radio wave frequency;

FL

fluorescence radiation;

FLC

fire control station. The fire control center can be a central control unit ZSE.

FLR

attitude control system;

car

Airplane;

FZT

aircraft carrier;

GDX

X control device for the translational positioning device in the X direction XT;

GDY

Y control device for the translational positioning device in the Y direction YT;

GDZ

Z control device for the translational positioning device in the Z direction ZT;

GH

Housing;

GND

Ground plane of the coplanar waveguide CWG ( 30 );

GND1

first ground plane of two ground planes GND1, GND2 of the coplanar waveguide CWG ( 31 );

GND2

second ground plane of two ground planes GND1, GND2 of coplanar waveguide CWG ( 31 );

GPS

Navigation system or device for determining the position and/or orientation of the quantum computer QC. If necessary, the navigation system can also determine translational speeds and/or rotational speeds of the quantum computer QC and report this to the computer core CPU of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC via the internal data bus INTDB. If necessary, the navigation system can also determine translational accelerations and/or rotational accelerations of the quantum computer QC and report this to the computer core CPU of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC via the internal data bus INTDB;

HD1

first horizontal driver stage for driving the first quantum dot NV1 to be driven of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC;

HD2

second horizontal driver stage for driving the second quantum dot NV2 to be driven of the second quantum bit of the quantum computer QC;

HD3

third horizontal driver stage for driving the third quantum dot NV3 to be driven of the third quantum bit of the quantum computer QC;

HeCLCS

closed loop helium gas cooling system;

HS1

first horizontal receiver stage HS1, which can form a unit with the first horizontal driver stage HD1, for driving the first quantum dot NV1 to be driven of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC;

HS2

second horizontal receiver stage HS2, which can form a unit with the second horizontal driver stage HD2, for driving the second quantum dot NV2 to be driven of the second quantum bit of the quantum computer QC;

HS3

third horizontal receiver stage HS3, which can form a unit with the third horizontal driver stage HD3, for driving the third quantum dot NV3 to be driven of the third quantum bit of the quantum computer QC;

IH1

first horizontal stream. The first horizontal current is the electric current flowing through the first horizontal line LH1.

IH2

second horizontal stream. The second horizontal current is the electric current flowing through the second horizontal line LH2.

IH3

third horizontal stream. The third horizontal current is the electric current flowing through the third horizontal line LH3.

ip

Intensity of the pulses of the pulsed pump radiation LB of the light source LD;

IPHF

Amplitude I _pHF of a pulse of the temporal envelope curve of the emission of an electromagnetic field by the one or more devices MW/RF-AWFG for generating an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and at the respective location of the Nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 1 , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , _{CI3 2 ,} CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC;

IS

Isolation;

ISH1

first horizontal shield current flowing through the first horizontal shield line SH1;

ISH2

second horizontal shield current current flowing through the second horizontal shield line SH2;

ISH3

third horizontal shield current current flowing through the third horizontal shield line SH3;

ISH4

fourth horizontal shield current Current flowing through the fourth horizontal shield line SH4;

ISV1

first vertical shield current flowing through the first vertical shield line SV1;

ISV2

second vertical shield current flowing through the second vertical shield line SV2;

IV1

first vertical stream. The first vertical current is the electric current flowing through the first vertical line LV1;

IVV

internal amplifier within the amplifier V;

KAH

gimbals;

car

car as an example of a vehicle;

KH1

first horizontal contact of the first quantum bit QUB1 with the first quantum dot NV1 of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC. The first horizontal contact of the first quantum bit QUB1 electrically connects, for example, the first horizontal shielding line SH1 in the first quantum bit QUB1 to the substrate D or the epitaxial layer DEPI. In the case of diamond as the substrate material, it is preferably a contact that includes titanium or is made of titanium;

KH2

second horizontal contact of the first quantum bit QUB1 with the first quantum dot NV1 of the quantum computer QC and first horizontal contact of the second quantum bit QUB2 with the second quantum dot NV2 of the quantum computer QC. The first quantum bit QUB1 and the second quantum bit QUB2 use in the example 3 this contact together. The contact electrically connects, for example, the second horizontal shielding line SH2 in the first quantum bit QUB1 and in the second quantum bit QUB2 to the substrate D and the epitaxial layer DEPI, respectively. In the case of diamond as the substrate material, it is preferably a contact that includes titanium or is made of titanium;

KH3

second horizontal contact of the second quantum bit QUB2 with the second quantum dot NV2 and first horizontal contact of the third quantum bit QUB3 with the third quantum dot NV3. The second quantum bit QUB2 and the third quantum bit QUB3 use in the example 3 this contact together. The contact electrically connects, for example, the third horizontal shielding line SH3 in the second quantum bit QUB2 and in the third quantum bit QUB3 to the substrate D and the epitaxial layer DEPI, respectively. In the case of diamond as the substrate material, it is preferably a contact that includes titanium or is made of titanium;

KH4

second horizontal contact of the third quantum bit QUB3 with the third quantum dot NV3. The contact electrically connects, for example, the fourth horizontal shielding line SH3 in the third quantum bit QUB3 to the substrate D or the epitaxial layer DEPI. In the case of diamond as the substrate material, it is preferably a contact that includes titanium or is made of titanium;

KR

Gyroscope or gyroscope system comprising several gyroscopes, possibly with corresponding drives for these gyroscopes;

CRST

cryostat. The document presented here describes a cryostat as a cooling device with which lower and possibly very low temperatures can be reached and kept constant compared to the ambient temperature. In terms of the document presented here, the cryostat comprises a cryostat chamber and preferably a cooling device KV. In the figures, the cryostat chamber is given the reference KRST;

KV11

first vertical contact of the first quantum bit QUB1 with the first quantum dot NV1. The first vertical contact of the first quantum bit QUB1 electrically connects the first vertical shielding line SV1 in the first quantum bit QUB1 to the substrate D or the epitaxial layer DEPI. In the case of diamond as the substrate material, it is preferably a contact that includes titanium or is made of titanium;

KV12

second vertical contact of the first quantum bit QUB1 with the first quantum dot NV1. The second vertical contact of the first quantum bit QUB1 preferably electrically connects the second vertical shielding line SH2 to the substrate D or the epitaxial layer DEPI. In the case of diamond as the substrate material, it is preferably a contact that includes titanium or is made of titanium;

KV21

first vertical contact of the second quantum bit QUB2 with the second quantum dot NV2. The first vertical contact of the second quantum bit QUB2 electrically connects the first vertical shielding line SV1 in the second quantum bit QUB2 to the substrate D or the epitaxial layer DEPI. In the case of diamond as the substrate material, it is preferably a contact that includes titanium or is made of titanium;

KV22

second vertical contact of the second quantum bit QUB2 with the second quantum dot NV2. The second vertical contact of the second quantum bit QUB2 preferably electrically connects the second vertical shielding line SH2 to the substrate D or the epitaxial layer DEPI. In the case of diamond as the substrate material, it is preferably a contact that includes titanium or is made of titanium;

KV31

first vertical contact of the third quantum bit QUB3 with the third quantum dot NV3. The first vertical contact of the third quantum bit QUB3 electrically connects the first vertical shielding line SV1 in the third quantum bit QUB3 to the substrate D or the epitaxial layer DEPI. In the case of diamond as the substrate material, it is preferably a contact that includes titanium or is made of titanium;

KV32

second vertical contact of the third quantum bit QUB3 with the third quantum dot NV3. The second vertical contact of the third quantum bit QUB3 preferably electrically connects the second vertical shielding line SH2 to the substrate D or the epitaxial layer DEPI. In the case of diamond as the substrate material, it is preferably a contact that includes titanium or is made of titanium;

KV

mobile cooler;

KV, HZ

Combined cooling and heating device, which typically includes the deployable cooling device KV and a heating device HZ for cooling or heating the substrate;

LB

pump radiation;

LD

light source;

LDRV

light source driver;

LDV

loading device;

LH1

first horizontal line;

LH2

second horizontal line;

LH3

third horizontal line;

LM

Luminaire with a light source;

LTG

Line of the coplanar waveguide CWG ( 31 );

LTG1

first line of coplanar waveguide CWG with two waveguides LTG1, LTG2 ( 32 );

LTG2

second line of coplanar waveguide CWG with two waveguides LTG1, LTG2 ( 32 );

LV1

first vertical line;

µC

control device;

µC1

first quantum computer controller QC1;

µC1a

first controller A of the first quantum computer QC1;

µC1b

first controller B of the first quantum computer QC1;

µC2

second quantum computer controller QC2;

µC3

third controller of the third quantum computer QC3;

µC4

fourth quantum computer controller QC4;

µC5

fifth quantum computer controller QC5;

µC6

sixth controller of sixth quantum computer QC6;

µC7

seventh controller of the seventh quantum computer QC7;

µC8

eighth quantum computer controller QC8;

µC9

ninth controller of the ninth quantum computer QC9;

µC10

tenth controller of the tenth quantum computer QC10;

µC11

eleventh controller of eleventh quantum computer QC11;

µC12

twelfth quantum computer controller QC12;

µC13

thirteenth controller of the thirteenth quantum computer QC13;

µC14

fourteenth controller of the fourteenth quantum computer QC14;

µC15

fifteenth controller of the fifteenth quantum computer QC15;

µC16

sixteenth controller of the sixteenth quantum computer QC16;

µCV

amplifier V control device;

MDBIF

internal data interface MDBIF;

MEMDBV

Memory data bus between control device μCV of amplifier V and memory MEMV of amplifier V;

MEMV

Amplifier V memory;

MFSx

first magnetic field control;

MFSy

second magnetic field control;

MFSz

third magnetic field control;

MGK

mechanical basic construction.

MGx

first magnetic field generating means which preferably generates a magnetic flux density B _x which preferably essentially has a direction which preferably corresponds to the first direction, ie for example the direction of the X-axis;

MGy

second magnetic field generating means which preferably generates a magnetic flux density B _y which preferably essentially has a direction which preferably corresponds to the second direction, ie for example the direction of the Y-axis;

MGz

third magnetic field generating means which preferably generates a magnetic flux density B _z which preferably essentially has a direction which preferably corresponds to the third direction, ie for example the direction of the Y-axis;

MSx

Magnetic field sensor for the magnetic flux density B _x in the direction of the X axis;

MSy

Magnetic field sensor for the magnetic flux density B _y in the direction of the Y axis;

MSz

Magnetic field sensor for the magnetic flux density B _z in the direction of the Z axis;

mWA

microwave and/or radio wave antenna;

MW/RF-AWFG

Microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator for generating largely freely definable waveforms (Arbitrary Wave Form Generator);

NAV

navigation system and/or autopilot;

NV1

first quantum dot of the first quantum bit of the quantum computer QC. The exemplary first quantum dot NV1 is preferably a paramagnetic center in the substrate D. The exemplary first quantum dot NV1 is preferably an NV center or a SiV center or an ST1 center in the substrate D;

NV2

second quantum dot of the second quantum bit of the quantum computer QC. The exemplary second quantum dot NV2 is preferably a paramagnetic center in the substrate D. The exemplary second quantum dot NV2 is preferably an NV center or a SiV center or an ST1 center in the substrate D;

NV3

third quantum dot of the third quantum bit of the quantum computer QC. The exemplary third quantum dot NV3 is preferably a paramagnetic center in the substrate D. The exemplary third quantum dot NV3 is preferably an NV center or a SiV center or an ST1 center in the substrate D;

NVM

non-volatile memory;

OF

Surface;

OS

optical system;

OSC

Clock generator of the computer core CPU of the control device μC of the quantum computer QC;

OW

optical window for access of the pump radiation Lb into the interior of the cryostat KRST to the substrate D with respective electronic spins of the respective paramagnetic centers and/or the respective NV centers and/or the respective color centers and/or the respective quantum dots NV of the diamond chip or the substrate D and for the emergence of the fluorescence radiation LB from the interior of the cryostat KRST to the optical system OS;

P1

first support post of example gimbal KAH;

p2

Second support post of example gimbal KAH;

PD

photodetector;

p.m

permanent magnet;

Ph

line along which the orientation suitable for NV centers is in (111) orientation (θ=arctan(sqrt(3/2))=50.77°);

PV

Positioning device for the permanent magnet PM;

PVC

Control device for the positioning device PV for the permanent magnet PM;

PWR

power supply of the charging device LDV;

QC

quantum computers;

QC1

first quantum computer;

QC2

second quantum computer;

QC3

third quantum computer;

QC4

fourth quantum computer;

QC5

fifth quantum computer;

QC6

sixth quantum computer;

QC7

seventh quantum computer;

QC8

eighth quantum computer;

QC9

ninth quantum computer;

QC10

tenth quantum computer;

QC11

eleventh quantum computer;

QC12

twelfth quantum computer;

QC13

thirteenth quantum computer;

QC14

fourteenth quantum computer;

QC15

fifteenth quantum computer;

QC16

sixteenth quantum computer;

QCTV

Quantum Computer System Separator. The quantum computer system separation device preferably separates an external data bus EXTDB, which, for example, connects a first quantum computer system QUSYS to a second quantum computer system QUSYS, if necessary, so that the quantum computer system QUSYS, which previously comprised the first and the second quantum computer system QUSYS, breaks down into two separate quantum computer systems QUSYS by the separation. However, the quantum computer system separator can also connect a previously separate first quantum computer system QUSYS to a previously separate second quantum computer system QUSYS and, if necessary, couple them so that the quantum computer system QUSYS is created, which then includes the first and the second quantum computer system QUSYS by connecting these two quantum computer systems via quantum computer system separator to one Quantum computer system QUSYS merges;

QUALU1

first quantum ALU. The exemplary first quantum ALU consists of a first quantum dot NV1 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and a first core quantum dot CI1 ₁ of the nuclear quantum bits of the first quantum ALU of the quantum computer QC and a second core quantum dot CI1 ₂ of the nuclear quantum bits of the first quantum ALU of the quantum computer QC and a third core quantum dot CI1 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the first quantum ALU of the quantum computer QC ( 2 );

QUALU2

second quantum ALU. The exemplary second quantum ALU consists of a second quantum dot NV2 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and a first core quantum dot CI2 ₁ of the nuclear quantum bits of the second quantum ALU of the quantum computer QC and a second core quantum dot CI2 ₂ of the nuclear quantum bits of the second quantum ALU of the quantum computer QC and a third core quantum dot CI2 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the second quantum ALU of the quantum computer QC ( 2 );

QUSYS

deployable quantum computer system;

R1

first suspension ring of example gimbal KAH;

R2

second suspension ring of example gimbal KAH;

R.A.M.

volatile memory;

RKT

Rocket. The rocket is just one example of a possible payload. The load can itself include one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS. The quantum computer system QUSYS of the payload is preferably connected to the quantum computer system QUSYS of the vehicle FZ or the object in which the payload is set up or stored during the time of the payload, for example via an external data bus EXTDB;

RKTC

missile launch control;

RTS

rotation sensor;

50

receiver output signal;

S1

received signal;

S4

measured value signal;

S5

broadcast signal;

SBa

first gap width of the first slot of the coplanar waveguide CWG with a line LTG between the first ground plane GND of the coplanar waveguide CWG and the line LTG of the coplanar waveguide CWG. ( 30 ) The first gap width SBa is preferably equal to the second gap width SBb;

SBb

second gap width of the second slot of the coplanar waveguide CWG with a line LTG between the second ground plane GND of the coplanar waveguide CWG and the line LTG of the coplanar waveguide CWG. ( 30 ) The first gap width SBa is preferably equal to the second gap width SBb;

SB1

first gap width of the first slot of the coplanar waveguide CWG with two lines LTG1, LTG2 between the first ground plane GND1 of the coplanar waveguide CWG and the first line LTG1 of the coplanar waveguide CWG. ( 31 ) The first gap width SB1 is preferably equal to the third gap width SB3 and can optionally be equal to the second gap width SB2;

SB2

second gap width of the second slot of the coplanar waveguide CWG with two lines LTG1,LTG2 between the first line LTG1 of the coplanar waveguide CWG and the second line LTG2 of the coplanar waveguide CWG. ( 31 ) The second gap width SB2 may be equal to the third gap width SB3 and may be equal to the first gap width SB1;

SB3

third gap width of the third slot of the coplanar waveguide CWG with two lines LTG1, LTG2 between the second ground plane GND2 of the coplanar waveguide CWG and the second line LTG2 of the coplanar waveguide CWG. ( 31 ) The third gap width SB3 is preferably equal to the first gap width SB1 and can optionally be equal to the second gap width SB2;

SC

sea container. The sea container is just one example of a transportable container in which one or more QUSYS quantum computer systems or one or more QC quantum computers can be operated;

SCHR

ship's propeller;

SDS

control data bus;

SDBV

internal control data bus within the amplifier V;

SENS

one or more sensors;

SH1

first horizontal shield line;

SH2

second horizontal shield line;

SH3

third horizontal shield line;

SH4

fourth horizontal shield line;

SRG

first energy processing device, in particular a voltage converter or a voltage regulator or a current regulator;

SRG2

second energy processing device, in particular a voltage converter or a voltage regulator or a current regulator;

ST

temperature sensor;

STM

semi-transparent mirror;

SUB

submarine;

SV1

first horizontal shield line;

SV2

second vertical shield line;

tsp

low loader. The low-loader is an example of a vehicle without its own propulsion.

TRP

torpedoes;

TRPC

torpedo launch control;

TS

separator;

t0HF

Reference instant of a pulse of the pulsed electromagnetic field with microwave and/or radio wave frequency f _HF . The reference point in time t _0HF is preferably equal to the reference point in time t _0P for a pulse sequence or at a fixed distance in time from the reference point in time for a pulse sequence t _0P ;

t0P

Reference time for a pulse sequence. The reference point in time t _0P for a pulse sequence is preferably equal to the reference point in time t _0HF or at a fixed distance in time from the reference point in time t _0HF ;

tdp

the duration t _dp of the pulses of the pulsed pump radiation LB of the light source LD;

tdHF

temporal pulse duration of the pulse of the pulsed electromagnetic field with microwave and/or radio wave frequency f _HF . It is the temporal pulse duration of the temporal envelope curve of the emission of an electromagnetic field by the one or more devices MW/RF-AWFG for generating an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and at the respective Location of the nuclear quantum dots CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 ₁ , CI2 ₂ , CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC in pulse form;

etc

temporal position of the pulses of the pulsed pump radiation LB of the light source LD in relation to a reference time t _0. As a rule, the temporal position t _sp of a pulse designates the start time of the relevant pulse;

tspHF

Pulse start time t _spHF relative to the reference time t _0HF of a pulse of the temporal envelope curve of the emission of an electromagnetic field by the one or more devices MW / RF-AWFG for generating an electromagnetic wave field at the respective location of the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC and at the respective location of the nuclear quantum points CI1 ₁ , CI1 ₂ , CI1 ₃ , CI2 _{1 , CI2 2 ,} CI2 ₃ , CI3 ₁ , CI3 ₂ , CI3 ₃ of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer QC;

UDB1

first sub data bus;

UDB2

second sub data bus;

UDB3

third sub data bus;

UDB4

fourth sub data bus;

ÜOSZ

monitor clock generation of the quantum computer monitor device QUV of the quantum computer QC;

U.S

bottom of substrate D;

V

Amplifier;

V1

Output signal of internal amplifier IVV of amplifier V and input signal of analog-to-digital converter ADCV of amplifier V;

v2

Data line between the control device μCV of the amplifier V and the analog-to-digital converter ADCV of the amplifier V;

vbatext

electric power from an external power supply, such as an external power supply;

VD1

first vertical driver stage for driving the quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC to be driven;

VIF

Data interface of the amplifier V to the control data bus SDB;

VS1

first vertical receiver stage, which can form a unit with the first vertical driver stage VD1, for driving the first quantum dots NV1, NV2, NV3 of the quantum bits of the quantum computer QC to be driven;

WFG

waveform generator;

XT

translational positioning device in the X direction;

YT

translational positioning device in the Y direction;

ZT

translational positioning device in the Z direction;

ZM

Tractor. The tractor is an example of a drive for a container with one or more quantum computers QC and/or one or more quantum computer systems QUSYS, which can be separated from the container or added to the container. In the example of 6b the container is an exemplary low-loader TL with a sea container SC;

ZSE

central control unit;

List of cited writings

Insofar as the law of the respective legal system of the state in which the international application of the document presented here is nationalized allows disclosure by reference in the context of the nationalization of an international subsequent application, the content of the following documents is an integral part of the disclosure presented here. ,
CN 103 855 907 B ,
CN 108 831 576 B ,
CN 20 634 1126 U ,
DE 1 240 967 B ,
DE 1 564 070 B1 ,
DE 2 124 465 B2 ,
DE 7 219 216 U ,
DE 69 411 078 T2 ,
DE 19 602 875 A1 ,
DE 19 738 066 A1 ,
DE 19 957 669 A1 ,
DE 19 782 844 538 B1 ,
DE 10 2014 225 346 A1 ,
DE 10 2018 127 394.0 ,
DE 10 2019 130 114.9 ,
DE 10 2019 120 076.8 ,
DE 10 2019 121 137 ,
DE 10 2020 125 189 A1
DE 10 2020 101 784 B3
DE 10 2020 007 977 B4
DE 10 2020 008 157 B3
DE 10 2021 110 964.7
DE 20 2021 101 169 U1
EP 2 874 292 B1 ,
EP 2 986 852 B1 ,
EP 3 007 350 B1 ,
EP 3 075 064 A1 ,
EP 3 093 966 B1 ,
EP 3 279 603 B1 ,
EP 3 345 290 B1 ,
EP 3 400 642 B1 ,
EP 3 646 452 B1 ,
EP 3 863 165 A1 ,
RU 126 229 U1 ,
RU 2 566 620 C2 ,
RU 2014 143 858 A ,
U.S. 5,443,657 A ,
U.S. 5,859,484 A ,
U.S. 8,552,616 B2 ,
U.S. 2016 377 029 A1 ,
U.S. 2018 226 165 A1 ,
U.S. 2019 368 464 A1 ,
U.S. 2021 147 061 A1 ,
WO 2009 103 974 A1 ,
WO 2014 031 037 A2
WO 2016 100 008 A2 ,
WO 2019 143 396 A2 ,
WO 2021 159 117 A1 ,
https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Daisy_Chain
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cryocooler
https://www.voutube.com/watch ?v=iOSZi rc7T08
Balasubramanian P, Metsch MH, Reddy, Prithvi R, Lachlan J, Manson NB, Doherty MW, Jelezko F, "Discovery of ST1 centers in natural diamond" Nanophotonics, Vol 8, No 11, 2019, pp 1993 -2002. https://doi.org/10.1515/nanoph-2019-0148
Castelletto and Alberto Boretti, "Silicon carbide color centers for quantum applications" 2020 J. Phys. Photonics2 022001
Carlo Bradac, Weibo Gao, Jacopo Forneris, Matt Trusheim, Igor Aharonovich, "Quantum Nanophotonics with Group IV defects in Diamond", DOI:10.1038/s41467-020-14316-x, arXiv:1906.10992
Ovidiu Calin, "Deep Learning Architectures: A Mathematical Approach (Springer Series in the Data Sciences)", Springer; 1st ed. 2020 edition (February 14, 2021), ISBN-10: 3030367231, ISBN-13: 978-3030367237
Franklin R Chang Diaz, F Wall y Baitty, Jared P Squire, Richard H Goulding, Edgar A Bering, Roger D Bengtson, The Vasimr Engine: Project Status and Recent Accomplishments, downloadable 2022-01-09 from https://ntrs.nasa.gov/api/citations/20110011201/downloads/20110011201.pdf.
J Davidsson, V Ivády, R Armiento, NT Son, A Gali, IA Abrikosov, "First principles predictions of magneto-optical data for semiconductor point defect identification: the case of divacancy defects in 4H-SiC", New J Phys., 2018, 20, 023035
J Davidsson, V Ivády, R Armiento, T Ohshima, NT Son, A Gali, IA Abrikosov "Identification of divacancy and silicon vacancy quantum bits in 6H-SiC", Appl. physics Latvia 2019, 114, 112107
Foglszinger J, Denisenko A, Kornher T, Schreck M, Knolle W, Yavkin B, Kolesov R, Wrachtrup J. "ODMR on Single TR12 Centers in Diamond" arXiv:2104.04746v1 [physics.optics]
M. Hollenbach, Y. Berencen, U. Kentsch, M. Helm, GV Astakhov "Engineering telecom single-photon emitters in silicon for scalable quantum photonics" Opt. Express 28, 26111 (2020), DOI: 10.1364/OE.397377, arXiv:2008.09425 [physics.app-ph]
V. Ivády, J. Davidsson, NT Son, T. Ohshima, IA Abrikosov, A. Gali, "Identification of Si-vacancy related room-temperature quantum bits in 4H silicon carbide", Phys. Rev.B, 2017, 96,161114
Takayuki Iwasaki, Yoshiyuki Miyamoto, Takashi Taniguchi, Petr Siyushev, Mathias H. Metsch, Fedor Jelezko, Mutsuko Hatano, "Tin-Vacancy Quantum Emitters in Diamond", Phys. Rev. Lett. 119, 253601 (2017), DOI: 10.1103/PhysRevLett.119.253601, arXiv:1708.03576 [quant-ph]
Rasmus H⌀y Jensen, Erika Janitz, Yannik Fontana, Yi He, Olivier Gobron, Ilya P. Radko, Mihir Bhaskar, Ruffin Evans, Cesar Daniel Rodriguez Rosenblueth, Lilian Childress, Alexander Huck, Ulrik Lund Andersen, Cavity-Enhanced Photon Emission from a Single Germanium-Vacancy Center in a Diamond Membrane”, arXiv:1912.05247v3 [quant-ph] 25 May 2020
Hugo K. Messerle (author), "Magnetohydrodynamic Electrical Power Generation (UNESCO Energy Engineering Series)", John Wiley & Sons Ltd (1 August 1995), ISBN-10: 0471942529, ISBN-13: 978-0471942528.
Steven Prawer (editor), Igor Aharonovich (editor), "Quantum Information Processing with Diamond: Principles and Applications", Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials, Vol. 63, Woodhead Publishing, May 8, 2014, ISBN-10 : 0857096567, ISBN-13: 978-0857096562
Marina Radulaski, Matthias Widmann, Matthias Niethammer, Jingyuan Linda Zhang, Sang-Yun Lee, Torsten Rendler, Konstantinos G. Lagoudakis, Nguyen Tien Son, Erik Janzen, Takeshi Ohshima, Jörg Wrachtrup, Jelena Vučković, "Scalable Quantum Photonics with Single Color Centers in Silicon Carbide”, Nano Letters 17 (3), 1782-1786 (2017), DOI: 10.1021/acs.nanolett.6b05102, arXiv:1612.02874
Petr Siyushev, Milos Nesladek, Emilie Bourgeois, Michal Gulka, Jaroslav Hruby, Takashi Yamamoto, Michael Trupke, Tokuyuki Teraji, Junichi Isoya, Fedor Jelezko, "Photoelectrical imaging and coherent spin-state readout of single nitrogen-vacancy centers in diamond", Science 363, 728-731 (2019) 15 February 2019
Akinori Tanaka, Akio Tomiya, Koji Hashimoto, “Deep Learning and Physics (Mathematical Physics Studies)” February 21, 2021, Editors: Springer; 1st ed. 2021 Edition, ISBN-10: 9813361077, ISBN-13: 978-9813361072
Björn Tegetmeyer, "Luminescence properties of SiV-centers in diamond diodes" doctoral thesis, University of Freiburg, January 30, 2018
Matthew E Trusheim, Noel H Wan, Kevin C Chen, Christopher J Ciccarino, Ravishankar Sundararaman, Girish Malladi, Eric Bersin, Michael Walsh, Benjamin Lienhard, Hassaram Bakhru, Prineha Narang, Dirk Englund, Lead-Related Quantum Emitters in Diamond” Phys. Rev. B 99, 075430 (2019), DOI: 10.1103/PhysRevB.99.075430, arXiv:1805.12202 [quant-ph]
Vasily Y. Ushakov (Author), "Electrical Power Engineering: Current State, Problems and Perspectives (Green Energy and Technology)", paperback - August 18, 2018, Springer; 1st ed. 2018 edition (18 August 2018), ISBN-10: 3319872850, ISBN-13: 978-3319872858.
C Wang, C Kurtsiefer, H Weinfurter, and B Burchard "Single photon emission from SiV centers in diamond produced by ion implantation" J. Phys. B: At. Mol.Opt. Phys., 39(37), 2006
SA Zargaleh, S. Hameau, B. Eble, F. Margaillan, HJ von Bardeleben, JL Cantin, W. Gao , "Nitrogen vacancy center in cubic silicon carbide: a promising quantum bit in the 1.5 µm spectral range for photonic quantum networks" Phys . Rev.B, 2018, 98, 165203
SA Zargaleh et al "Evidence for near-infrared photoluminescence of nitrogen vacancy centers in 4H-SiC" Phys. Rev.B, 2016, 94, 060102

QUOTES INCLUDED IN DESCRIPTION

This list of documents cited by the applicant was generated automatically and is included solely for the better information of the reader. The list is not part of the German patent or utility model application. The DPMA assumes no liability for any errors or omissions.

Patent Literature Cited

• DE 102020008157 B3 [0002, 0715]
• DE 102022109592 A1 [0002]
• DE 102022112269 A1 [0002]
• DE 102022118617 [0002]
• DE 102020101784 B3 [0149, 0715]
• DE 102020007977 B4 [0153, 0400, 0714, 0715]
• DE 102020125189 A1 [0207, 0208, 0209, 0328, 0465, 0715]
• DE 102022118617 A1 [0281]
• DE 102021110964 [0390, 0715]
• DE 202021101169 U1 [0448, 0715]
• WO 2021159117 A1 [0448, 0715]
• EP 3863165 A1 [0448, 0715]
• US 2021147061 A1 [0448, 0715]
• CN 108831576B [0448, 0715]
• US 2019368464 A1 [0448, 0715]
• WO 2019143396 A2 [0448, 0715]
• EP 3646452 B1 [0448, 0715]
• CN 206341126 U [0448, 0715]
• EP 3279603 B1 [0448, 0715]
• EP 3400642 B1 [0448, 0715]
• EP 3345290 B1 [0448, 0715]
• EP 3093966 B1 [0448, 0715]
• WO 2016100008 A2 [0448, 0715]
• DE 102014225346 A1 [0448, 0715]
• RU 2014143858 A [0448, 0715]
• EP 3007350 B1 [0448, 0715]
• US2016377029 A1 [0448, 0715]
• RU 2566620 C2 [0448, 0715]
• EP 3075064 A1 [0448, 0715]
• EP 2874292 B1 [0448, 0715]
• EP 2986852 B1 [0448, 0715]
• CN 103855907B [0448, 0715]
• RU 126229 U1 [0448, 0715]
• WO 2014031037 A2 [0448, 0715]
• DE 1240967 B [0451, 0715]
• DE 1564070 B1 [0451, 0715]
• DE 2124465 B2 [0451, 0715]
• DE 7219216 U [0451, 0715]
• DE 19782844538 B1 [0451, 0715]
• DE 69411078 T2 [0451, 0715]
• US5443657A [0451, 0715]
• US5859484A [0451, 0715]
• DE 19602875 A1 [0451, 0715]
• DE 19738066 A1 [0451, 0715]
• DE 19957669 A1 [0451, 0715]
• US 8552616 B2 [0451, 0715]
• WO 2009103974 A1 [0451, 0715]
• US 2018226165 A1 [0451, 0715]
• DE 102018127394 [0520, 0715]
• DE 102019130114 [0520, 0715]
• DE 102019120076 [0520, 0715]
• DE 102019121137 [0520, 0715]
• WO 2020239172 A1 [0598, 0601]

Claims (52)

Substrate (D), in particular a diamond chip, for a quantum computer (QC), wherein the substrate (D) comprises paramagnetic centers and/or NV centers and/or color centers and/or quantum dots (NV) and wherein the Substrate (D) comprising nuclear spins nuclear nuclei nuclear quantum dots (Cl) and wherein nuclear spins nuclear nuclei nuclear quantum dots (Cl) having an electronic spin of a paramagnetic center and/or an NV center and/or a color center and/or a quantum dot ( NV) of the diamond chip or the substrate (D) are coupled and the substrate (D) has a coplanar waveguide (CWG) with a characteristic impedance on its surface and the waveguide (CWG) has at least one line (LTG, LTG1 , LTG2) and at least two ground planes (GND, GND1, GND2) and wherein the at least one line (LTG, LTG1, LTG2) is placed between the first ground plane (GND, GND1) and the second ground plane (GND, GnD2) and wherein the Line (LTG, LTG1) has a first distance in the form of a first gap width (SBa, SB1) from the first ground plane (GND, GND1) and wherein the line (LTG, LTG2) has a second distance in the form of a second gap width (SBb, SB3 ) from the second ground plane (GND, GND2), characterized in that the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots (NV) with the nuclear spins of nuclear atomic nuclei of nuclear quantum dots coupled to them (Cl) are located in the slot between the at least one line (LTG, LTG1, LTG2) and the first ground plane (GND, GND1) and/or that the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or or the quantum dots (NV) with the nuclear spins of nuclear atomic nuclei of nuclear quantum dots (Cl) coupled to them are located in the slot between the at least one line (LTG, LTG1, LTG2) and the second ground plane (GND, GND2) and that the at least one Line (LTG, LTG1, LTG2) and the at least two ground planes (GND, GND1, GND2) have a distance (d _min ) to the edge of the substrate (D) on all sides and that this distance (d _min ) is greater than 1 µm and/or greater than 2 µm and/or larger than 5 µm and/or larger than 10 µm and/or larger than 20 µm and/or larger than 50 µm and/or larger than 100 µm and/or larger than 200 µm and/or larger than. substrate (D) after claim 1 wherein the waveguide (CWG) has at least two lines (LTG1, LTG2), a first line (LTG1) and a second line (LTG2), and wherein the first line (LTG1) between the first ground plane (GND, GND1) and the second Placed ground plane (GND, GnD2) and wherein the first line (LTG1) has a first distance in the form of a first gap width (SB1) from the first ground plane (GND1) and the first line (LTG1) has a second distance in the form of a second gap width (SB2) of the second line (LTG2) and wherein the second line (LTG1) has a third distance in the form of a third gap width (SB3) from the second ground plane (GND2). substrate (D) after claim 1 or 2 wherein the waveguide (CWG) has a characteristic impedance of 50Ω +/-25% and/or +/-10% and/or +/-2% and/or wherein the waveguide (CWG) has a characteristic impedance of 75Ω +/-25% and/or +/-10% and/or +/-2% and/or wherein the waveguide (CWG) has a characteristic impedance of 100Ω +/-25% and/or +/-10% and/or +/-2 %, with 50 Ω being particularly preferred and 75 Ω and 100 Ω being preferred. Substrate (D) according to one of the preceding claims, the ends of the conductors (LTG, LTG1, LTG2) being provided with matching structures (APS). Substrate (D) according to any one of Claims 1 until 4 , Wherein the substrate (D) is a device part of a temperature measurement system, in particular a tempera tursensorelement for detecting the temperature of the substrate (D) and for generating an electrical and / or electromagnetic signal that depends on the detected temperature. Substrate (D) according to any one of Claims 1 until 5 , wherein the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots (NV) comprise at least a first paramagnetic center and/or a first NV center and/or a first color center and/or a first quantum dot (NV1) and wherein the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots (NV) comprise at least a second paramagnetic center and/or a second NV center and/or a second color center and/or or comprise a second quantum dot (NV2) which is different from the first paramagnetic center or the first NV center or the first color center or the first quantum dot (NV1), and wherein the first paramagnetic center and/or the first NV center and/or the first color center and/or the first quantum dot (NV1) comprises a first nuclear nucleus of a first isotope of a first element having a first mass number and wherein the second paramagnetic center and/or the second NV center and/or the second color center and/or the second quantum dot (NV2) comprises a second nuclear nucleus of a second isotope of the first element having a second mass number and wherein the first mass number is different from the second mass number. substrate (D) after claim 6 wherein the first isotope is a ^14N nitrogen nucleus and wherein the second isotope is a ^15N nitrogen nucleus. Substrate (D) according to any one of Claims 1 until 7 , wherein the substrate (D) comprises a partial device of a temperature sensor (ST) and/or comprises a temperature sensor (ST) and wherein the temperature sensor (ST) detects the temperature of the substrate (D) and converts it into an electrical and/or electromagnetic signal, which depends on the temperature of the substrate (D). substrate (D) after claim 8 wherein the temperature sensor (ST) detects the temperature of the material in the vicinity of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots (NV) of the diamond chip or the substrate (D). Substrate (D) according to any one of Claims 1 until 9 , wherein the substrate (D) comprises device parts of a magnetic field detection device. and substrate (D) after claim 10 , these device parts of a magnetic field detection device being one or more paramagnetic centers and/or one or more NV centers and/or one or more color centers and/or one or more quantum dots (NV) of the diamond chip or of the substrate D. substrate (D) after claim 11 , wherein the one or more paramagnetic centers and / or one or more NV centers and / or one or more color centers and / or one or more quantum dots (NV) of the diamond chip or the substrate (D) are set up to, as To serve sensor elements of the magnetic field detection device for detecting the magnetic field. Substrate (D) according to any one of Claims 1 until 12 , wherein the substrate (D) comprises a heater (HZ). Substrate (D) according to any one of Claims 1 until 13 , wherein the substrate (D) comprises an NV center as the electronic quantum dot (NV) of the substrate (D) and wherein the substrate (D) comprises a first ¹³ C isotope as the first nuclear quantum dot (Cl) of the substrate (D) and wherein the substrate (D) comprises a second ¹³ C isotope as the second nuclear quantum dot (Cl) of the substrate (D) and wherein the first ¹³ C isotope is at a J position or at an A position in relation to the NV center or is in a B position, or in a C position, or in a D position, or in an E position, or in an F position, or in a G position, or in an H position, or in a weakly coupled position, where this position of the first ¹³ C isotope in relation to the NV center is hereinafter referred to as the first ¹³ C position, and where the second ¹³ C isotope in relation to the NV center is at a J position or at an A position position or at a B-position or at a C-position or at a D-position or at an E-position or at an F-position or at a G-position or at an H-position or at a weakly coupled position itself This position of the second ¹³ C isotope in relation to the NV center is referred to below as the second ¹³ C position, and the ¹³ C positions are different from one another. substrate (D) after Claim 14 , wherein the substrate (D) comprises a third ¹³ C isotope as the third nuclear quantum dot (Cl) of the substrate (D) and wherein the third ¹³ C isotope is at a J position or at an A position relative to the NV center position or at a B-position or at a C-position or at a D-position or at an E-position or at an F-position or at a G-position or at an H-position or at a weakly coupled position itself This position of the third ¹³ C isotope in relation to the NV center is referred to below as the third ¹³ C position, and the ¹³ C positions are different from one another. substrate (D) after claim 15 , wherein the substrate (D) comprises a fourth ¹³ C isotope as the fourth nuclear quantum dot (Cl) of the substrate (D) and wherein the fourth ¹³ C isotope is at a J position or at an A position relative to the NV center position or at a B-position or at a C-position or at a D-position or at an E-position or at an F-position or at a G-position or at an H-position or at a weakly coupled position itself is located, this position of the fourth ¹³ C isotope in relation to the NV center being referred to as the fourth ¹³ C position in the following, and with the ¹³ C positions being different from one another. substrate (D) after Claim 16 , wherein the substrate (D) comprises a fifth ¹³ C isotope as the fifth nuclear quantum dot (Cl) of the substrate (D) and wherein the fifth ¹³ C isotope is at a J position or at an A position relative to the NV center position or at a B-position or at a C-position or at a D-position or at an E-position or at an F-position or at a G-position or at an H-position or at a weakly coupled position itself is located, where this position of the fifth ¹³ C isotope in relation to the NV center is hereinafter referred to as the fifth ¹³ C position, and where the ¹³ C positions are different from one another. substrate (D) after Claim 17 , wherein the substrate (D) comprises a sixth ¹³ C isotope as the fifth nuclear quantum dot (Cl) of the substrate (D) and wherein the sixth ¹³ C isotope is at a J position or at an A position relative to the NV center position or at a B-position or at a C-position or at a D-position or at an E-position or at an F-position or at a G-position or at an H-position or at a weakly coupled position itself is located, where this position of the sixth ¹³ C isotope in relation to the NV center is hereinafter referred to as the sixth ¹³ C position, and where the ¹³ C positions are different from one another. substrate (D) after Claim 18 , wherein the substrate (D) comprises a seventh ¹³ C isotope as the fifth nuclear quantum dot (Cl) of the substrate (D) and wherein the sixth ¹³ C isotope is at a J position or at an A position relative to the NV center position or at a B-position or at a C-position or at a D-position or at an E-position or at an F-position or at a G-position or at an H-position or at a weakly coupled position itself is located, this position of the seventh ¹³ C isotope in relation to the NV center being referred to as the seventh ¹³ C position in the following, and with the ¹³ C positions being different from one another. Quantum computer (QC) wherein the quantum computer (QC) has a control device (µC) and wherein the quantum computer (QC) has first quantum bits (QUB) and/or electronic quantum bits (QUB) with quantum dots (NV) and wherein the quantum computer (QC) has second Quantum bits (CQUB) and/or second nuclear quantum bits (CQUB) with core quantum dots (Cl) and wherein the quantum computer (QC) has first means for influencing the first quantum bits (QUB) and wherein the quantum computer (QC) has second means for influencing the first Quantum bits (QUB) and for influencing the second quantum bits (CQUB) by means of the first quantum bits (QUB) and wherein the first means can include the second means or the second means can include the first means and wherein the quantum computer (QC) has third means for detecting the quantum state of the first quantum bits (QUB) and wherein the first quantum bits (QUB) and/or the first electronic quantum bits (QUB) with quantum dots (NV) have device parts with an electronic spin and wherein the second quantum bits (CQB) and/or the first nuclear quantum bits CQUB) with nuclear quantum dots (Cl) have device parts with a nuclear spin and the quantum computer (QC) has a cooling device (KV) and the quantum computer comprises a cryostat (KRST) with a cryostat chamber and the cryostat chamber of the cryostat ( KRST) comprises at least one optical window (OW) and, if necessary, further feedthroughs for electrical signals and/or lines and/or equipment and the first quantum bits (QUB) and/or the electronic quantum bits (QUB) with quantum dots (NV) and the second quantum bits (CQUB) and/or second nuclear quantum bits (CQUB) with nuclear quantum dots (Cl) are inside the cryostat chamber of the cryostat (KRST) and the cooling device (KV) is set up to the first quantum bits (QUB) and/or to cool the electronic quantum bits (QUB) with quantum dots (NV) and the second quantum bits (CQUB) and/or second nuclear quantum bits (CQB) with nuclear quantum dots (Cl), and wherein sub-devices of the first means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS , OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, LTG, LTG1, LTG2, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy , GDz, µC) and/or second means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, LTG, LTG1, LTG2, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) through the optical window (OW) the first quantum bits (QUB) and/or the electronic quantum bits (QUB) with pump radiation (LB ) irradiate. Quantum Computer (QC) after claim 20 , whereby sub-devices of the third means (e.g. D, XT, YT, KV, OS, DBS, STM, CM1, PD, V, WFG, CIF, µC) through the optical window (OW) fluorescence radiation (FL) of the first quantum bits (QUB ) and/or the electronic quantum bits (QUB) with quantum dots (NV). Quantum Computer (QC) after Claim 21 , where the first means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, LTG, LTG1, LTG2, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx , MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) and/or the second means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, LTG, LTG1, LTG2 , MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) a microwave and/or radio wave frequency (MW/RF) generator -AWFG) and wherein the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator (MW/RF-AWFG) comprises a radio frequency generator and wherein the microwave and/or radio wave frequency generator (MW/RF-AWFG) comprises a microwave frequency generator and wherein the microwave frequency generator differs from the radio wave frequency generator and wherein the microwave signal generator is a microwave signal in the microwave frequency range for manipulating the first quantum bits (QUB) and/or electronic quantum bits (QUB) with quantum dots (NV) by means of a first sub-device (LTG1) of the first means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS , OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, LTG, LTG1, LTG2, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy , GDz, µC) and/or the second means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, LTG, LTG1, LTG2, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx , MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) and wherein the radio wave signal generator generates a radio wave signal in the radio wave frequency range for manipulating the second quantum bits (CQUB) and/or second nuclear quantum bits (CQUB ) with nuclear quanta score (Cl) using a second sub-device (LTG2) of the first means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, LTG, LTG1, LTG2, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV , PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) and/or the second means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT , KV, mWA, LTG, LTG1, LTG2, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC). and wherein the first sub-device (LTG1) of the first means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, LTG, LTG1, LTG2, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx , MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) and/or the second means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA , LTG, LTG1, LTG2, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) on the one hand from the second sub-device (LTG2) of the first funds (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, LTG, LTG1, LTG2, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) and/or the second means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, LTG, LTG1, LTG2, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) on the other hand is different. Quantum computer (QC) according to one of the claims 20 until 22 wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises a substrate (D) and wherein the substrate (D) has paramagnetic centers and/or NV centers and/or quantum dots (NV), the parts of first quantum bits (QUB) and/or of electronic quantum bits ( QUB) of the quantum computer (QC) are, and wherein the substrate (D) comprises a partial device of a temperature sensor (ST) and/or comprises a temperature sensor (ST) and wherein the temperature sensor (ST) detects the temperature of the substrate (D) and into an electrical and/or electromagnetic signal which depends on the temperature of the substrate (D). Quantum Computer (QC) after Claim 23 , wherein the temperature sensor (ST) detects the temperature of the material in the vicinity of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots (NV) of the diamond chip and the substrate (D). Quantum Computer (QC) after Claim 24 , wherein the quantum computer (QC) and/or the control device (µC) of the quantum computer and/or another device part of the quantum computer (QC) detects the temperature of the material in the vicinity of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or of the color centers and/or the quantum dots (NV) of the diamond chip between the substrate (D) with a target value, for example by forming a temperature difference, and the quantum computer (QC) and/or the control device (µC) of the quantum computer and /or the other part of the device of the quantum computer (QC) readjusts the temperature of the substrate (D) depending on the result of this comparison by means of a cooling device (KV) and/or by means of a heating device (HZ). Quantum Computer (QC) after Claim 25 , wherein the quantum computer (QC) or the control device (μC) of the quantum computer (QC) and/or another partial device of the quantum computer (QC) are set up to create a look-up table in a memory (RAM, NVM) of the quantum computer ( QC) and/or the control device (µC) of the quantum computer to use suitable control parameters for the device parts (WFG, LDRV, LD) for generating the pump radiation (LB) using the measured temperature of the substrate (D) and/or for the first Medium (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, LTG, LTG1, LTG2, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz , MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) and/or for the second means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, LTG, LTG1, LTG2, MW/ RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) and/or for the third means (e.g. D, XT, YT , KV, OS, DBS, STM, CM1, PD, V, WFG, CIF, µC). Quantum Computer (QC) after Claim 26 wherein the substrate (D) with the cooling device (KV) and the temperature sensor (ST) is mounted in the cryostat chamber of the cryostat (KRST) for thermal insulation from the ambient temperature. Quantum computer (QC) according to one of the claims 20 until 27 , wherein the cryostat (KRST) is set up so that device parts of the quantum computer (QC) that located inside the cryostat chamber of the cryostat (KRST), can reach temperatures between 2 Kelvin and 300 Kelvin and/or between 4 Kelvin and 70 Kelvin Quantum computer (QC) according to one of the claims 20 until 28 , where the cryostat (KRST) uses a closed helium cycle. Quantum computer (QC) according to one of the claims 20 until 29 , wherein the quantum computer (QC) has a closed loop helium gas cooling system (HeCLCS) for cooling device parts of the quantum computer (QC) inside the cryostat chamber of the cryostat (KRST). Quantum computer (QC) according to one of the claims 20 until 30 , wherein the substrate (D) of the quantum computer (QC) comprises a heater (HZ). Quantum computer (QC) according to one of the claims 20 until 31 , wherein the quantum computer (QC) inside the cryostat chamber of the cryostat (KRST) has an adjustment system for adjusting the substrate (D) relative to the optical system (OS) and the adjustment system is set up to have one or two or three to correct translational degrees of freedom, and the adjustment system can be set up to correct one or two or three rotational degrees of freedom (degrees of freedom of the rotations). Quantum computer (QC) according to one of the claims 20 until 32 , wherein the quantum computer (QC) inside the cryostat chamber of the cryostat (KRST) has an adjustment system for adjusting the substrate (D) relative to the optical system (OS) and the adjustment system comprises a tri-pod or a hexapod. Quantum computer (QC) according to one of the claims 20 until 33 , wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises a positioning device (PV) to align a permanent magnet (PM) with respect to the substrate (D) and wherein the quantum computer (QC) is set up to align the permanent magnet (PM) with respect to the substrate (D) by means of information about the curve along which there is the appropriate magnetic field orientation of the substrate (D) relative to the permanent magnet (PM) and by means of the positioning device (PV), and wherein the control device (µC) of the quantum computer (QC) or another Device part of the quantum computer (QC) are set up to control the positioning device (PV) of the permanent magnet (PM), and wherein the memory content of a memory (RAM, NVM) of the control device (μC) of the quantum computer (QC) a magnetic field look-up -Table includes and the information about that curve along which the appropriate magnetic field orientation of the substrate (D) versus the permanent magnet (PM) is present as at least partial content of this magnetic field lookup table or wherein the information about that curve along which has the appropriate magnetic field orientation of the substrate (D) in relation to the permanent magnet (PM), as a polynomial with tabulated polynomial coefficients in a memory (RAM, NVM) of the control device (µC) of the quantum computer (QC) and/or another partial device of the quantum computer (QC) is present or the information about the curve along which the suitable magnetic field orientation of the substrate (D) in relation to the permanent magnet (PM) is present as a function with tabulated function parameters in a memory (RAM, NVM) of the control device (µC) of the quantum computer (QC) and/or another sub-device of the quantum computer (QC). Quantum computer (QC) according to one of the claims 20 until 34 , wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises an optical system (OS) with a focusing unit and wherein the focusing unit has a focal point with respect to the pump radiation (LB) and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises a permanent magnet (PM) and wherein the quantum computer (QC) a substrate (D) and wherein the substrate (D) comprises paramagnetic centers and/or NV centers and/or quantum dots (NV), the parts of first quantum bits (QUB) and/or electronic quantum bits (QUB) of the quantum computer (QC ) are included and wherein the optical system (OS) relative to the control device (μC) of the quantum computer (QC) is at least temporarily rigidly attached and wherein the quantum computer (QC) and/or the control device (µC) of the quantum computer (QC) and/or another partial device of the quantum computer (QC) are set up to move the substrate (D) and the permanent magnet (PM) relative to the focal point of the focusing unit of the optical system (OS) to move. Quantum computer (QC) according to one of the claims 20 until 35 , wherein the quantum computer (QC) and/or the control device (.mu.C) of the quantum computer (QC) and/or another partial device of the quantum computer (QC) are set up to couple two adjacent paramagnetic centers and/or two adjacent NV centers and/or to detect two adjacent color centers and/or two adjacent quantum dots of the substrate (D) by means of other device parts of the quantum computer (QC) by electromagnetic signals of a strip line structure (coplanar waveguide CWG) by means of DEER (Double Electron Electron Resonance). Quantum computer (QC) according to one of the claims 20 until 36 , wherein the quantum computer (QC) and/or the control device (.mu.C) of the quantum computer (QC) and/or another sub-device of the quantum computer (QC) are set up by using "dynamic decoupling" (DD) sequencesc by two orders of magnitude different time scales of gate and decoherence (T2) times of the nuclear quantum bits CQUB (nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei with magnetic moment) and the quantum bits QUB (electronic spins of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or or the quantum dots (NV) of the substrate (D)). Quantum Computer (QC) after Claim 37 , wherein the quantum computer (QC) and/or the control device (.mu.C) of the quantum computer (QC) and/or another partial device of the quantum computer (QC) are set up to perform a SWAP operation in addition to the "dynamic decoupling" (DD) sequences and to perform a laser pulse for refreshing the quantum bits of the electronic spins of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots (NV) of the diamond chip or the substrate (D), while the nuclear Spins (Cl) of the nuclear nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits (CQUB) from the quantum bits (QUB) of the electronic spins of the paramagnetic centers and/or the NV centers and/or the color centers and/or the quantum dots (NV) of the substrate (D) are decoupled. Quantum computer (QC) according to one of the claims 20 until 38 , wherein the substrate (D) comprises device parts of a magnetic field detection device. and Quantum Computer (QC) after Claim 39 , wherein these device parts of a magnetic field detection device are one or more paramagnetic centers and/or one or more NV centers and/or one or more color centers and/or one or more quantum dots (NV) of the substrate D. Quantum Computer (QC) after Claim 40 , wherein the one or more paramagnetic centers and / or one or more NV centers and / or one or more color centers and / or one or more quantum dots (NV) of the diamond chip or the substrate (D) are set up to, as To serve sensor elements of the magnetic field detection device for detecting the magnetic field. Quantum computer (QC) according to one of the claims 20 until 41 , wherein the control device (µC) is set up to execute a quantum computer program, and wherein the quantum computer program comprises quantum op-codes and wherein each quantum op-code involves manipulation and/or reading of the quantum state of at least one first quantum bit (QUB) and /or the quantum state of a second quantum bit (CQUB), which the control device (μC) executes when executing the quantum op-code using the first means and/or the second means and/or the third means. Quantum Computer (QC) after Claim 42 , wherein the quantum computer (QC) has at least two first quantum bits (QUB1, QUB2) and wherein the first first quantum bit (QUB1) can be coupled and/or entangled with the second first quantum bit (QUB2). Quantum Computer (QC) after Claim 43 , wherein the quantum computer (QC) has at least two first quantum bits (QUB1, QUB2) and wherein the first first quantum bit (QUB1) is directly connected to the second first quantum bit (QUB2) by means of direct dipole-dipole coupling between the first first quantum bit (QUB1) and can be coupled and/or interleaved with the second first quantum bit (QUB2). Quantum computer (QC) according to one of the Claims 42 until 44 , wherein the quantum computer (QC) has at least a first quantum bit (QUB) and a second quantum bit (CQUB) and wherein the first quantum bit (QUB) can be coupled and/or entangled with the second quantum bit (CQUB). Quantum computer (QC) according to one of the Claims 42 until 45 , wherein the quantum computer (QC) has at least two first quantum bits (NV1, NV2) and wherein the quantum computer (QC) has at least two second quantum bits (CQUB1, CQUB2) and wherein the first first quantum bit (QUB1) is linked to the first second quantum bit (CQUB1 ) can be coupled and/or entangled and wherein the second first quantum bit (QUB2) can be coupled and/or entangled with the second second quantum bit (CQB2) and wherein the first first quantum bit (QUB1) can be coupled with the second first quantum bit (QUB2) and/ or is interlockable. Quantum computer according to one of the Claims 42 until 46 , where first quantum bits (QUB, QUB1, QUB2) comprise paramagnetic centers and/or NV centers in diamond and/or SiV centers in diamond. Quantum computer according to one of the Claims 42 until 47 wherein second quantum bits (CQUB, CQUB1, CQUB2) comprise nuclear spins of ¹³ C isotopes or ¹⁴ N isotopes or ¹⁵ N isotopes or other nuclear spin isotopes. Quantum computing (QC), particularly after any of the preceding ones claims 20 until 48 , in a mobile device, in particular for use in a smartphone or in a portable quantum computer system (QUSYS) or in a vehicle or in a deployable weapon system, - wherein the quantum computer (QC) contains first quantum bits (QUB) and/or second quantum bits (CQUB) and - wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises first means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx , MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) and/or second means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) for manipulating the quantum states of quantum bits of the quantum bits (QUB, CQB) and - wherein the Quantum computer (QC) third means (e.g. D, XT, YT, KV, OS, DBS, STM, CM1, PD, V, WFG, CIF, µC) for reading out one or more quantum states (QC) of one or more quantum bits of the quantum bits ( QUB, CQUB) and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises a relocatable cooling device (KV) and the quantum computer (QC) can be relocated with all of its sub-devices and the quantum computer (QC) only needs electrical energy from a power supply (PWR) for its operation or a deployable power supply or energy reserve (BENG) of the quantum computer (QC) and data inputs. Deployable Quantum Computer (QC), specifically after any of the preceding ones claims 20 until 49 , in a mobile device, in particular for use in a smartphone or in a portable quantum computer system (QUSYS) or in a vehicle or in a deployable weapon system, - wherein the quantum computer (QC) contains first quantum bits (QUB) and/or second quantum bits (CQUB) and - wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises first means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx , MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) and/or second means (e.g. WFG, LDRV, LD, DBS, OS, XT, YT, KV, mWA, MW/RF-AWFG, PM, PV, PVC, MGx, MGy, MGz, MFSx, MFSx, MFSz, MSx, MSy, MSz, GDx, GDy, GDz, µC) for manipulating the quantum states of quantum bits of the quantum bits (QUB, CQB) and - wherein the quantum computer (QC) third means (e.g. D, XT, YT, KV, OS, DBS, STM, CM1, PD, V, WFG, CIF, µC) for reading out one or more quantum states (QC) of one or more quantum bits comprising the quantum bits (QUB, CQUB) and wherein the quantum computer (QC) has a substrate (D) according to one of Claims 1 until 19 includes. Quantum Computer (QC) after Claim 50 and/or 49, wherein the quantum computer (QC) is a quantum computer according to one of claims 20 until 48 is. Vehicle incorporating a quantum computer (QC) according to one or more of the preceding claims 20 until 51 .

Images